<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0">
   <channel>
      <title>CLA Publications</title>
      <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/</link>
      <description>A blog for the College of Liberal Arts.</description>
      <language>en</language>
      <copyright>Copyright 2009</copyright>
      <lastBuildDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2009 15:52:27 -0600</lastBuildDate>
      <generator>http://www.sixapart.com/movabletype/?v=4.25</generator>
      <docs>http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss</docs>
      <categories> 
        22446=2002|22447=2003|22448=2004|17593=2005|17653=2006|17592=2006|18007=2006|17658=2006|17657=2007|17415=2007|17392=2007|17427=2007|17372=2007|18008=2007|17879=2007|17652=2007|21874=2008|17402=2008|20792=2008|20655=2008|17426=2008|17878=2008|17391=2008|17414=2008|22370=2009|25838=Access|18002=Accolades|23498=Alum|22451=alumna Spotlight|20676=Alumni|18316=Alumni &amp; Friends|18042=Alumni Notes|17397=Alumni Profile|17408=Alumni Profile|17420=Alumni Profile|17661=Alumni Profile|18000=Alumni Profile|17432=Alumni Profile|17366=Alumni Profile|20855=Alumni Profiles|17335=American Studies|17329=Anthropology|17333=Art History|17336=Arts &amp; Creativity|20677=Awards|20859=Chair&apos;s Letter|17368=Chair&apos;s Message|17422=Chair&apos;s Message|17434=Chair&apos;s Message|17399=Chair&apos;s Message|17873=Chair&apos;s Message|17410=Chair&apos;s Message|22369=CHGS Newsletter|18054=CLA Discoveries|21285=CLA Women|17695=Classical &amp; Near Eastern Studies|25705=Copyright|18033=Cover Story|25345=Creative Writing Program|17331=Cultural Studies &amp; Comparative Literature|20865=Developement|23500=Developement|20799=Development|17400=Development Message|17369=Development Message|18003=Development Message|17411=Development Message|17423=Development Message|18041=Development Update|22849=Did you know|25700=Digital Media|20864=Donor|17398=Donor Profile|17998=Donor Profile|17421=Donor Profile|17367=Donor Profile|17413=Economics|25832=Ellection 2008|22450=Emerging Scholarship|25698=Endangered Journalists|25177=English|17339=Environmental Perspectives|25797=ethics|20856=Events &amp; Outreach|25349=Events Calendar|23496=Faculty|17394=Faculty Profile|17417=Faculty Profile|17405=Faculty Profile|17874=Faculty Profile|17660=Faculty Profile|17429=Faculty Profile|17363=Faculty Profile|17996=Faculty Profile|17654=Faculty Profile|20798=Faculty Research|20797=Faculty Spotlight|18039=Faculty Update|20854=Faculty Voices|17875=Faculty Voices|22951=Fall|26297=Fall 1997|26293=Fall 1998|26288=Fall 2000|26216=Fall 2001|25936=Fall 2007|22761=Fall 2007|23492=Fall 2008|22550=Fall 2008|20527=fall 2008|25787=Fall 2008|25285=Fall 2009|26186=fall2002|25834=FCC News|17999=Feature|17404=Feature|17659=Feature|23494=Feature|17416=Feature|17393=Feature|20860=Feature|17701=Featured Articles|18034=Features|25344=Features|25697=FOIA and Access|25845=Free Speech|17326=French &amp; Italian|25343=From the Chair|18032=From the Director|17328=Geography|17327=German, Scandinavian &amp; Dutch|17340=Global Cultures &amp; Communities|21598=Global Studies|25799=Government Wiretaps|20862=Grad|23495=Grad|20853=Grad Student Voices|20674=Graduate|17418=Graduate Profile|17395=Graduate Profile|18001=Graduate Profile|17430=Graduate Profile|17364=Graduate Profile|17876=Graduate Voices|22452=GSD Info|17332=History|22845=Iman Hassan|18190=In Memoriam|17877=In the Forefront|18037=Institute for New Media Studies|25701=International|26025=internet cases|25983=Internet Updates|22846=Jennifer Decker|22843=Jonathan Rabb|22847=Jordan Hart|18030=Journalism and Mass Communication|25696=Journalist Subpoenas and Shield Laws|22844=Kellie Holler|20796=Lab News|17341=Languages &amp; Literatures|23493=Letter from the Chair|25798=Libel|17663=Life of Language|25950=Media Access|25844=Media and the Iraq War|25703=Media Ethics|25944=Military Access/Free Speech|18035=Minnesota Journalism Center|25953=Misrepresentation|25835=New Media|23499=News|25347=News|17424=News and Awards|17401=News and Awards|17370=News and Awards|17436=News and Awards|20656=News from the Chair|17664=Nota Bene|22842=Opening Doors|19410=Outreach|18308=Part 1|25791=PDF Links|25952=Plagiarism|20525=Political Science|25951=Prior Restraint|25836=Privacy|17390=Psychology|17338=Religions &amp; the World|25940=Reporter Privilege News|25658=Silha|18036=Silha Center for Media Ethics and Law|25839=Silha Center News|25704=Silha Events|17425=Sociology|22117=SpanPort|17330=Speech-Language-Hearing Science|26295=Spring 1998|26243=Spring 2001|26206=Spring 2002|26168=Spring 2003|25947=Spring 2007|25789=Spring 2008|25793=Spring 2009|17662=Student Experience|25702=Student Media|25946=Student Press|17914=Student profiles|18040=Student Update|25833=Subpoenas and Journalist&apos;s Privilege|25842=Subpoenas and Reporter Privilege|26294=Summer 1998|26242=summer 2001|26201=Summer 2002|26024=Summer 2003|18172=Summer 2005|18170=Summer 2006|18168=Summer 2007|25943=Summer 2007|25788=Summer 2008|24362=Summer 2009|25659=Summer 2009|25346=Supporting English|25837=Supreme Court Decisions|25695=Supreme Court News|17655=Teaching Staff Profile|18038=The Minnesota Daily|22848=There comes a moment|25661=Top Story|25945=U.S. Supreme Court First Amendment Rulings|23501=Undergrad|20861=Undergrad|20675=Undergraduate|17431=Undergraduate Profile|17419=Undergraduate Profile|17396=Undergraduate Profile|17407=Undergraduate Profile|17997=Undergraduate Profile|26296=Winter 1998|26291=Winter 1999|26245=winter 2001|26215=winter 2002|18171=Winter 2005-06|18169=Winter 2006-07|18167=Winter 2007-08|25790=Winter 2008|25786=Winter 2009|22952=Winter/Spring|26176=winter2003|
      </categories>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>CLA Alumni Honored for Leadership and Service</title>
         <description><p>In October three CLA alumni received the prestigious Alumni Service Award from the University of Minnesota for their long-time service and legacy of volunteerism. The awards were presented at a celebration hosted by the University of Minnesota Alumni Association.</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/cla_alumni_honored_for_leaders.html</link>
         <guid>206221</guid>
        <body><p><big><strong>Winners</strong></big></p>

<p><big>Paul Meierant (B.A. 1994)</big><br />
A graduate of the College of Liberal Arts, Paul Meierant has been a dedicated volunteer for both the college's Alumni Society board, and the Alumni Association. </p>

<p>Recognizing how his own liberal arts background taught him to think across disciplines to find innovative solutions, Meierant has become a champion for career services for students. In addition to serving as the president of the CLA Alumni Society, he has participated in many student recruitment and mentoring activities, and has guided several career development initiatives for undergraduates. </p>

<p>For the broader University, Meierant has been a driving force behind the Alumni Association' efforts to engage recent graduates, and its initiatives with Target Corporation to build community among University and other Big 10 alumni, and to recruit them as mentors. In doing so, he has given countless students a broad view of their education and the opportunities available to them for work and service.<br />
<big><br />
Stephen Litton (B.A. 1965; B.S. with Distinction, 1965; D.D.S. 1967; Ph.D. 1972)</big><br />
An alumnus with four degrees from the College of Liberal Arts, the Graduate School, and the School of Dentistry, Stephen Litton continues to demonstrate why he was the Alumni Association's 2006 Volunteer of the Year. </p>

<p>Despite a busy orthodontic practice and service in his professional community, Litton has served two terms on the Alumni Association's National Board, founded and continues to coordinate the Orthodontic Alumni Association, and is now president of the School of Dentistry Alumni Society. </p>

<p>He has been a driving force on two major campaigns, giving dental students one of the world's premier clinical laboratories; and created the Orthodontic Residents Endowment Fund to give students the opportunity to travel and interact with future colleagues. </p>

<p>Most importantly, Litton has passed along his own generosity and enthusiasm to hundreds of alumni, encouraging them to reconnect with the University for the benefit of the student experience.</p>

<p><big>Tom LaSalle</big><br />
A graduate of the College of Liberal Arts, and founder and president of the LaSalle Group, which helped to develop many campus building projects, Thomas LaSalle has long had an impact on the University's physical presence. </p>

<p>Moreover, the care and commitment he exhibited when guiding development of McNamara Alumni Center, the Gateway Plaza, and the Alumni Wall of Honor led him to nurture the University's alumni spirit as well. </p>

<p>Since first being elected as an at-large representative to the Alumni Association; through his service as treasurer, chair of the finance committee, vice president, president-elect, and national president; and beyond in helping to make TCF Bank Stadium a reality, LaSalle has worked tirelessly to encourage fellow alumni to share their talents and join him in being ambassadors for the University of Minnesota, its students, and its mission of education, research, and outreach.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            18316
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2009 15:52:27 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Site Visits Help CLA Students Understand the Work World</title>
         <description><p>Since November 2008, CLA's Career and Community Learning Center (CCLC) and the CLA Alumni Society have partnered on an initiative for CLA students to learn more about networking and work places through company site visits. </p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/site_visits_help_cla_students.html</link>
         <guid>206216</guid>
        <body><p>Company site visits provide students a chance  to see different work environments, to meet and network with CLA alumni, and to hear from hiring managers and recruiters within an organization. </p>

<p>In the past year, about 100 CLA students participated in company site visits. We have taken groups of CLA students to visit the Minnesota Timberwolves/Lynx, C.H. Robinson Worldwide, ShopNBC, and Target. The students met alumni, managers and executives within these organizations. All of these visits were a huge success and not only gave the students a valuable experience, but also connected employers with potential interns and future employees. </p>

<p><strong><big>A Typical Site Visit</big></strong><br />
A typical company site visit usually consists of an office tour, a company overview, a panel discussion with employees, and additional time for networking. Employees might also talk about the value of a liberal arts degree and opportunities for liberal arts students and graduates within their organization. </p>

<p><big><strong>Hosting a Site Visit for Your Company</strong></big><br />
We are looking for organizations that would like to hold a site visit for CLA students. If your organization would like to participate or if you would like to suggest an organization, contact <a href="mailto:meaghanv@umn.edu">Meaghan VanderSanden</a> at 612-626-4482. </p>

<p><a href="http://careerservices.class.umn.edu/employer/volunteer.html">Learn more</a> about how companies and organizations can connect with CLA students. </p>

<p><big><strong>From our company partners</strong></big><br />
"Over the last several years C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc. has built a strong partnership with the College of Liberal Arts that has included several student/staff visits to our corporate and sales offices in Eden Prairie.  It appears we peak their interest based on CLA students' enthusiasm and attentiveness during these visits.  Most recently, we hosted a freshman class visit and many of these CLA students interacted greatly by asking excellent questions regarding C.H. Robinson's business plan in this economy, our corporate culture and career opportunities--very impressive for first-year students!"<br />
<strong><em>Cathy Anderson at C.H. Robinson</em></strong></p>

<p>"The CLA Site Visit Program is a great opportunity to introduce liberal arts students to the Target Company.  Students are able to gain knowledge not only about our opportunities, but also our company and culture by actually being on site for presentations, meetings, and tours."<br />
<strong><em>Amy Capes, Target Stores</em></strong><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            18316
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2009 15:36:23 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Welcome, Elaine!</title>
         <description><p>The Silha Center is pleased to introduce its new administrative assistant, Elaine Hargrove-Simon. Ms. Hargrove-Simon comes to the Center with a wealth of experience in office management and a diverse educational background, which includes an undergraduate degree in journalism.  She has worked for the University of Minnesota since 1993, and has been on staff at the School of Journalism and Mass Communication since 1996.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/welcome_elaine.html</link>
         <guid>204210</guid>
        <body><p>Ms. Hargrove-Simon is enrolled in the Master of Liberal Studies program at the University, with a concentration in Slavic area studies.  She also has an interest in theater and film, and was the recipient of the Danny Arnold Writing Scholarship for a screenplay while studying at the University of Wisconsin-Superior.</p>

<p>Ms. Hargrove-Simon replaces Kathleen Paul, who was the Silha Center administrative assistant for nine years.  Ms. Paul has retired to start her own business.  Both Ms. Paul and Ms. Hargrove-Simon see the programs and missions of the Center as vital to the Center's continued growth.  Ms. Hargrove-Simon says, &quot;As a consumer and student of the news, I feel very fortunate to be so closely involved with the journalism world, particularly at this point, where it intersects with academia and research.&quot; <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26297|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:31:39 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title><![CDATA[Q &amp; A with Davis Merritt]]></title>
         <description><p><em>The following are edited excerpts from an Oct. 6 interview conducted by Jack Breslin.</em><br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/q_a_with_davis_merritt.html</link>
         <guid>204209</guid>
        <body><p>Silha Bulletin (<strong>SB</strong>): When did you first hear of thi  term, &quot;Civic journalism,&quot; can you remember?</p>

<p>Davis Merritt (<strong>DM</strong>): Well, I call it public journalism...And I heard it when Jay Rosen and I made it up and that was about '92, I guess.  We'd been talking about this idea for some time and realized that we needed to give it a name though we didn't want to give it a name, but needed to have something to call it because it's about as much about public life as it is about journalism, we decided to call it public journalism.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: How would you define public journalism?</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: I'm struggling here because I couldn't give you a two-sentence paragraph definition of journalism itself.  Public journalism is journalism that seeks to help public life go better by engaging people in it at a deeper level.  You go far beyond that, but that's the nut of it.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: Now, do you see public journalism as blurring the lines between news and business or....</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: Oh, no!</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: How so?</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: Well, how do you see it as blurring?  I mean, it doesn't even arise.  I'm a journalist.  That question doesn't even arise.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: And so, you would not see any conflicts between trying to increase circulation through this or anything?  It's purely from a civic, public point of view?</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: Well, all journalism aims at increasing circulation.  Investigative journalism has one of its aims increasing circulation, right?  Newspapers have to sell in order to be read.  But that's not what drives this.  What drives this is the dilemma in public life and the fact that journalism is in trouble and public journalism is our response, to those dilemmas.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: How would you say journalism is in trouble?</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: Take a look at any survey you want.  Penetration is going down, circulation on almost every newspaper in the country is going down.  Any surveys you see of credibility of journalists, any surveys you see about believability, every measure I've ever seen in the last 10 years (shows) journalism has been in sharp decline.  I believe that one of the reasons journalism is in trouble in things like credibility and authority is that the way we have told the news in the last 10 or 15 years has relentlessly sent the message to people, &quot;This isn't about you and your concerns, this is something that is going on that you are helpless to affect, the political system, the things going on in public life are far beyond you, you're not involved, you're spectators, if not  victims.&quot;  And you know, that's not the only way to do good journalism.  There are ways to do good journalism  that don't create that gap, and that's what we're trying  to figure out how to do.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: How is public journalism different from good old-fashioned reporting by journalists who have routinely questioned people about issues and their priorities?</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: Oh, in that sense, it may not be any different, but I don't know many journalists who have done much listening to people.  If they do, it is not reflected in what I see in newspapers...Conflict is the heart of democracy, and we do need to address it, but we write about conflict, for instance, in very narrow ways that exclude most people from the discussion.  We write about it using experts and absolutists on quote, the two sides, unquote, instead of also including that vast middle ground where most peoples' views are held. I mean, have you read E.J. Dionne, Jr.'s book, <em>Why Americans Hate Politics?</em>  Well, he makes the point very well about politicians framing issues at the extremes for their own purposes, and that this is the major reason, he says, that Americans are disenchanted and cynical about politics is because they're not part of the discussion.  They don't hear their views in the discussions, and you know, the question that I have is, where do most of these Americans who hate politics learn most of what they know about  politics?  From journalists.  Because we frame stories in exactly the same way.  And it's that kind of habit of mind that we're seeking to change.  We're not saying that a lot of the journalism that is going on and has been going on is bad.  There's a lot of quite good journalism that is going on.  But it's insufficient, a lot of it, in that it, rather than engaging people, in the journalism and in the process of public life, it repels them.  Well, it doesn't have to be that way.  By changing some of the habits and some of the conventions that we have fallen into such as the way we deal with  conflict, I believe that we can do good journalism, continue to do good journalism, but also draw people  back into both journalism and public life.  I can't prove this, but again, this is our response to the twin dilemmas of public life and journalism.  If somebody's got a better response, let's hear it.  But this is our response.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: Now you say one of the weaknesses of journalism today is that journalists don't listen.  What are some of the other weaknesses?</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: This kind of adversarial attitude toward all institutions, including the institution of the public.  Journalism is in a defensive crouch all the time and there are some reasons for that, and I understand it.  I've been a working newspaperman for 42 years and I know about all there is to know about it, from that point of view.  But, you know, we need a healthy skepticism.  My observation is that what used to be healthy skepticism has just turned into just this snarly adversarialism about everything.  And I think that's reflected in our newspapers, and I think that's one of the habits we have to recognize.  Another one is we have to recognize that we frame stories - that's what journalists do.  And that the way we frame stories needs to be a more reflective and thoughtful process, when it can be, than the way we do it now.  That's another habit we need to develop.  We need to understand the distinction between objectivity and detachment and understand that journalistic objectivity is a good thing if it exists, and I contend it does, that there is such a thing as journalistic objectivity, having it meaning fairness and balance and accuracy and a clear, cool-headed look at the facts.  Journalistic objectivity is an important thing and we must maintain it, but detachment, this sort of &quot;we're not part of anything notion, uh, doesn't work well for us.&quot;  It separates us from our sources, it separates us from our audiences, it separates us from the whole rest of the world. It's mandatory that journalists care about the implications of their work, and so often when we're doing stories, the way the frames we choose to do stories are frames that say &quot;you're not involved here.&quot;  Well, whether we like it or not, or whether we're comfortable with it or not, the way we do journalism affects the way public life goes.  That is inescapable.  What we choose to put in the story, what we choose to leave out, how we choose to emphasize things within a story, all of those things affect what happens.  And so, we are kidding ourselves if we say, &quot;Oh, no, we're just good observers, sitting off here on a mountain and neither responsible nor accountable for the outcome of what we do.&quot;  That's an unethical and immoral position.  There's a difference between journalistic objectivity and detachment. Definitely.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: If you met a reader who knew nothing about this concept and was complaining to you about the lack of civic pride, or apathy, how would you tell him that this might benefit his community and perhaps get some of that civic pride back?</p>

<p><strong>DM</strong>: Well, because, and I don't know whether civic pride is the right word, I assume that if people are more engaged in civic life, they would have some pride about it.  Here's the thing.  Journalism is totally dependent upon democracy working well.  And democracy is totally dependent upon journalism.  There's a total interdependence there.  And we as journalists have a stake, whether we like it or not, and whether democracy works well and whether people are engaged.  If people are not engaged in public life, they have no need for journalists.  Because what we do is about public life for the most part.  And if people continue to withdraw from concerns about public life and engagement in public life, our downward trends are going to continue and accelerate.  We have a vested interest as journalists as well as democratic citizens and people being engaged in public life. And I make no apology for the notion that democracy works best when people are fully engaged in it. That's sort of the essence of the idea. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26297|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:30:35 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Public/Civic Journalism Pioneer to Discuss Journalistic Detachment in Silha Lecture</title>
         <description><p>Journalist Davis &quot;Buzz&quot; Merritt, Senior Editor of the Wichita <em>Eagle</em>, and his colleague, Jay Rosen, a New York University professor, had already been developing their ideas about better integrating journalism into public life for some time when they finally came up with the name &quot;public journalism.&quot;  But that was probably the easiest challenge they confronted in trying to change journalistic attitudes.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/publiccivic_journalism_pioneer.html</link>
         <guid>204208</guid>
        <body><p>&quot;If Jay and I knew we were starting 'a movement' we might have gone about this quite differently,&quot; Merritt explains.  &quot;We thought that it was possible to engage a profession like journalism in a useful conversation about change.  We found out it wasn't.  There is a total unwillingness on the part of many, many people in journalism...They say, 'We just don't need to change.  I've had a number of people say, 'There's nothing wrong with journalism today.'  Well, I wonder where these people live.&quot;</p>

<p>Merritt will deliver the 1997 Silha Lecture at 12:15 p.m., Tuesday, November 4, at the Humphrey Center's Cowles Auditorium on the West Bank of the University of Minnesota's Twin Cities Campus.  In his lecture, &quot;Disconnecting from Detachment&quot; Merritt will explore the inextricable connection between journalism and democracy threatened by journalistic detachment.  Sponsored by the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law, the lecture and reception following are free and open to the public.</p>

<p>In the ensuing debate there has even been disagreement over the concept's proper name.  Some call it public journalism, others use the term &quot;civic journalism.&quot;</p>

<p>&quot;I call it public journalism,&quot; Merritt says.  &quot;I heard it when Jay Rosen and I made it up, and that was about '92.  We had been talking about this idea for some time and realized that we needed to give it a name, even though we didn't want to give it a name.  But we needed to have something to call it.  And because it's as much about journalism as it is about public life, we decided to call it public journalism.&quot;</p>

<p>The senior editor of the Wichita <em>Eagle</em> in Wichita (KA), where he has been for 22 years, Merritt, 61, is also a consultant to Knight-Ridder Newspapers on public/civic journalism.  After graduating from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, he began his journalism career at <em>The Charlotte Observer</em> (NC) where he spent 12 years in several reporting and editing positions, before moving to Washington, D.C., as the newspaper's Washington correspondent.  Merritt also worked for <em>The Boca Raton News</em> (FL) and Knight-Ridder newspapers, then joined the Wichita <em>Eagle</em> in 1975.  He is also a Morehead Scholar and a member of the Kappa Tau Alpha honorary society.</p>

<p>Included among his numerous awards for local government writing is the 1997 Bart Richards Award for Media Criticism for his article &quot;Public Journalism and Public Life.&quot;  He is the co-author of Public Journalism: Theory and Practice, now in its second edition, and author of <em>Public Journalism and the Public: Why Telling the Truth Is Not Enough</em>, also in its second edition.</p>

<p>In his Silha lecture on journalistic detachment, Merritt will discuss six arguments for &quot;an ethic of  journalistic purposefulness.&quot;  Those include:</p>

<p><UL></p>

<p><LI>Detachment is not the fount of journalism's credibility.</LI></p>

<p><LI>There's way too much truth out there.</LI></p>

<p><LI>An announced bias is just as good as no bias at all.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Detachment presents impossible human and moral dilemmas.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Self interest demands a disconnection from detachment.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Walter Lippman doesn't work here anymore.</LI></UL></p>

<p></UL></p>

<p>JACK BRESLIN</p>

<p>Bulletin Editor <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26297|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:29:12 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Abstract</title>
         <description><p>This paper was accepted for presentation at the Newspaper Division of the AEJMC Southeast Colloquium, March 12-14,1998, New Orleans.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/abstract.html</link>
         <guid>204206</guid>
        <body><p><em>&quot;Can News Councils Help Newspapers Regain Public Trust?&quot;</em></p>

<p>By Genelle Belmas, Jennifer Lambe, and William Babcock.</p>

<p>The American public is becoming increasingly dissatisfied with the media.  Many such people - those either annoyed with or hostile toward newspapers - have for the past few decades railed against the media, urging the creation of news councils as a means of controlling or &quot;getting back&quot; at the press.  While the public's wrath is not directed against newspapers alone, it is clear that, amid steadily declining readership, newspapers must have a stake in trying not only to manage their credibility, but also to be more accessible and responsive to public needs and desires.</p>

<p>News councils are one possible mechanism for increasing understanding between the press and public.  The Minnesota News Council is the nation's longest-running statewide non-legal media dispute resolution body.  This paper examines the determinations of the Council in which newspapers are respondents.  Given the media's increasing lack of credibility with the public, our findings indicate that newspapers would be well-served to examine their long-standing distrust of news councils and instead see such councils as a means of helping the news industry regain the public's trust.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26296
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:25:47 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Center Hosts National Media Ethics and Law Conference</title>
         <description><p>The Silha Center is gearing up for what it hopes will be the first of many gatherings of professional editors and reporters, mass media attorneys, and communications scholars.  Our National Media Ethics and Law Conference, on April 17, 18, and 19 at Minneapolis' Regal  International Hotel, features three panels with some of the nation's leading First Amendment lawyers,  prominent journalists, and well-known ethics and law researchers.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_center_hosts_national_me.html</link>
         <guid>204205</guid>
        <body><p>The Conference is co-sponsored by the American Bar Association's Media Law and Defamation Torts Committee, and we have made application with the State Board of Continuing Legal Education so that lawyers may be able to receive CLE credit for attending.  The Minnesota Journalism Center also is a Conference co-sponsor.</p>

<p><strong>New Technology and the Law</strong></p>

<p>While the Conference begins with a Friday evening reception on April 17, the panels will be on Saturday and Sunday.  Saturday's 9:30-11:30 a.m. panel focuses on New Technology and the Law.  Moderated by Prof Everette E. Dennis of Fordham University's Graduate School, Session I will examine:</p>

<p><UL></p>

<p><LI>Whether technological advances enhance or threaten the First Amendment.</LI></p>

<p><LI>If the U.S. Supreme Court's medium-specific approach to the First Amendment is becoming outdated and unworkable.</LI></p>

<p><LI>How the global nature of the communications industry affects freedom of speech issues.</LI></p>

<p><LI>The viability of technological solutions (such as the V-chip and blocking software) on the Internet.</LI></UL></p>

<p></UL></p>

<p>Included on the Session I panel are Prof. Jerome A. Barron of George Washington University, Ann Kappler of Jenner &amp; Block, Prof. Donald Pember of the University of Washington, and Prof. Robert Trager of the University of Colorado.</p>

<p><strong>Convergence of Legal and Ethical Issues</strong></p>

<p>Saturday's 2-4 p.m. panel addresses the Convergence of Legal and Ethical Issues, focusing on such issues as:</p>

<p><UL></p>

<p><LI>Whether ethics and law collisions in a case such as <em>Cohen v. Cowles Media</em> are inevitable.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Given the increasing intrusiveness of both stablished and new media technologies, whether &quot;turning off' the media should be our only recourse.</LI></p>

<p><LI>How it might be possible to balance the public's need to know with individuals' concerns with an ever-intrusive media.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Whether ombudsmen, ethics codes, and news councils are viable alternatives to litigation.</LI></UL></p>

<p></UL></p>

<p>Chaired by Prof Theodore Glasser of Stanford University, Session II's panelists include Prof. Clifford G. Christians of the University of Illinois, Prof. Deni Elliott of the University of Montana, Dean Timothy Gleason of the University of Oregon, and Prof. Louis W. Hodges of Washington &amp; Lee University.</p>

<p><strong>Newsgathering</strong></p>

<p>Sunday's 9:30-11:30 a.m. panel on Newsgathering is moderated by James Goodale of Debevoise and Plimpton.  Focusing on Newsgathering, Session III examines:</p>

<p><UL></p>

<p><LI>The legacy of Food Lion.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Whether we might expect future litigation to skirt the First Amendment, focusing instead on issues such as trespass.</LI></p>

<p><LI>What should be the appropriate level of First Amendment protection.</LI></p>

<p><LI>To what extent shield laws can be expected in the future to provide journalists with adequate newsgathering protection.</LI></UL></p>

<p></UL></p>

<p>Session III panelists include John Borger of Faegre &amp; Benson, Joanne Byrd of the </p>

<p><em>Seattle Post- Intelligencer</em>, James Naughton of the Poynter Institute for Media Studies, and John J. Walsh of Cadwalader, Wickersham &amp; Taft.</p>

<p><strong>General Information</strong></p>

<p>A question and answer session will follow each panel.  In all three sessions, panelists' formal papers will be collected and published in a book to be given to each participant attending the National Media Ethics and Law Conference.  Additional books may be ordered at a cost of $60 each.</p>

<p>A banquet (black tie optional) dedicated to the contributions of Donald M. Gillmor, Silha Professor of Media Ethics and Law will be given Saturday night, April 18, at 6:30.  A blue-colored Conference information and registration form is included with this Bulletin.  If your form is missing, please contact the Silha Center at (612) 625-3421 or by email at silha@tc.umn.edu.  -WILLIAM A. BABCOCK</p>

<p>Director, Silha Center</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26296
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:24:49 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title><![CDATA[Prof. Gillmor's Last Class Is &quot;Bittersweet&quot;]]></title>
         <description><p>As Professor Donald Gillmor conducted his last class after 45 years of teaching, he admittedly had mixed feelings about ending his academic career at the University of Minnesota's School of Journalism and Mass Communication.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/prof_gillmors_last_class_is_bi.html</link>
         <guid>204204</guid>
        <body><p>On Dec. 4, Gillmor's two-hour First Amendment lecture theory to 25 graduates and undergraduate students in his &quot;Contemporary Problems in Freedom of Speech and Press&quot; course marked the final time this internationally respected media law scholar would stand in front of a class as a college professor.</p>

<p>While lecturing from with his yellowed note cards, which showed signs of constant updating over the years, Gillmor couldn't miss the crowd of staff and faculty gathering outside the classroom door.  On behalf of thousands of grateful students and fellow scholars, they had gathered to honor the award-winning Silha Professor of Media Ethics and Law - even if he would be &quot;embarrassed&quot; by the party.</p>

<p>&quot;I'm always embarrassed in situations like that,&quot; Gillmor, who will be 72 in April, admitted later.  &quot;And as I analyze myself, in answering the question why I don't like farewells, I think it's because I grew up as a fairly shy person, and I don't like to make friends and colleagues feel obligated to attend something like that.  That's as difficult for me [to handle] as the last day of class was.&quot;</p>

<p>Yet there was also &quot;a certain amount of relief' involved with that final lecture.  The constantly changing area of media law can be &quot;challenging,&quot; even for the co-author (with Jerome Barron and Todd Simon) of the field's classic textbook, <em>Mass Communication Law: Cases and Comment</em>, just published in its sixth edition.</p>

<p>&quot;I do think I feel a certain amount of relief since I'm at the age where normal wear and tear begins to show,&quot; he said.  &quot;And it gets more challenging to keep up in a field that is as fluid as the media law and ethics area - it never, never stands still.&quot;</p>

<p>His writing and lectures might be completed, but that doesn't mean Gillmor's scholarly mind will rest.  In retirement he intends to cultivate his interests in art, music and architecture under the tutelage of his two younger brothers, a musicologist and an architect, both active Canadian university professors.  He also intends to travel with Sophie, his wife of 46 years, seeking out art museums, cathedrals and concerts.  While home in the Twin Cities, he will spend &quot;a lot more time&quot; with his two young grandsons.</p>

<p>&quot;I have never had time to do these things before because I have been very much wrapped up in my  work,&quot; Gillmor explained.  &quot;I have been very single minded about my teaching and my research, and so it's a bittersweet feeling to be sure.  But there's something to be said for it. It's not as if I'm being denied a future.  I have a future to explore.&quot;</p>

<p>A native of Fort Francis, Ontario, Gillmor began his journalism career in 1950, at the <em>Winnipeg Free Press</em>, after earning his bachelor's degree at the University of Manitoba.  Prior to that, he joined the Royal Canadian Air Force at age 17, but wound up with the army infantry due to heavy Canadian losses in Europe.  Gillmor's mother was a registered nurse and his father was &quot;a mechanical genius of sorts,&quot; credited with several inventions.</p>

<p>Lured by an offer of double his reporter salary, Gillmor left his native Canada in 1953 for a teaching job at the University of North Dakota in 1953, where he eventually became a full professor and started the All-University Honors Program.  Receiving both his master's and doctoral degrees at the University of Minnesota, he joined the faculty in 1965.  During his distinguished tenure, he also helped established the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law, thanks to his fellow Canadian and best friend, Jerry Kline, then SIMC director, and  benefactors Otto and Helen Silha.</p>

<p>Gillmor credited his original interest in media law to former Minnesota professor J. Edward Gerald, to whom he dedicated his first book, <em>Free Press and Fair Trial</em>, based on his doctoral dissertation.  Since then, Gillmor has authored or co-authored a library shelf worth of books, articles, essays, reviews and legal briefs, and has lectured nationally and internationally.</p>

<p>When asked what accomplishments he was most proud of, Gillmor mentioned his four teaching awards - one from the University of North Dakota; the first Horace T. Morse  Distinguished Teaching Professor, awarded by the Minnesota Alumni Association; and two from the Minnesota Press Club - along with his first published book, and the respected textbook he co-authored with Jerome Barron.</p>

<p>&quot;There's only one thing in the world more exciting than your first book, and that's your first child,&quot; he remarked.  &quot;That is something I cherish.  After that, you tend to take the publication of books for granted...So I am very, very satisfied.  I couldn't ask for anything more.&quot;</p>

<p>How does the veteran professor feel when former students thank him for the wisdom and knowledge he passed along?</p>

<p>&quot;Oh, I feel grateful,&quot; he answered humbly. &quot;I just feel very, very grateful.&quot;</p>

<p>And judging from that loyal group gathered for that &quot;last class&quot; party - many, many feel the same way.</p>

<p>JACK BRESLIN</p>

<p>Bulletin Editor</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26296
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:23:46 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Book Review: Media Ethics: Issues and Cases (3rd ed.) </title>
         <description><p>Patterson, Philip and Lee Wilkins (eds.) (1998).<br />
New York: McGraw-Hill. 356 pp., $15.60.</p>

<p>No book yet published could be a &quot;stand-alone&quot; media ethics volume. There are simply too many issues and concepts for one publication to encompass and still be an affordable and readable assignment for an undergraduate class.  <em>Media Ethics</em> is no exception; however, it comes closer than many others to being that &quot;stand-alone&quot; volume.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/book_review_media_ethics_issue.html</link>
         <guid>204200</guid>
        <body><p>The editors are quite clear in the Preface about  what they chose to include.  While they do not include ethics codes (because they are only useful for the &quot;easy&quot; cases), media-bashing, or conclusions (&quot;No one has yet written the conclusive chapter to the ethical dilemmas of the media...&quot;), they have set out a neatly divided set of case studies and essays that address many of the &quot;big&quot; ethical dilemmas facing today's mass media.  There are the fairly common dilemmas of keeping promises and seeking truth.  Additionally, there are also sections on persuasion ethics - an area too often overlooked in general journalism ethics texts - and on cyber-ethics - an area that will undoubtedly become more and more important.</p>

<p>The book contains &quot;a diverse, up-to-date, and classroom-tested compilation of cases in media  ethics.&quot;  There is an introductory chapter that includes brief descriptions of some of the classic ethical decision-making models (Aristotle, Kant, Mill), and the chapters following include a number of case studies grouped into broad categories such as &quot;Loyalty&quot; and &quot;Privacy.&quot;  In general, the case studies are followed by issues for discussion labeled &quot;Micro,&quot; &quot;Middle-Range,&quot; and &quot;Macro&quot; (with questions ranging from case-  specific to big-picture).  Cases include questions about the media's handling of Richard Jewell after the Olympic Park bombing and the New Orleans <em>Times-Picayune's</em> coverage of David Duke, a controversial gubernatorial candidate.  However, the cases are not uniformly structured or of similar length or complexity.  A case on coverage of the Oklahoma City bombing, for example, is an excerpt of a book about the experience without questions for reflection at the end.</p>

<p>The elimination of ethics codes is unfortunate; many organizations have such codes, and a student who did not know about them or how to use them would be ill-prepared.  However, this is a minor criticism. The timeliness of the case studies coupled with a readable tone will make this book a welcome addition to any media ethics  library.</p>

<p>GENELLE BELMAS</p>

<p>1997-98 Silha Research Fellow<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26295
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:17:43 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Professor Gillmor Remembers</title>
         <description><p>It is with a deep sense of loss that I take my leave of a journalism program that I have admired and been a part of, spiritually or physically, since I came to Minnesota as a foreign graduate student in 1949.  I am also saying goodbye to a Center that has kept the mind alive and the heart beating with excitement since 1984.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/professor_gillmor_remembers.html</link>
         <guid>204199</guid>
        <body><p>When I think of the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law, and the unflagging support and genuine interest shown it by the Silhas (Otto, Helen, Steve, and Alice), what first comes to mind are all of those marvelous graduate students - Silha Fellows we call them. It began with Patricia Dooley and today  comes down to Jenny Lambe and Genelle Belmas, and everyone in between - Dave Allen, Beth Blanks Hindman, Bob Jensen, Sandra Braman, Sherrie Wilson, Victoria Smith Holden, Anne Jett, Patricia Bastian and Erik Ugland.  They have been the heart and soul of the Center.  Those with Ph.D.s in hand now occupy major academic positions around the country.</p>

<p>I also think of exciting Silha Forums that grappled with the urgent everyday issues of law and ethics; Silha Lectures presented by world-class people; our success in getting the National News Council archive; the internationally distributed journal, <em>Media Ethics</em>, that we co-founded with Emerson College in Boston; the newsletter, <em>Bulletin</em>, brought to life by Bill Babcock, my successor as director.  Bill has also brought to life the study of media ethics in the classroom and seminar.  I think of our first conference, co-sponsored with the Gannett Center for Media Studies at Columbia University, and masterminded by our former student and faculty member, Ev Dennis, founding father of what would become the Freedom Forum.  I think also of the intellectually provocative Ted Glasser, my founding partner, gone to Stanford, and the remarkable Kathleen Paul, the administrator who gave the Center its sense of community.  Not to be forgotten, our publications; my works on media law and, with Ted and Ev, our work on media accountability and, now, continuing along those lines, Bill's study of media ethics as reflected in the work of the Minnesota News Council.  And thanks to two School of Journalism and Mass Communication (SJMC) directors who span the period of the Center's growth: Jerry Kline, who created it, and Dan Wackman, who  sustained it.</p>

<p>SJMC is on the edge of a new era.  In April its financial, building and faculty goals were realized by the Minnesota Legislature after a remarkable public relations campaign by its students and faculty engineered and coordinated with incredible skill by the School's interim director Al Tims.  The Center will be one of the many beneficiaries of this long-delayed largesse.  A new faculty will enrich the School's tradition of constitutional and media law studies, and ethics studies will proliferate.</p>

<p>Wall Street has been kind to the original gift of the Silhas.  More can be done and will be done to establish the Center as an even more distinguished resource for scholarship and professional outreach.</p>

<p>What will I do for excitement after June 15 - the excitement of students, colleagues, ideas, papers, books, articles, projects, panels, conferences, speeches, invitations, and yes, even meetings where facts and opinions were exchanged, defended, and debated?  New eras will require new people.  I will remain at a distance.  In fact I will disappear into a world of music, art, and literature too long neglected, at least after my final graduate student has earned his or her degree.  The Silha Center now has a momentum that will propel it into the new century.  Of that I have no doubt.</p>

<p>DONALD GILLMOR</p>

<p>Silha Professor</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26295
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:16:24 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title><![CDATA[Gillmor &quot;Roasted&quot; at Conference Banquet]]></title>
         <description><p>A warning to aspiring young journalists who later become distinguished mass communication law scholars: A feature newspaper story that you write at age 23 could come back to haunt you 47 years later.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/gillmor_roasted_at_conference.html</link>
         <guid>204198</guid>
        <body><p>That's what retiring University of Minnesota Professor Donald M. Gillmor found out during a memory-filled, black-tie banquet &quot;roasf' in his honor during the National Media Ethics and Law Conference, on Saturday, April 19, in Minneapolis.  About 150 family, friends, attorneys, colleagues, journalists, alumni, and former students gathered to honor the award-winning Silha Professor of Media and Ethics and Law, who is retiring in June after 45 years of teaching, primarily at the University's School of Journalism and Mass Communication.</p>

<p>A native of Fort Frances, Ontario, Dr. Gillmor began his journalism career in 1950, at the Winnipeg Free Press, after earning his bachelor's degree at the University of Manitoba.  He later completed his masters and doctoral degrees at Minnesota, before joining the faculty in 1965, after teaching at the University of North Dakota.  His book, <em>Mass Communication Law: Cases and Comment</em>, which he co-authored with Jerome Barron and Todd Simon, recently published in sixth edition, is considered the field's classic textbook.</p>

<p>But instead of something from his bookshelf full of scholarly work, a surprised Prof. Gillmor saw his feature story from the October 18, 1951, edition of the <em>Winnipeg Free-Press</em> appear on an overhead screen.  The banquet's roastmaster, William A. Babcock, director of the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law, began the evening's fun by inviting Gillmor's students to edit their former professor's  copy.  There were redundancies, cliches, even a bad lead paragraph, Dr. Babcock joked, wielding his red pen over the copy.</p>

<p>&quot;But I was only 23 then!&quot; Prof. Gillmor cried out, rising in mock protest to the lighthearted destruction of his early journalistic prose.  The scholar later admitted that the best part of the story about a Ukrainian Canadian's dream about Coronation Day was the &quot;terrific&quot; photograph that didn't get printed.</p>

<p>Also displayed near the front of the room was a blow-up poster of a 1973 Esquire parody of the National Enquirer, which named Prof. Gillmor as one of the nation's sexiest college professors.</p>

<p>More than 20 speakers accepted Prot Babcock's invitation to honor Dr. Gillmor with touching, sometimes emotional remembrances of his dedicated teaching, remarkable scholarship, and devoted friendship.</p>

<p>Prof. Gillmor's final master's degree student, Russian native Irina Dmitrieva, shared how Prof. Gillmor would often mix touching personal stories with his scholarly lessons.  She and her husband, SMJC graduate student Gregory Borchard, met last fall in a Gillmor class.</p>

<p>&quot;He would tell stories about how he and [his wife] Sophie met,&quot; Ms. Dmitrieva said.  &quot;On his desk there was this beautiful photograph of her. Behind this wise and clever man there has been this wise and clever woman all these years.&quot;</p>

<p>Unable to attend the banquet, Dr. Gillmor's youngest brother, Alan, a professor of music at Carleton University, sent a touching letter read by Stuart Adam, a Carlton vice-president.  In remembering his brother in &quot;this warm and bittersweet moment,&quot; the younger Gillmor praised his brother's constant encouragement, even though he admitted &quot;losing many arguments over the years.&quot;</p>

<p>&quot;You were there for me, refreshing my spirit by word and deed and giving me the permission to  excel,&quot; the letter stated.  &quot;In this warm and bittersweet moment, you are surrounded by people whose lives you have touched.&quot;</p>

<p>Among the many stories shared was one from Herb Terry, Prof. Gillmor's one-time student and later co-author with Jerome Barron and Todd Simon.  As a graduate student, Prof. Terry once &quot;boldly corrected&quot;  Dr. Gillmor after a lecture that John Marshall was not the first chief justice of the United States.</p>

<p>A few years later, when Prof. Barron was arguing the case of <em>Miami Herald Publishing v. Tornillo</em> before the Supreme Court, he could not even get a chamber seat ticket for his wife to attend the oral arguments.  The enterprising Dr. Terry wrote to fellow Minnesotan Chief Justice Warren Burger and  obtained two tickets.  The former student was &quot;so proud&quot; to take Prof. Gillmor to the court, especially since the ticket envelope was marked &quot;Herbert Terry and guest.&quot;</p>

<p>Witchita State University Professor Vernon Keel stated he &quot;would have paid for a copy of the <em>Winnipeg Free Press</em>&quot; as a Gillmor student at the University of North Dakota, then a graduate student at Minnesota, nearly four decades ago.</p>

<p>Fellow School of Journalism and Mass Communication (SJMC) faculty member Daniel Wackman thanked Prof. Gillmor for welcoming him and his wife, Kathy, into the community some 27 years ago.</p>

<p>&quot;Kathy and I are in a sense Don's kids,&quot; remarked Wackman, who was once &quot;his boss&quot; as SJMC's director.  &quot;Don and Sophie took us in and made us a part of the community.&quot;</p>

<p>Always having his door open for students, fellow faculty and media professionals, Dr. Gillmor was &quot;amazing&quot; in his passion and dedication.  And as a student in Prof. Gillmor's final class wrote, &quot;The only thing to do with Don Gillmor would be to clone him,&quot; Wackman said.</p>

<p>Steven Rosenstone, dean of the College of Liberal Arts, agreed that &quot;the idea of cloning seems like a good idea,&quot; since Prof. Gillmor is &quot;one of the few giants&quot; among the college's 500 professors.  In announcing the beginning of a national search for a new Silha Professor, Dean Rosenstone also praised  Prof. Gillmor's recent leadership in the SJMC's crusade for state funding for new media technology.</p>

<p>&quot;The sense of camaraderie in the Journalism School created by Don over the past eight months made a new chapter possible in the life of the Journalism School,&quot; Rosenstone stated.</p>

<p>Joining other media scholars present, Prof. Barron, Dr. Gillmor's longtime co-author, extolled his  colleague's stature in First Amendment scholarship.  They first met when Dr. Gillmor sat in on Prof. Barron's class at the University of North Dakota in 1969.  When West Publishing asked Prof. Gillmor to  write a textbook on mass communication law, he insisted that Prof. Barron be his co-author.  At the  banquet, attorney James Goodale admitted that he &quot;stole&quot; the book's table of contents for the &quot;principle  basis&quot; for law seminars at the American Practising Law Institute.</p>

<p>&quot;His views on the First Amendment differ from mine at times,&quot; Prof. Barron noted. &quot;He believes these problems are resolved by relying on the ethical standards of working journalists.  I didn't always agree, but I respected him as a scholar.  He's contributed to the education of students, journalists, and my own.</p>

<p>&quot;It's amazing that two people with such diverse views on the press would get along.  That shows his tolerance and mine too.  It gives our work a tension but a good one.  Even though I think he sometimes lives in error, I believe in his passion.  He's a great scholar, a great colleague and a great friend - a  pleasure to celebrate.&quot;</p>

<p>Otto Silha, principal benefactor of the Silha Center with his wife, Helen, recalled first meeting Prof. Gillmor and being impressed with &quot;his optimistic idea&quot; for establishing such a center for the study of media ethics and law.</p>

<p>&quot;Almost everyone I meet here today is either a student, a disciple or a mentoree of Don Gillmor,&quot; Mr. Silha said.  &quot;He told me at breakfast this morning that he was going to keep his gradebooks because he wants to remember the names.&quot;</p>

<p>In his humorous roast, Sanford University Professor Ted Glasser, former Silha Center associate director, used an impressive slide collection of Gillmor memos, clippings, and photographs to reflect on his remarkable career.  Prof. Glasser also recounted Dr. Gillmor's unusual &quot;fetish&quot; for trapping squirrels on his property, then setting them free elsewhere.</p>

<p>As a final token of appreciation, the Gillmors were presented with several gifts, including a framed map of their beloved Rainy Lake in Northern Minnesota.</p>

<p>In thanking those gathered and those who could not attend for their many wishes, Prof. Gillmor first made &quot;just a few corrections&quot; about some of the stories told, then particularly expressed his gratitude to his wife, his family, his co-authors, students, and others.</p>

<p>&quot;This is probably the last time I'll see my friends, my students, my family, all in one place.  That's a sad thought, but it makes a wonderful occasion.  I just want to say how much I owe to all of you...</p>

<p>&quot;I just want to say how much Sophie and I appreciate you being here tonight.  This is a very memorable evening for me. We love you all.  We thank you so very much.</p>

<p>&quot;And Bill [Babcock], this was your idea. I damned you for it, but I love you for it.&quot;</p>

<p>JACK BRESLIN</p>

<p>SJMC Graduate Student and Bulletin Editor</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26295
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:15:11 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title><![CDATA[First National Media Ethics &amp; Law Conference]]></title>
         <description><p>Debates New Technology, Ethics, and Newsgathering</p>

<p>Held on the weekend of April 18 and 19, the Silha Center's National Media Ethics and Law Conference drew more than 100 leaders in media law and ethics to Minneapolis to discuss the applicability of traditional legal and ethical principles to new media and new ethical climates.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/first_national_media_ethics_la.html</link>
         <guid>204195</guid>
        <body><p>Prof. Jerome Barron of George Washington University opened the first session on new technology and law with a question heard in all sessions: What standard of review should courts apply to Internet regulation?  A longtime advocate of public access to media, Prof. Barron cautioned that the much-favored print media standard &quot;subordinates all other First Amendment interests to the interest of the owner&quot; of the communications medium.</p>

<p>Attorney Ann Kappler of Jenner and Block's Washington, D.C., office responded that even the print media standard would be seen as &quot;a comedown&quot; to many of her Internet clients, who take the words &quot;Congress shall make no law&quot; literally.  &quot;I spend a lot of my time advising my clients that that's not really what the First Amendment means in practice,&quot; Ms. Kappler said.  She was the first to issue a warning that many would echo: Unless the industry develops a voluntary response to such issues as regulating sexually oriented speech, government would impose regulation.  Both Ms. Kappler and Robert Trager of the University of Colorado pointed to challenges posed by cross-border regulation.  Concentrating on Australia as an example, Prof. Trager said that the Internet is making nations that lack constitutional protection of free expression reexamine their traditions.</p>

<p>Claiming that he was &quot;not a '90s kind of guy, unless you mean a 1790s kind of guy,&quot; Donald Pember of the University of Washington said that he refused to use e-mail, calling it an &quot;insecure&quot; and &quot;dysfunctional&quot; mode of communication.  Nonetheless, Prof. Pember argued that the Internet raises the possibility that for the first time, ordinary citizens may be able to exercise their First Amendment rights with the same protections that journalists enjoy - as, he argued, the framers of the First Amendment intended.</p>

<p>University of Minnesota President Mark Yudof, a law professor himself, opened discussion with a  hypothetical that highlighted the confusion and challenges of media-specific approaches: a reporter who defamed others in several media might face different sanctions in each.</p>

<p>The luncheon speaker on Saturday was Michael Wilens, a founding member of the Whole Earth  'Lectronic Link (WELL) who is now executive vice president and chief technology officer for the West  Group.  Mr. Wilens elaborated themes of the earlier session, adding that the cost of being a global publisher was now only the $30 per month required for an Internet account that could support web pages.  Mr. Wilens expressed concern about the trend toward narrowcasting, stating that though customized content is designed to help the customer, &quot;I'm becoming a narrower and narrower person as a result of narrowcasting.&quot;  Mr. Wilens wondered if the Internet was an ungovernable system.  He seemed sanguine about the possibilities of generating revenues from database services in cyberspace, saying that West views the Internet as offering low-volume, high-profit opportunities in addition to the high-volume, low-profit opportunities that most  commentators have identified.</p>

<p>The Saturday afternoon session, moderated by Theodore Glasser of Stanford University, was on &quot;Convergence of Legal and Ethical Issues.&quot;  Drawing on the works of Charles Taylor and Michael Walzer, Clifford Christians of the University of Illinois distinguished two liberalisms.  &quot;Liberalism one,&quot; most often upheld by U.S. courts, is a &quot;procedural liberalism&quot; of autonomous individuals and individual rights.  &quot;Liberalism two&quot; is &quot;committed to the flourishing of particular cultures and beliefs.&quot;  Prof. Christians suggested that Americans must face up to the charge that a liberalism of rights is not neutral but expresses politically only one range of cultures.&quot;</p>

<p>Timothy Gleason, dean of the University of Oregon's School of Journalism and Communication, warned of what he and others have called the &quot;ideology of free speech&quot; that precludes debate on its assumptions, and reminded listeners that celebrated media defense was &quot;big business.&quot;  Prof. Gleason suggested that two conflicting principles were at stake in many difficult media ethics cases: First Amendment protections of journalistic process clashed with &quot;a view of the First Amendment as a license to act, regardless of the consequences to the democratic process.&quot;  Deni Elliott, director of the University of Montana's Practical Ethics Center, suggested that media acknowledge their roles as players in their stories and reexamine their own visions of press roles when facing such difficult decisions.</p>

<p>Louis Hodges, Knight Professor of Journalism Ethics at Washington &amp; Lee University, sounded themes that shaped debate for the remainder of the conference, asserting that &quot;ethics always trumps law&quot; and expressing concern that too many &quot;accept the absurd and destructive notion that 'if it's not illegal, it's okay to do it.&quot;  Prof. Hodges raised the question of whether punitive damages should be assessed against media defendants and asserted that they should not.</p>

<p>Discussion at Sunday's concluding session on newsgathering, moderated by James Goodale of  Debevoise and Plimpton, returned again to the ongoing <em>Food Lion v. Capital Cities/ABC</em> litigation.  In a 1996 decision now on appeal, the Food Lion grocery chain obtained punitive damages against ABC for a <em>PrimeTime Live</em> newscast using hidden camera footage filmed by ABC producers who falsified employment applications to get jobs at Food Lion.</p>

<p>John Borger of the Minneapolis law firm Faegre &amp; Benson framed the issues at stake in such cases - whether &quot;non-content-based&quot; torts such as trespass and fraud should, like the &quot;content-based&quot; tort of libel, be scrutinized more carefully when perpetrated by media defendants.  He said there are three possible approaches: a strict approach to the elements of the tort regardless of the defendant, a balancing approach, and his preferred approach - not assessing damages against media defendants.</p>

<p>Joann Byrd, editorial page editor of the <em>Seattle Post-Intelligencer</em>, advocated that journalists themselves use a balancing approach - a balancing of two criteria when deciding when to break the law.  She suggested that journalists consider both &quot;whether the value of the information excuses ignoring the law&quot; and &quot;whether we have made a good-faith effort to get the information in the lawful way first.&quot;</p>

<p>John Walsh of Cadwalader, Wickersham and Taft, a plaintiff's lawyer in many First Amendment cases, observed that &quot;First Amendment protection is not absolute,&quot; and pointed to many cases that showed the limits of those protections.  Despite many clear differences with others on the panel and in the audience, Mr. Walsh agreed with others when he said, &quot;In the last analysis, observation of ethical guidelines and compliance with traditional journalism standards may provide the media with more protection than the First Amendment.&quot;  After donning a magician's hat and divining that El Nino was to blame for &quot;overheated&quot; news coverage, James Naughton, president of the Poynter Institute for Media Studies, stated a similar theme: If journalists constantly privileged news judgment, even under the heaviest deadline pressure and in the heat of sweeps, fewer cases would end up in court.</p>

<p>Prof Gillmor was present at all the conference sessions, and several panelists acknowledged their debt to his thinking and writing. Prof. Gillmor had promised himself to resist asking questions at the conference sessions, and he only broke that promise once, issuing Prof. Hodges a challenge familiar to any student of Prof. Gillmor's: to be Lon Fuller to his H.L.A. Hart.  As any student of Dr. Gillmor's might attest, it was perhaps the vigorous engagement of hard cases at the conference sessions that honored the retiring Silha professor as well as any tribute.</p>

<p>MARK CENITE</p>

<p>SIMC Graduate Student</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26295
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:08:20 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Cyberporn and Dangerous Judicial Precedent</title>
         <description><p>The issue of online pornography has been talked to death. Obviously, we all want to protect children from exposure to lewd images on the Internet.  At the same time, we want to preserve online freedom of speech.  On a larger scale, nation-states are concerned with the protection of public morals in their jurisdictions - an almost impossible task in the border-free cyberspace environment.  In legal battles between online freedom and online control, cyberporn serves the values of free speech very poorly. It creates bad judicial precedent.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/cyberporn_and_dangerous_judici.html</link>
         <guid>204193</guid>
        <body><p>An immediate objection to this statement is the case of <em>Reno v. ACLU</em>, 117 S. Ct. 2329 (1997), where the Supreme Court declared unconstitutional the government's attempt to regulate indecent speech online.  However, many free-speech battles are fought in other legal arenas, such as copyright, privacy, and cases involving the liability of Internet service providers.  There, courts often use a balancing approach, which is, by definition, very subjective.  Moreover, copyright litigation is not content-neutral.  This creates the possibility that judges who preside over cases involving online pornography may feel that the material at issue does not deserve protection.  As copyright expert Niva Elkin-Koren noted, &quot;Providing a forum for exchanging sexually explicit materials... may be perceived by some as worthless.&quot;  Thus, subjective decisions in particular cases may create a line of judicial precedents unfavorable to the principle of the online freedom of speech.</p>

<p>Judicial alarm bells first rang when it turned out that the principle of &quot;community standards&quot; did not apply in the world of the Internet.  This principle helped courts avoid uniformity in their definition of &quot;obscenity&quot; by considering the standards of local communities.  However, in the landmark case of <em>United States v. Thomas</em>, 74 F.3d 701 (6<SUP>th</SUP> Cir. 1996), the federal district court in Tennessee obtained jurisdiction over California residents who operated an adult computer bulletin board from their home.  A San Francisco couple was brought to trial in Memphis on obscenity charges and subsequently convicted.  This case illustrates how communities with stricter speech regulation can dictate what is allowable on computers in other jurisdictions.</p>

<p>On an international scale, a similar case occurred in 1995 in Munich, Germany, where Bavarian police raided a local CompuServe office and forced the network to shut down online access to more than 200 allegedly pornographic sites.  Among the closed sites were ones devoted to the culture of sexual minorities - sites not deemed illegal by many countries.  This incident prompted Floyd Abrams, former counsel to the <em>New York Times</em> in the Pentagon Papers case, to conclude that in the future countries that afford less protection to the freedom of speech may be &quot;the ones that really rule in terms of what is ultimately posted or carried at all by other forms of media.&quot;  This rationale may apply not only to online pornography, but to hate speech and political debates as well.</p>

<p>For many citizens of totalitarian regimes, the only way to express their beliefs in political discussions is to seek privacy in the online forum.  Many political dissidents, abuse victims, and recovering alcoholics turn to the services of anonymous remailers.  These services strip all identification from e-mail messages and forward them to their intended destinations anonymously.  However, anonymity is also sought by people with much less laudable motives - namely, online pornographers.</p>

<p>Consequently, law enforcement agencies seek to curb services of anonymous remailers in an effort to expose child pornographers on the Internet.  For example, in the fall of 1996, Penet, a popular free-of-charge remailer service maintained by a Finnish volunteer, closed after the London Observer accused it of facilitating online communication among pornographers.  The Internet community termed the service's demise &quot;a sad day for the Net,&quot; because it took away &quot;a certain free-wheeling spirit.&quot;  Online privacy helps to ensure free online discussions.</p>

<p>Cyber-freedoms depend largely on entities that provide users with online access - namely, Internet service providers (ISPs) and operators of bulletin board services (BBSs).  Companies such as Netscape and Microsoft take on &quot;the color of the state&quot; by monopolizing Internet access service and regulating online activities.  If courts hold ISPs and BBS operators directly responsible for illegal activities of their users, the latter may start censoring online speech in fear of costly litigation.</p>

<p>However, when it comes to cases involving explicit adult-oriented material, the heavy aura of moral wrongdoing that is often present around them could sway the opinion of any reasonable person, including a judge.  Just put yourself in the shoes of a Texas federal judge presiding over the case <em>Playboy Enterprises, Inc. v. Webbworld, Inc</em>., 968 F. Supp. 1171 (N.D.Tex. 1997).  <em>Playboy</em> sued operators of the adult-oriented &quot;Neptics&quot; site for reproduction, distribution and display of its copyrighted images.  However, just weeks prior to the trial, all &quot;Neptics&quot; equipment was seized by police on charges of child pornography.  Knowing this fact, which has little to do with the copyright litigation at issue, could you stay completely impartial?  The Texas court found the site operators directly and vicariously liable for unauthorized use of <em>Playboy</em> images.</p>

<p>In its decision, the Webbworld court relied on another case involving display of adult-oriented images, <em>Playboy Enterprises, Inc. v. Frena</em>, 839 F.Supp. 1552 (M.D.Fla. 1993). The <em>Frena</em> case was one of the first cases involving liability of BES operators for illegal activities of their users.  It dealt with the unauthorized display of nearly 170 adult images from <em>Playboy</em> and <em>Playmate</em> publications by a private BBS.  The federal district court in Florida found the BBS operator, George Frena, directly responsible for the acts of his subscribers despite the fact that Frena claimed he was unaware of any illegal conduct on his network.</p>

<p>This case had two major consequences. First, it set a troublesome precedent: ISPs can be held directly liable for illegal acts of their users.  Since then, the <em>Frena</em> decision has been cited by most of the courts dealing with the issue of ISP liability.  Among those cases are <em>Central Point Software v. Nugent</em>, 903 F.Supp. 1057 (E.D. Tex. 1995), <em>Sega Enterprises v. Sabella</em>, US Dist. LEXIS 20470 (N.D.Cal. 1996) and <em>Marobie-FL, Inc. v. NAFED</em>, US Dist. LEXIS 18764 (N.D. Illinois 1997).  Thus, the <em>Frena</em> rationale extended to other materials, such as computer clip art and electronic video games.</p>

<p>Second, George Frena set the example for ISPs when, upon <em>Playboy's</em> notification, he voluntarily took from the network all allegedly infringing images.  Soon thereafter, courts developed a standard holding ISPs liable for activities of their users if they &quot;know or have reason to know&quot; about infringing acts.  Usually; this requirement can be satisfied by notifying the online providers of allegedly infringing conduct on their network.  However, what appears to be a copyright infringement may very well be a fair use. Determining what are fair and unfair uses of someone's work is a complex process involving careful balancing of multiple factors.  ISPs may not be reasonably expected to know the nuances of copyright law, and come to a sound conclusion in each case whether a certain use qualifies for a fair-use exemption.  As a result, another limitation on the freedom of communication has emerged - only now by private online service companies and not by government.</p>

<p>When defending speech &quot;extremes,&quot; such as pornography on the Internet, we should remember that there is much at stake.  The judicial precedents from cases involving pornography will apply in the future to other materials, more &quot;worthy&quot; of First Amendment protection.</p>

<p>IRINA DMITRIEVA</p>

<p>SJMC Masters Student<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26294
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:03:06 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Interview with Author/Journalist Jeremy Iggers</title>
         <description><p>In his new book <em>Good News, Bad News: Journalism Ethics and the Public Interest</em> (Westview Press, 179 pp., $55 cloth, $17.50 paper), Jeremy Iggers argues that journalism's &quot;institutionalized conversation&quot; about ethics avoids confronting crucial issues facing today's media, including their public interest and civic responsibilities.  Bulletin Editor Jack Breslin interviewed Mr. Iggers about his book and views on the current state of journalism ethics.  This article is an excerpt from that interview.  Mr. Iggers earned his doctoral degree in philosophy from the University of Minnesota and is currently a staff writer at the Minneapolis<em> Star Tribune</em>.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/interview_with_authorjournalis.html</link>
         <guid>204192</guid>
        <body><p>Silha <em>Bulletin</em> (<strong>SB</strong>): <em>Good News, Bad News</em> - that's an interesting title.  What's the good news in today's journalism, especially about ethics, and what's the bad news?</p>

<p>Jeremy Iggers (<strong>JI</strong>): That's a good question.  Part of what it's saying is that sometimes the good news is the bad news.  Sometimes the emphasis on good news, or on giving people the kind of news they want to hear, is bad news, because it's failing to give people what they need to know.  On another level, good news is news that is presented to people in a way that's useful for them - news that they act on. And bad news is sort of the news that sensationalizes or panders.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: In your book, you mention that sometimes today's media are a little too passive in getting people to become good citizens. What can we do to fix that?</p>

<p><strong>JI</strong>: The first thing that the media can do to fix that is to recognize that the world has changed.  Newspapers always operated as part of a system where you first read the newspaper, and then you'd go to the local cafe and talk about what you'd read with your neighbors.  People's lives have changed and so newspapers have to respond to that by creating environments where people can talk about the newspaper, and creating new kinds of forums.  They may be electronic forums where people can process the information.  Putting out the information is only one part of the process.  The next part is people sharing information and talking about what needs to be done.  That's where there aren't as many opportunities as there once were.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: You talk about providing information and the conflict between serving the customer and serving the readers. Is there a happy medium?</p>

<p><strong>JI</strong>: Oh, sure. Journalists have always had to strike the balance between telling people what they need to know and telling people what they want to hear.  Again, especially in broadcast, we still do a surprisingly good job a lot of the time, at least at this newspaper [<em>Star Tribune</em>].  In broadcast especially that balance has been totally lost.  It has kept shifting, sort of like a seesaw, a little bit more year after year.  Lately, the balance has gotten almost completely lost.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: You mention the social responsibility theory, which deals with journalism's role in fostering democracy. How can you get journalists, particularly management, concerned about social responsibility and issues such as quality, giving more access, or corporate ownership changes?</p>

<p><strong>JI</strong>: It's hard because people have to believe that it's in their bottom-line interest.  It's very clear that quality journalism is in the long-term, bottom-line interest of newspaper and maintaining a loyal readership to cultivate the next generation of newspaper readers.  The long-term [interest] is more important than grabbing them today.  What's unfortunate is that a lot of owners, especially in television, feel that they can't think about the long term.  Unless they keep ratings up this quarter, this sweeps period, they're not going to be around next year to worry about next year or the next generation.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: What has to be done to get this generation to become newspaper readers?  Or are newspapers going to so radically change in the next 20 years that the newspaper as we know it now may no longer exist?</p>

<p><strong>JI</strong>: The real future of the newspaper depends on whether people perceive it as something that's useful in their lives, that improves their quality of life, not just by entertaining them, but by helping them to achieve their goals.  The other part is that newspapers have a particular niche.  A newspaper is a mass medium, and unless it addresses its readers as members of a large community, it can't compete against the publication which addresses them as members of a small community.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: Are you saying that traditional journalism dying?  If it is, what can we do to revive it?</p>

<p><strong>JI</strong>: There are still a lot of people out there who are very interested in creating lines of communication between people in a community. Unfortunately, they're not often the owners of broadcast licenses or of large metropolitan newspapers.  They're often people who own community newspapers.  That's where some of the best journalism is going on.  If journalism is in trouble, it's because people no longer think of themselves as citizens.  The media has had a lot to do with that because they no longer address their audience as citizens; they address them as consumers.  The way to reinvigorate journalism is to use the media to reinvigorate people - give them sense of themselves as citizens.  That sounds like really dry, boring civics class stuff.  But there are lots of things which newspapers can do that are innovative, creative and fun, which can revive a sense of citizenship.</p>

<p><strong>SB</strong>: Is public/civic journalism part of the answer?</p>

<p><strong>JI</strong>: I think so. That term gets used in so many different ways.  It's misused, abused, and defined in so many different ways that it's tricky to say that.  One definition of public journalism, I think [New York University professor] Jay Rosen's definition is that it's journalism that is motivated by a concern for the vitality of public life.  That's a good definition of public journalism.  All journalists should be motivated by that concern and see that they have a role to play in insuring that vitality.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26294
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:02:06 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>What Minnesota&apos;s New Shield Law Does, and What It Means for Journalists</title>
         <description><p>Cases throughout the 1990s, such as the <em>Minnesota Daily case, State v. Knutson</em>, which was resolved in January, 1996,* demonstrated Minnesota courts' increasing willingness to narrowly interpret the shield law as it stood, even though journalists thought that the protection outlined in the law extended to their unpublished notes and photos.  Minnesota media organizations such as the Society of Professional Journalists and the Minnesota Newspaper Association worked tirelessly to educate the legislature about the importance of this protection and should be commended for their dedication.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/what_minnesotas_new_shield_law.html</link>
         <guid>204190</guid>
        <body><p>The most important change comes in section 595.023.  This section was amended to protect unpublished information &quot;whether or not&quot; it would identify a source, although exceptions are allowed if that information is clearly relevant and cannot be obtained elsewhere, and if there exists a compelling and overriding interest requiring disclosure.  This addendum is intended to protect journalists from subpoenas for unpublished material.</p>

<p>So how might this change affect working journalists in Minnesota?  Bob Franklin, reporter for the Minneapolis <em>Star Tribune</em> and SPJ Freedom of Information Act director, said that the new shield law will actually help reporters avoid having to make sweeping modifications in the way they do their jobs.  The change to the shield law &quot;will avoid prompting journalists to make large changes in the way they do their day-to-day work,&quot; Mr. Franklin said.  &quot;And it will prevent some of the non-day-to-day experiences of being hauled into court to testify.&quot;</p>

<p>However, Kate Parry, senior editor for Enterprise, Investigations and Politics at the St. Paul <em>Pioneer Press</em>, said that the shield law alteration will result in changes in newsrooms precisely because subpoenas will be reduced.  She noted that subpoenas for journalists' unpublished information occur with increasing frequency and are a serious drain on newsroom resources.  This law will help reduce the number of subpoenas and thus prevent the huge diversion of staff time and money.  And although journalists try to source on the record as often as possible, &quot;the law protects our ability to do that digging-deep journalism that's got risks associated with it - we need to assure sources that we can keep their anonymity shielded within the scope of the law,&quot; Ms. Parry said.  This change will help journalists do that when necessary and reduce the amount of time and resources needed to answer subpoenas, she added.</p>

<p>From a legal perspective, media attorney Paul Hannah claimed that the change will reduce the number of subpoenas in civil cases.  (Journalists might still have to answer subpoenas in criminal cases if the relevance issue is met).  &quot;First, journalists covering contentious issues won't be dragged into the middle of them because of what they've written,&quot; Mr. Hannah said,  &quot;Second, the law will benefit small and large community newspapers because there will be a marked decrease in the number of lawyers trying to use journalists to provide elements of their cases.&quot;</p>

<p>In her 1996 masters' thesis, former <em>Minnesota Daily</em> editor-in-chief Michele Ames wrote about the dangers associated with the courts' interpretations of Minnesota's shield law: &quot;If the trend toward increasing news media involvement as information providers in the court system is not halted...news organizations may find themselves more tentative in covering events likely to place them in the line of fire for subpoenas.&quot;  The protection of unpublished materials made explicit in the Minnesota Free Flow of Information Act is one step closer to the goal of ensuring that journalists can conduct investigations without fear of courts requiring them to act as an arm of law enforcement through the subpoena process.</p>

<p>GENELLE BELMAS</p>

<p>Silha Research Fellow</p>

<p><em>*See Bulletin articles &quot;Point&quot; and &quot;Counterpoint,&quot; Spring 1996, for two points of view on editor-in-chief Michele Ames' refusal to turn over subpoenaed unpublished photographs in this case.</em><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26294
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 12:00:51 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Minnesota Shield Law Amended to Explicitly Protect Unpublished Materials</title>
         <description><p><em>This is a special report for the Bulletin written by Mark Anfinson, attorney for the Minnesota Newspaper Association and an instrumental player in the passage of the newly amended Minnesota Free Flow of Information Act, otherwise known as the Minnesota shield law.</em><br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/minnesota_shield_law_amended_t.html</link>
         <guid>204189</guid>
        <body><p>In 1996, Minnesota's Supreme Court inflicted the coup de grace on protections for unpublished information formerly thought to exist under the state's shield law.  The decision left no doubt that little help could be expected from the courts.  If the journalist's privilege were ever going to be vigorous again, that meant the Legislature was the only option.  This article describes - and, to the extent possible, explains - how Minnesota journalists and news organizations persuaded the Legislature to make Minnesota's shield law one of the strongest in the country.</p>

<p><strong>Background</strong>.<br />
In its 1996 decision <em>State v. Turner</em> the Minnesota Supreme Court conclusively determined that the state's shield law statute (officially known as the Minnesota Free Flow of Information Act) afforded no protection whatsoever for unpublished materials, but covered only confidential sources.  This capped a three-year slide toward the precipice that had begun with a 1993 Minnesota Court of Appeals decision, which had also read the statutory language narrowly.  Before that time, no case directly dealing with the application of the shield law to unpublished information - notes, outtakes, a reporter's knowledge or memory of events - had ever reached the Minnesota appellate courts, even though the statute had been passed in 1973.  But over the years, several state trial court judges had concluded that unpublished materials <em>were</em> protected, and so for two decades the privilege in Minnesota was relatively robust.  That is why the Supreme Court's <em>Turner</em> decision was a shock to Minnesota journalists.</p>

<p><strong>The campaign.</strong><br />
The prospect of an ever-increasing number of subpoenas from civil and criminal attorneys was chilling.  In response, news organizations and individual journalists from across the state came together, coordinated by the Minnesota Joint Media Committee, and sketched out a legislative campaign.  Its goal would be to amend the shield law.  Two major obstacles loomed: money, and the Legislature's perceived coolness toward journalists.  The two were closely related because the more difficult and controversial a bill, the more it costs lobbyists and lawyers.</p>

<p>The first obstacle was overcome easily when the Minnesota Newspaper Association, the <em>Star Tribune</em>, and the Minnesota Broadcasters' Association pledged more that $20,000.  The Society of Professional Journalists contributed another $2,000.  Attention then turned to hiring a professional lobbyist, as well as deciding on the exact language of amendments to be proposed.  The latter issue was tricky.  There was concern that asking for too much could cause the whole effort to fail.</p>

<p>Early in the fall of 1997, the Joint Media Committee (JMC) chose Bob Hentges to lead the lobbying effort.  Mr. Hentges had many years of experience at the Capitol, was widely respected, and had once been a reporter himself.  Through the fall, the JMC met regularly to coordinate the campaign.  Sen. Dick Cohen and Rep. Matt Entenza (both DFL-ST. Paul) agreed to sign on as chief authors of the legislation.  Rep. Entenza replaced Rep. Bill Macklin (R-Lakeville), who had introduced a preliminary version of the bill very late in the 1997 session, mainly to call attention to the problem.  Rep. Macklin graciously agreed to Rep. Entenza's substitution, recognizing that the chances for success would increase greatly if the principal House author were a member of the majority party.</p>

<p><strong>Approach</strong><br />
Although early in the discussion about the bill, it had seemed best to use the &quot;half a loaf&quot; approach, out of concern that an extreme position would diminish the prospects for passage, the JMC eventually decided that the principle represented by the shield law was too important to be compromised voluntarily.  As a result, the amendments introduced in the 1998 session were very aggressive, stating clearly that the privilege covered all unpublished information, and that it could be defeated only if the party seeking the information demonstrated compelling reasons.</p>

<p>Through the fall of 1997, a group of journalists, lobbyists, and media attorneys met with as many leading legislators as possible, attempting to explain the reasons why a strong shield law was good not only for news organizations but for the public as well.  At these meetings, the regular media representatives were Bob Hentges, SPJ president Rick Kupchella, and MNA attorney Mark Anfinson.  A number of others also helped periodically, including media attorney John Borger and <em>Star Tribune</em> reporter Bob Franklin.</p>

<p><strong>&quot;An unexpected pattern&quot;</strong><br />
As one meeting after another concluded, an unexpected and almost remarkable pattern began to emerge.  Nearly all of the legislators listened to the media representatives and agreed to support the bill.  In fact, many were enthusiastic.  At first, this caused skepticism - media representatives thought they might be missing something.  However, as the number of legislative supporters continued to grow, far outnumbering the opponents, the prospects for the bill started to appear much stronger than originally predicted.  By the time the 1998 session began in February, a great deal of groundwork had been laid through the meetings with legislators. Sen. Cohen and Rep. Entenza also worked at persuading their colleagues of the value of the bill.</p>

<p>On the second day of the session, the Senate Judiciary Committee held a hearing on the bill - its first public test.  For nearly two hours the Committee debated the legislation.  Several objections were raised, and the critics tried to amend the bill.  But Sen. Allen Spear (DFL- Minneapolis) offered an eloquent explanation of its importance. With that the opposition evaporated, and the Committee approved the bill unanimously.  A few days later, it reached the Senate floor.  As he had done in the Judiciary committee, Sen. Cohen ably presented the reasons supporting it, and on a vote of 67-0, the Senate approved the bill - a result that had been completely unimaginable only a few months earlier.</p>

<p>Over the next several weeks, efforts focused in the House.  Unexpectedly, Speaker Carruthers, who in previous sessions had been a stalwart media supporter, raised concerns that the bill went too far.  He may have been influenced by his service in private life as a prosecutor, whose subpoenas the bill was in part aimed at thwarting.  However, Rep. Entenza persisted, and eventually the Speaker accepted a few minor changes and agreed the bill could move forward.</p>

<p>All along, supporters said that the House would present the biggest challenge, and media representatives made intense efforts to get the bill through the House Judiciary Committee, which approved it in late March.  By this stage of the session, Sandy Neren, long-time chief lobbyist for MNA, had also become part of the campaign.  In early April, the bill finally reached the House floor, and although there was some suspense as amendments were attempted, when the vote was taken it favored the bill 123-6.</p>

<p>Then the legislation went to Gov. Ame Carlson's desk.  The Governor's dislike for many members of the media was well known, and a veto was definitely a possibility.  But after sitting on the bill for three days of building anxiety, Gov. Carlson allowed it to become law on April 6.  He issued a petulant statement denouncing media irresponsibility, but the result was the same.  The overwhelming House and Senate majorities had been too great to give a veto credibility.  Minnesota again had one of the strongest shield laws in the nation.</p>

<p><strong>How did this happen?</strong><br />
The answer is not entirely clear.  To a far greater degree than anticipated, however, the legislators accepted the argument that a weak reporter's privilege can greatly diminish the amount of important information the public receives.  Legislators also appreciated the fact that working reporters had showed up to make their case.  And money was a big factor - the total cost to media organizations exceeded $40,000. The experience shows how the media can achieve good results on major items brought before legislative bodies.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26294
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:59:17 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Book Review: Advertising and Public Relations Law; </title>
         <description><p>Roy L. Moore, Ronald T. Farrar, Erik L. Collins.<br />
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers, 1998, <br />
499 pp., $57.50 Hardcover only.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/book_review_advertising_and_pu.html</link>
         <guid>204187</guid>
        <body><p>Mass communication law professors often share the dilemma of persuading students that their course is relevant.  Even before they walk into the first class, most advertising and public relations majors have concluded that First Amendment issues concern only their print and broadcast journalism counterparts.  Only after nearly libeling a client's competitor in their first professional press release or ad copy do beginning practitioners realize the need for an understanding of media law.</p>

<p>By exploring particularly relevant areas of mass communication law, the authors of <em>Advertisng Public Relations Law </em>have succeeded in addressing crucial issues and concerns for both students and practitioners.  While this pioneering effort to offer a specific legal textbook for public relations and advertising offers comprehensive legal history and analysis, the work suffers from a lack of practical examples and case studies.</p>

<p>The authors present lengthy, sometimes exhaustive treatments of such critical areas as commercial speech doctrine, government regulation, and intellectual property.  They consider several relevant concerns, such as product liability, trade secrets or publicity rights - often ignored in general media law texts.  But their scholarly analysis often fails to provide specific public relations/advertising examples and practical advice.</p>

<p>Future editions should be more carefully edited for style consistency, needless repetition and readability.  Practitioners, professors, and students often appreciate discussion questions and case examples to help relate the law to hypothetical or actual professional situations.  This book, which is supposedly intended for classroom use, lacks both.</p>

<p>While the authors have undertaken the laudable challenge of creating a legal text focused on advertising and public relations law, they should have decided who their audience is, rather than trying to cover everyone and everything.</p>

<p>JACK BRESLIN</p>

<p><em>Bulletin </em>Editor</p></body>
         <category>
            26293|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:52:54 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Center Research Focuses on Minnesota News Council History</title>
         <description><p>Amid concern about the declining credibility of journalists, the debate over the viability of news councils as a form of non-governmental media accountability has revived.  Over the past several years, Silha Center researchers Bill Babcock, Genelle Belmas, and Jennifer Lambe have conducted a systematic evaluation of 25 years of determinations by the Minnesota News Council (MNC).  Through analysis of the records of MNC hearings, we have gained insight into the news council model of media accountability.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_center_research_focuses.html</link>
         <guid>204186</guid>
        <body><p>We performed a content analysis on 111 MNC determinations, which are the official records of the council's hearings in particular cases.</p>

<p>Much of the work in media ethics characterizes the complaints about media behavior only in terms of the broad issues involved.  However, we developed a four-part model to more fully characterize the nature of the complaints - for each complaint, we coded the type, subject, element, and issue involved.  In A <em>New Tool for the Assessment of News Councils, </em>presented at the Association for Practical and Professional Ethics annual meeting in the spring of 1997, we suggest that this model might be adopted by ombudsmen or other newsroom personnel to more accurately track patterns of public concern.</p>

<p>An analysis of the determinations belies the persistent perception that news councils are out to get the media.  In <em>Can News Councils Help Newspapers Regain Public Trust? </em>presented at the Southeast Colloquium of the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication (AEJMC) in the spring of 1998, we report that approximately one-half of the complaints against newspapers were rejected.  This statistic holds true for complaints against the electronic media as well.  The MNC is also addressing the concerns often echoed by the public, such as fairness, accuracy, and access.</p>

<p>Finally, in analyzing individual voting records of MNC members, we found no evidence that either media members or public members were more or less likely to vote for or against media organizations.  In <em>Answering the Critics: Are News Councils Out to Get the Media? </em>presented at the AEJMC annual convention this summer, we show evidence that predictors such as length of time on the council also did not affect voting patterns.</p>

<p>Our results suggest that the MNC, in more than a quarter-century of operation, has been neither a forum for lay members to bash newspapers nor a body hostile toward the press.  The formation of state, regional, or national news councils modeled after Minnesota's may be a useful means of helping the news media regain public trust.</p>

<p>JENNIFER LAMBE</p>

<p>Former Silha Research Fellow</p>

<p><em>Note:  Copies of the papers mentioned above are available through the Silha Center.</em><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26293|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:52:00 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title><![CDATA[Q&amp;A with Allen H. Neuharth]]></title>
         <description><p>This is an excerpt from an interview conducted with Allen H. Neuharth by Professor William Babcock, director of the Silha Center, on Aug. 24, 1998.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/qa_with_allen_h_neuharth.html</link>
         <guid>204185</guid>
        <body><p><strong>Silha <em>Bulletin</strong> </em><strong>(SB): </strong>What has <em>USA TODAY </em>contributed to American journalism in your estimation?</p>

<p><strong>Allen Neuharth (AN): </strong>Well, it depends on who you ask.  I think it's fair to say that the advent of <em>USA TODAY </em>has changed both the appearance and the content of most daily newspapers, and that's either good or bad, depending on your point of view.</p>

<p><strong>SB: </strong>What's your opinion of <em>USA TODAY </em>now?  Why is it imitated by so many newspapers for style and graphics and marketing?</p>

<p><strong>AN: I </strong>think it's because in the years since the launching of <em>USA TODAY, </em>more and more print journalists have come to realize that readers, particularly younger readers, are not going to keep fighting their way through dull gray newspapers.  Some of them have even come to agree that a good newspaper doesn't necessarily have to be dull.   They haven't all agreed to that yet. But some grudgingly have agreed to that.  Some of that imitation is good for other newspapers and some is not.  It<strong> </strong>depends on whether it is straight imitation or adaptation.  Some newspapers have adapted some <em>USA TODAY </em>things to serve their local readers very, very effectively.  Some other newspapers have done straight imitations of <em>USA TODAY </em>and I think in most cases that's not as effective because it doesn't give it the local appeal that the adaptation gives it.</p>

<p><strong>SB: </strong>Why is the paper so popular?</p>

<p><strong>AN: </strong>It has found its niche with the audience that it was aimed at.  We used to say we'd be glad to let <em>The New York Times </em>have the top one or two percent of the intellectuals in the country or in the northeast and we'd take the next two to 10 percent.  So it's aimed <strong>at </strong>an audience that is upscale, affluent, influential, well-educated, and mobile, people who have moved around and who have interests beyond their backyard.  And I think it has found that niche with that segment of the society.</p>

<p><strong>SB: </strong>Critics say the paper's impact has been more negative than positive, that it contains more glitz than content, that it lacks depth and analysis; it features graphics over substance.  How do you answer these criticisms?</p>

<p><strong>AN: </strong>Well, I've never really answered them.  I used to laugh at them because I was amused by the fact that what they really were saying was that <em>USA TODAY </em>was so different that it pissed them off.  And journalists, particularly editors and publishers who sometimes pretend that they're very creative and love to explore new ideas and new things, are in fact basically conservative.  And that's why a lot of newspapers have died.  It's mainly been the fault of editors or publishers who weren't about to change.</p>

<p><strong>SB: </strong>Why are we seeing so many embarrassing media lapses - <em>the Boston Globe </em>columnists, the <em>Times, the </em>CNN nerve gas stories, <em>Cincinnati Enquirer </em>Chiquita tapes?  Is it a lack of standards, ethics, over-emphasis on sensationalistic stories?</p>

<p><strong>AN</strong>: Well, I think some of it is the fact that primarily because of the Internet the pressure is greater to get it first and fastest than it used to be.  Traditionally journalists were taught to believe in accuracy above all else.  And that changed.  I think it changed with Watergate, and I think the anonymous source is the most evil thing that newspapers and the media have adopted or adapted in the last 25 years.  It started with Watergate, (when) journalists coming off college campuses (were) determined to be (Bob) Woodward or (Carl) Bernstein.  They believed that because of Watergate's successes there was dirt under every mat in front of every office.  They came out as young cynics.  The journalists of my generation were taught to be skeptics.  And there's a hell of a difference between a skeptic and a cynic.  All you need to do is be accurate and fair.</p>

<p><strong>SB: </strong>A recent poll revealed that 71 percent of the American public believed the media to be frequently inaccurate in reporting.  How can we restore the public's confidence?</p>

<p><strong>AN: </strong>Instead of being inaccurate, be accurate.  You can fix it simply by being both accurate and fair, and I think that has to happen first of all in the classroom.  It has to be taught, and then it has to happen in each individual newsroom.</p>

<p><strong>SB: </strong>Is there a way for the American media to get away from the use of confidential sources?</p>

<p><strong>AN: </strong>Sure.  Ban 'em.  I believe that Woodward and Bernstein could have done their job as effectively.  It might have taken a little longer if they had named sources.  I don't think there was a Deep Throat at all.  I think Deep Throat was a combination of Ben Bradlee and Woodward and Bernstein and the people at the <em>Post </em>talking to each other and comparing things they got from anonymous sources.  When we started <em>USA TODAY </em>we absolutely banned anonymous sources.</p>

<p><strong>SB: </strong>What do you see as your legacy to American journalism?</p>

<p><strong>AN: </strong>I'm the wrong person to answer that question.  First of all, it's too early to tell.  Hell, I'm just a kid.  And secondly, I'll leave that entirely to journalism historians to decide.  I have certain things I hope my family remembers me for - that's very important.  I hope there are some things in journalism that might be remembered for better or worse, but I don't sit around worrying about that.  I think about today, and I don't worry about legacies.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26293|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:51:04 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>USA TODAY Founder Allen H. Neuharth Will Deliver Annual Silha Lecture</title>
         <description><p>Allen H. Neuharth, founder of <em>USA TODAY, </em>will provide his unique perspective on today's lapses in media reporting when he delivers the 1998 Silha Lecture.  His remarks come from 48 years of media experience as a reporter, columnist, publisher, and CEO of a major media corporation.  The lecture will take place at 12:15 p.m., Thursday, Oct. 8, at the Cowles Auditorium on the West Bank of the University of Minnesota's Twin Cities Campus.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/usa_today_founder_allen_h_neuh.html</link>
         <guid>204184</guid>
        <body><p>In his lecture &quot;Can the Press Be Both Free and Fair?&quot; Mr. Neuharth will discuss the reasons behind recent notable media lapses, such as <em>Boston Globe </em>columnists Patricia Smith and Mike Barnicle, the <em>Time/CNN </em>nerve gas story, free-lancer Stephen Glass' fabricated articles in <em>The New Republic, </em>and<em> The Cincinnati Enquirer </em>Chiquita tapes.  Among the controversial issues Mr. Neuharth will address are whether these lapses are caused by a lack of standards or ethics, or by overemphasis on sensational stories.</p>

<p>A native of Eureka, SD, Mr. Neuharth, 74, a selfmade multi-millionaire, is best known for successfully starting the national newspaper <em>USA TODAY </em>in 1982, despite initial widespread skepticism within the media community.  At that time, he was chairman and CEO of Gannett Company, Inc., the nation's largest newspaper company.  While Mr. Neuharth was Gannett's president, chairman and CEO for 19 years, the company's annual revenues increased from $200 million to $3.1 billion.  He also founded The Freedom Forum, one of the nation's largest private foundations, which funds programs and grants for projects regarding free speech and free press.</p>

<p>As detailed in his internationally best-selling 1989 autobiography, <em>Confessions of an S. O. B., </em>Neuharth began his newspaper career as an Associated Press reporter in his native state, then worked his way into management at newspapers in South Dakota, Florida, Michigan, and New York, including <em>The Miami Herald </em>and the <em>Detroit Free Press.  </em>Three years after joining Gannett in 1963, Mr. Neuharth became president of Gannett Florida, and started <em>TODAY, </em>later renamed <em>FLORIDA TODAY.  </em>He was appointed Gannett's president and chief operating officer in 1970.</p>

<p>In addition to being chairman and president of the Newspaper Association of America, Mr. Neuharth was named the most influential person in print media for the 1980s by <em>Washington Journalism Review.  </em>The many honors and awards he has received includes the 1975 Horatio Alger Award.</p>

<p>Since his &quot;retirement&quot; in 1989 at age 65, Mr. Neuharth has spoken on the international lecture circuit, appearing on national TV and radio talk shows.  He has written seven books.  He also writes a weekly column &quot;Plain Talk,&quot; which appears in <em>USA TODAY </em>and other Gannett newspapers.</p>

<p>Mr. Neuharth resides in Cocoa Beach, FL, with his wife, Rachel Fornes, and their four adopted children.  He also has two children by his first marriage, Dan, 45, a former journalist and university teacher, and Jan, 43, president/owner of Paper Chase Farms in Middleburg, VA.</p>

<p>JACK BRESLIN</p>

<p><em>Bulletin </em>Editor<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26293|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:49:50 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>The Child Online Protection Act of 1998: Will &quot;CDA II&quot; be found constitutional?</title>
         <description><p>In recent years, Congress has tried to make and pass laws that will control sexual material on the Internet -- and do so constitutionally. In 1996, the Communications Decency Act (CDA) was passed as part of the large Telecommunications Act of 1996, the first major overhaul of telecommunications policy in many years.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/the_child_online_protection_ac.html</link>
         <guid>204176</guid>
        <body><p>CDA provided for criminal and civil penalties to anyone who "by means of a telecommunications device knowingly makes, creates or solicits and initiates the transmission" of anything "obscene, lewd, lascivious, filthy or indecent" to a minor. This language was so broad that even an e-mail from a mother to her 17-year-old college son telling him to buy condoms would have been a violation.</p>

<p>The Supreme Court overturned CDA in 1997 in Reno v. the American Civil Liberties Union. In that case, the Court said that CDA was overly broad and included speech that might well be protected by the First Amendment. The Court added that there are other options for parents to control what their kids see, such as filtering software.</p>

<p>The Child Online Protection Act (COPA) is the latest congressional attempt to control online sexual content. It provides criminal and civil penalties for "any communication for commercial purposes that is available to any minor and that includes any material that is harmful to minors." COPA differs from CDA in that it includes only commercial sites and requires operators of those sites to put in place age verification systems.</p>

<p>The act also provides a so-called "affirmative defense" for commercial sites that use age verification to attempt to screen out minors. The definition of "material that is harmful to minors" is a modification to the legal definition of obscenity that the Supreme Court set out in 1973.</p>

<p>So will "CDA II" pass constitutional muster? At least one judge thinks it will not. The ACLU requested a temporary restraining order against COPA's enforcement from a federal district judge right after the act was passed. On Nov. 20, 1998, the judge granted the temporary restraining order based on his assessment that the plaintiffs had shown to his satisfaction that they would win a case against the new law. The ACLU website reports that the temporary restraining order has been extended until Feb. 1, 1999 with hearings scheduled Jan. 20-22.</p>

<p>The language of COPA strongly resembles the infamous obscenity definition found in the 1973 Supreme Court case Miller v. California. In Miller, the Court used terminology that defies common-sense understanding; to be deemed obscene (and thus unworthy of First Amendment protection), material must "appeal to the prurient interest" of the average person applying "contemporary community standards;" describe sexual conduct "in a patently offensive way;" and lack "serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value." COPA adopts this languages and adds to it phrases intended to narrow the scope to minors. </p>

<p>Because the Court has been using the Miller test for over two decades, some commentators believe that COPA has a better chance than CDA of surviving a constitutional examination. Proponents add that COPA is not intended to censor sexual material but only make it difficult for children to stumble across it while surfing the Web. </p>

<p>The ACLU is not convinced. Nor is the Justice Department, which had voiced serious concerns about COPA's constitutionality before its passage and is now in the position of having to defend it.</p>

<p>Legislatures and courts have been struggling for years to determine what is truly obscene and therefore not deserving of First Amendment protection. Common sense suggests that what might be acceptable in New York, San Francisco or Chicago might not be acceptable in Duluth, Minn., Eau Claire, Wis. or Grand Forks, N.D. Further, something acceptable in Paris, Brussels or London may face objections anywhere in America. And, while government might have an interest in helping parents control what their children see online, most probably would prefer to make that decision for themselves and their children.</p>

<p>Most important, laws that put in place government censorship of any kind are dangerous. On its face, COPA looks like a law designed with the best interests of parents in mind. It looks reasonable -- it even provides a defense if the purveyor of the sexual material is acting in good faith to screen out minors.</p>

<p>Even if one grants the good intentions of Rep. Michael Oxley, R-Ohio, author of COPA, and others, COPA is still dangerous, say opponents, because it puts control of Internet content into the hands of the government. And that provides a basis from which other governmental controls of online expression could spring. COPA has potentially far-reaching consequences for online expression of all kinds.</p>

<p>Although the furor over COPA has died down, the thorny problem of online sexual content will not go away so readily. Whether COPA survives or not, the debate will continue. Watch for a new round in the next few months.</p>

<p>GENELLE BELMAS</p>

<p>Former Silha Fellow</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:34:38 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Zoning the Internet: A Possible Solution to Internet Pornography Problems</title>
         <description><p>Paper accepted for the AEJMC Midwinter Conference, Feb. 6, 1999 - Nashville, TN<br />
&quot;Crafting Media: Credibility and Accountability.&quot;<br />
By Genelle Belmas, former Silha Fellow<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/zoning_the_internet_a_possible.html</link>
         <guid>204175</guid>
        <body><p>One of the most legislatively active and controversial areas in media law today is Internet pornography. Parents are concerned about what their children are seeing online and might be feeling helpless to control the sexual imagery that is fairly easy to find with just a few clicks of the mouse. Repeated calls for a control mechanism have resulted in proposals by Congress and software developers.</p>

<p>After the Supreme Court of the United States declared the Communications Decency Act unconstitutionally overbroad last year in <em>Reno v. ACLU (</em>American Civil Liberties Union), Congress tried again with the Childrens Online Protection Act of 1998. The ACLU immediately sought to enjoin the act's enforcement, arguing that the effect of the law was to chill speech that was probably protected by the First Amendment, and received a 10-day injunction (which ended December 4, 1998). The judge said that the plaintiffs had demonstrated that they would succeed on the merits in court.</p>

<p>While Congress has been struggling with legislative solutions, software developers have not been idle. A number of companies have come out with filtering packages by which parents can ostensibly control what sites their children are able to see when they surf the Web. While a good idea in principle (recommended, in fact, by the Court in Reno), parents may not realize that they might be buying a political ideology when they buy a filtering package. Some packages have been alleged to block not only sexual content but also content that the company finds politically or socially objectionable (such as information about gay and lesbian lifestyles or about abortion options for pregnant teens).</p>

<p>My paper looks at the online pornography issue and the attempted solutions to kids gaining access to sexual materials online. I propose an alternative that bypasses both constitutional overbreadth and ideological problems. This alternative is an application of established property zoning principles to online sexual content. The Court has already approved such zoning in the "real world," so an application of similar principles to the online environment should pass constitutional muster.</p>

<p>GENELLE BELMAS</p>

<p>Former Silha Fellow<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:33:38 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Highlights from the PLI Communications Law Conference</title>
         <description><p>With breakneck changes occurring in the communications industry - from mega-mergers to deregulation to the internet explosion - the regulatory and First Amendment boundaries governing the media are in transition.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/highlights_from_the_pli_commun.html</link>
         <guid>204174</guid>
        <body><p>Among those struggling to keep abreast of these developments are media lawyers, many of whom were in attendance at the most recent Communications Law conference in November in New York City. The Conference, sponsored by the Practising Law Institute, is the largest annual gathering of media lawyers in the country.</p>

<p>While there were no media-related U.S. Supreme Court cases to discuss this year, there were several other court battles to dissect, the most significant being the government's antitrust lawsuit against Microsoft. While this case does not directly involve the news media, attorney James Goodale insisted that journalists pay attention to the case, because the internet will eventually become the dominant conduit for all communication, and because those companies who control access to the net can potentially control its content.</p>

<p>In terms of industry structure, most panelists conceded that the post-Telecom Act convergence of media will continue for several more years. Attorney Richard Wiley argued that we are headed unavoidably toward a world in which most media are controlled by a handful of major conglomerates, but he added that even in that environment there will still be room for smaller, niche providers.</p>

<p>Among the issues directly affecting journalists, the most widely discussed involved newsgathering. Courts are showing increasing intolerance for a variety of newsgathering tactics, as evidenced most prominently by the fraud and trespass judgment against ABC for its investigation of Food Lion. That decision may have also affected the <em>Cincinnati Inquirer's</em> recent decision to settle a lawsuit brought last year by Chiquita Brands, Inc. against the <em>Inquirer</em> for its investigation of the company. While one <em>Inquirer</em> reporter did admit to illegally accessing Chiquita's corporate voice mail, some panelists wondered whether the paper was getting gun shy in the wake of Food Lion. </p>

<p>The courts' growing impatience with newsgathering tactics were also revealed in a series of cases this past year involving police ride-alongs. Several courts have refused to provide legal protections for journalists involved in ride-alongs, and nearly all of the conference participants indicated that in the current legal climate, they would advise their media clients against participating.</p>

<p>ERIK UGLAND </p>

<p>Silha Fellow<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:32:35 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Book Review: Just the Facts: How &apos;Objectivity&apos; Came to Define American Journalism</title>
         <description><p>David T.Z. Mindich. <br />
New York, NY: New York University Press, <br />
1998, 201 pp., $24.95. Hardcover Only. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/book_review_just_the_facts_how.html</link>
         <guid>204172</guid>
        <body><p>In beginning his historical study of journalistic objectivity, author David Mindich discusses whether the term should be put inside quotation marks or not - in other words, is objectivity an achievable ideal or an unattainable myth? After reading this informative 19th century history of &quot;journalism's most celebrated goal and least understood practice,&quot; one at least comes away with a better understanding of how objectivity has evolved in American journalism. Whether it is possible today is left for another book.</p>

<p>From the start, the author admits that the &quot;slippery nature&quot; of objectivity makes it difficult to adequately define, which makes writing its history even more difficult. Using his background as both a historian and journalist, Mr. Mindich, a former CNN assignment editor, offers a comprehensive historical treatise on objectivity by researching the origins and founders of its principle elements, namely detachment, nonpartisanship, the inverted pyramid, facticity and balance. The book's main focus ranges from the end of the partisan press in the 1830s to the emergence of objectivity as a goal for magazines and newspapers of the 1890s.</p>

<p>Instead of rehashing other journalism histories about more famous editors, Mr. Mindich focuses on some overlooked tales, such as <em>New York Herald</em> editor James Gordon Bennett's three severe beatings by his rival, James Watson Webb of the <em>Morning Courier</em> and <em>New York Enquirer</em>. That same innovative style carries into &quot;three shades&quot; of nonpartisanship by analyzing the political journalism of Bennett (centrist nonpartisan), William Lloyd Garrison (antipartisan) and Frederick Douglass (activist nonpartisan), as well as the influences of the social sciences and medicine on journalistic objectivity.</p>

<p>The author convincingly argues that the inventor of the inverted pyramid structure was not the Civil War battlefield correspondent writing for telegraph transmission. Instead, it was President Lincoln's public relations official who censored the reporter's copy, Secretary of War Edwin M. Stanton, who was trying to keep a &quot;tight rein on discourse&quot; in his official news dispatches, such as in his reporting of Lincoln's assassination. In discussing balance, Mr. Mindich, a New York University doctoral graduate, describes the anti-lynching advocacy journalism of Ida B. Wells as a precursor to today's public journalism, pioneered by NYU Professor Jay Rosen.</p>

<p>Mr. Mindich's book would serve as excellent supplemental reading for graduate level journalism ethics and history courses, however, one finishes the book wanting more about the current objectivity controversy. But that was not his objective here.  Perhaps, the author should have concluded with the 19th Century press, rather than attempt a limited comparative discussion of today's objectivity debate featuring CBS News anchor Dan Rather and others in the introduction and conclusion. A possible future study could include more insightful journalism scholars and practitioners in examining the rise and fall of objectivity in the 20th Century American media. That would be a worthwhile project for Mr. Mindich's continued historical contributions on objectivity.</p>

<p>JACK BRESLIN</p>

<p>Silha Fellow<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:31:26 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>An essay: Some Impediments to Ethical Journalism in Underdeveloped Nations</title>
         <description><p>In the late 1980s as a doctoral student studying Philippine provincial journalists and their self-perception as agents of social change and development, I stumbled upon a reality I hadn't anticipated in my research design, and one that I had no easy way to measure.</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/an_essay_some_impediments_to_e.html</link>
         <guid>204171</guid>
        <body><p>These journalists, in the course of long and barely structured interviews, talked often about the widespread practice of taking bribes for printing information, or for withholding it. Some called this the AC\DC journalistic approach. "Attack and Collect, or Defend and Collect." When I returned to Asia as a Fulbright scholar in the 1990s, I found that such practices were not isolated in the Philippines. </p>

<p>The more I questioned these provincial journalists, the more I observed a very sophisticated professional understanding, and a degree of practical tolerance for journalistic practices such as accepting bribes, gifts, "grease money", and for "going on the take."</p>

<p>The focus of my study on the press and social change was for the most part diverted by the hard realities of the journalists' social, economic, and political existence. How could they be "objective" when the world in which they lived and worked was one of intense political, social and economic uncertainty?</p>

<p>It was easy to get journalists to describe their daily work, and to speculate on the provincial press as a tool for national development. The 54 I interviewed tended to be highly educated, including many with law degrees. They expressed a high regard for unfettered and objective press systems where journalists can report the truth and challenge the economic, social, and political status quo in an effective manner.</p>

<p>Such abstract and theoretical discussions were a welcome diversion from the everyday pressures of publishing a newspaper containing little advertising and realizing little legitimate profit.</p>

<p>I was rarely able to establish the intimacy necessary to ask these journalists if they were personally involved in taking grease money, envelopes, or other under-the-table rewards. Some strongly hinted that they or their colleagues were on the take in some way, but pursuing that line of inquiry was risky with regard to maintaining the confidence of the subjects and to pursuing other lines of inquiry. </p>

<p>What I was able to accomplish was establishing strong evidence of the widespread practice of what was commonly known as "envelope journalism". Generally this means payment for either printing or withholding information. Most such exchanges appeared to be so informal and so routine, that there was little or no negotiation involved. The journalist might write something legitimately positive about a local government official or business leader, and later receive an unsolicited envelope of money or a gift. </p>

<p>One young and obviously idealistic reporter told me how he had written a news story about a local politician and received an envelope containing the equivalent of about $20 U.S. dollars. He said he was stunned and shamed. When he tried to return the money, he said the politician also appeared stunned and shamed. Returning the "gift" was perceived as an insult to the giver and a serious deviation from established journalistic convention.</p>

<p>A report by the Asian Institute of Journalism presented a sympathetic but critical view of the problem of envelope journalism. It said that for both journalists and editors, economic difficulties contributed to competitive behavior and to a struggle for economic survival. Several respondents in the study admitted having compromised "objectivity" owing to low salary and poor incentives.</p>

<p>It was obvious that journalists were generally inadequately compensated for their legitimate reporting practices. One obviously talented and locally esteemed journalist told me he earned the equivalent of $160 a month in salary. Many reporters resort to selling, advertising, or working at other jobs, including as public relations officers and speech writers for government agencies.</p>

<p>I found that by its nature, provincial journalism in such nations lends to attempts by those with power and money to influence it to their own ends. (These attempts, apparently successful in many cases, fall into categories ranging from outright bribery and fixed retainer payments to lesser abuses such as an occasional free lunch, or gifts of cigarettes or liquor.)</p>

<p>Otherwise ethical journalists, many of whom risked their lives to take adversarial positions against local and national government, told me they were forced to condone varying forms of envelope journalism. The economic and social realities of the environment they lived and worked in made it necessary to sanction such practices or to leave the profession altogether.</p>

<p>I concluded from the initial study of Philippine provincial journalists that envelope journalism was widely practiced. There is little to suggest that in 1999 it has diminished.</p>

<p>Certainly, attempting to apply imported codes of journalism ethics and practices barely applicable in Western nations, where journalists are more apt to earn a middle class wage, is likely to have negligible results.</p>

<p>In further pursuing the topic of corruption among journalists in underdeveloped nations, researchers should avoid a condemnation of these practices, before they have assessed the economic, political, and social barriers that foster them. Rather, an empathetic approach is needed which incorporates situational ethics and assumes that most any journalist would act in a like manner given similar economic and political insecurities.</p>

<p>My findings with regard to envelope journalism are admittedly methodologically suspect. The approach in the interviews was too casual and indirect. Still they have proven useful in that they were incorporated into ethics workshops for journalists that have begun the conversation on how to move toward more ethical journalistic practices. I am, however, convinced reasonably ethical practices will emerge only when these journalists are reasonably paid for what they accomplish as accurate and fair reporters and editors.</p>

<p>Richard Shafer<br />
Associate Professor of Journalism<br />
UND School of Communication<br />
Grand Forks, North Dakota<br />
tel. 701-777-4815\ e-mail: rshafer@prairie.nodak.edu<br />
from Dec. 19th to Jan. 4th, contact in Salt Lake City at: tel. 801-485-5333<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:30:04 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>New Silha Fellows</title>
         <description><p>The Silha Center announces its two new Fellows for the 98-99 academic year, Jack Breslin and Erik Ugland. Both are Ph.D. students with the School of Journalism and Mass Communication.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/new_silha_fellows.html</link>
         <guid>204170</guid>
        <body><p>Ugland, who was previously a Fellow while working for his master's degree, has earned his law degree and his master's from the University of Minnesota. He then worked as a research associate for the Freedom Forum in New York and Washington, D.C.</p>

<p>Breslin received his bachelor's degree in philosophy. He studied for his master's degree at Southern Illinois University and the University of Georgia, where his thesis focused on media coverage of terrorism and how coverage affects police-press relations and First Amendment issues. He has worked professionally for Fox Network as a publicist for America's Most Wanted and for NBC with Late Night with David Letterman.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:28:53 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Professor of Media Ethics and Law School of Journalism and Mass Communication</title>
         <description><p>The University of Minnesota School of Journalism and Mass Communication seeks applications and nominations for the Silha Professor of Media Ethics and Law. This is a full-time, 9-month tenured position beginning Fall 1999, at the rank of professor or associate professor, depending upon qualifications and experience, and consistent with collegiate and University policies. Salary is competitive with similar academic positions.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_professor_of_media_ethic.html</link>
         <guid>204169</guid>
        <body><p>The Silha Professor will be an integral part of a major new initiative that will use an infusion of new legislative funds, private funds, and redirected college resources to revitalize this highly respected school. Over the next four years, we anticipate that ten new faculty will be hired, the school's facilities will be completely remodeled and updated with state-of-the-art equipment, and an Institute for New Media Studies will be opened. The Silha Professor will be an important voice in setting the new direction for the school.</p>

<p>The successful candidate must have a record of outstanding scholarship in media law and teaching, and/or substantial professional experience and national prominence in the field of media law. The holder of the Silha Professorship will be expected to lead a program of research, teach undergraduate and graduate courses, advise graduate and undergraduate students, maintain ties to the professional community, and serve on appropriate committees. Candidates must show evidence of teaching effectiveness or strong promise of excellence in teaching. Earned doctorate or law degree required. </p>

<p>This professorship carries affiliation with the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law. </p>

<p>To apply, send letter of application, current resume or curriculum vitae, and samples of research and/or a narrative statement on research goals and plans. In addition, please provide names and addresses of three references who would be willing to write letters of recommendation.</p>

<p>Applications will be reviewed beginning February 1, 1999. Position is open until filled.</p>

<p>Submit application to:</p>

<p>Mary Achartz, staff to SJMC Search Committee <br />
School of Journalism and Mass Communication<br />
University of Minnesota<br />
111 Murphy Hall<br />
206 Church St. SE<br />
Minneapolis, MN 55455</p>

<p><em>The University of Minnesota is committed to the policy that all persons shall have access to its programs, facilities, and employment without regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, age, marital status, disability, public assistance status, veteran status or sexual orientation.</em><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:26:53 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>How Twin Cities&apos; Media Paved Ventura&apos;s Way to the State Capitol</title>
         <description><p>On election eve, Nov. 3, Raelin Story, a local KSTP reporter, interviewed Roger Moe, Hubert &quot;Skip&quot; Humphrey III's running mate. At that time 4 percent of the precincts had reported in, and Mr. Humphrey was winning, with 35 percent of the vote, former professional wrestler Jesse &quot;The Body&quot; Ventura with 33 percent, and St. Paul mayor Norm Coleman with 31 percent. In speaking of the &quot;Ventura factor,&quot; Mr. Moe said, &quot;I really think you folks [broadcast and print journalists] let him [Ventura] off the hook. You let him get a free ride, the press did, and nobody knows anything about him. He wasn't pinned down on any of his issues - not like Norm Coleman and Skip Humphrey were. So, I think he's been treated with kid gloves....&quot;</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/how_twin_cities_media_paved_ve.html</link>
         <guid>204168</guid>
        <body><p>By 8 a.m. the next morning, I had received e-mail messages from colleagues in South Africa, California, Chicago, Florida, Boston, and New York. Everyone asked the same questions: &quot;Jesse Ventura?&quot; &quot;Governor? &quot;How could this happen in, of all places, Minnesota?&quot; I've thought many times during the past two months about their questions, and the reasons why nearly 40 percent of my state's voting public went with Mr. Ventura. And I'm hard-pressed not to blame - at least in part - the messenger.</p>

<p>Clearly, the reasons that he is now our governor are varied and complex. Most political pundits agree that the public was fed up with politics as usual, neither the IR or DFL parties fielded their best candidates, Mr. Ventura was invited to participate in state-wide debates, Mssrs. Coleman and Humphrey were decidedly lackluster as campaigners, and Mr. Ventura was successful at luring first-time voters with catchy, one-liner responses to complex questions and issues. Still, I propose that the Twin Cities media dropped the political ball by giving Mr. Ventura insufficient coverage and scrutiny, thus helping to pave his way to the governorship.</p>

<p>Before Mr. Ventura surged in the polls a few weeks before the election, the broadcast and print media viewed him as it would an amusing sideshow at the State Fair. Once he reached 20 percent in the polls, however, and he was seen as a &quot;viable&quot; candidate, he received similar coverage to that given to the two major party candidates, even though he was still depicted in some stories to be little more than a political freak with no real chance of winning the election.</p>

<p>By covering him in the run-up to the election as they did Mr. Humphrey and Mr. Coleman, the Twin Cities media gave Mr. Ventura's candidacy a huge boost. Mr. Humphrey, as the State's attorney general and the person who masterminded the state's high-profile battle with the tobacco companies for the past few years, had received extensive media coverage for some 16 years. No one in Minnesota had to be reminded who his parents were. Mr. Coleman, for his part, had received extensive coverage for most of the 90s as St. Paul's flamboyant, let's-make-a-deal mayor - a man who was elected as a Democrat, became a Republican, and was reelected.</p>

<p>I would propose that the local media had a responsibility to cover Mr. Ventura so thoroughly that by election eve voters would know him as well as they did his two challengers. In other words, once his candidacy was seen as &quot;viable,&quot; they should have covered him much more than they did Messrs. Humphrey and Coleman. By deciding not to cover him so extensively, they did a real disservice - and, indeed, were unfair - to the IR and DFL candidates, by giving Mr. Ventura what amounted to a &quot;free ride.&quot;</p>

<p>Mr. Ventura was the first serious statewide candidate that had been fielded by Ross Perot's Reform Party; something that made Mr. Ventura's candidacy newsworthy. And, indeed, the media have a responsibility to examine in detail any serious political candidate. The more unknown or unusual that candidate is, the more serious that responsibility is if that candidate has a viable chance of winning.</p>

<p>There is clear precedence for the media deciding to cover a person or an issue extensively. A few years ago The New Orleans <em>Times-Picayune</em> decided to cover former Klan leader David Duke's race for governor of Louisiana as a hurricane, considering that his election would be detrimental to both the state and the nation. By most accounts, the paper's extensive news coverage was balanced and fair. The editorials were pointedly against Mr. Duke.</p>

<p>And the Twin Cities two major newspapers covered the tobacco industry from 1994 to the tobacco litigation in 1998 as it would a pernicious pestilence, without any semblance of balance or objectivity. In particular, both the <em>Star-Tribune</em> and the <em>Pioneer Press</em> displayed an anti-tobacco bias in their news stories. All of which begs the question: Why do the local media consider it appropriate to cover an industry in a non-objective fashion, but to cover in run-of-the-mill fashion a former professional wrestler who is surging in the polls and whose only political experience is as a part-time suburban mayor?</p>

<p>Clearly, when the media have determined that something or someone is a perceived evil or a potential problem, the rules change. The question is whether the local media should have considered it potentially dangerous - or, at the very least, quite worrisome -- that an entertaining political neophyte could become governor. During the fall campaign Mr. Ventura said he favored legalizing prostitution, deferred to his running mate on most complex issues of education, and frequently admitted to having no idea of what to do about the state's economy. It's not an elitist stretch to suggest that such an &quot;agenda&quot; could be detrimental to the wellbeing of a state.</p>

<p>What might the media have done? In addition to covering Mr. Ventura much more extensively than they did his two challengers, they might have:</p>

<p><UL></p>

<p><LI>Doggedly questioned him about his ideas on economics.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Not taken &quot;I don't know&quot; answers, but probed to find out why he didn't know, whether he thought he should know, when he expected to know, etc.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Created investigative teams of top reporters to find out more of Mr. Ventura's past, to interview his many past associates over the years, and to create a truly comprehensive profile of the candidate.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Repeatedly reported on his lack of education policies.</LI></p>

<p><LI>Much more extensively written about him in their editorial and opinion pages.</LI></UL></p>

<p>The Twin Cities are fortunate to have some excellent journalists, a number of whom have won acclaim for investigative journalism ranging from the local Premack Award to the Pulitzer Prize. Clearly, the local media could have done a spectacular job of covering Mr. Ventura had that been its decision.</p>

<p>Would the outcome have been any different had the local media strenuously covered Mr. Ventura? Would such coverage have mattered to the 37 percent of voters who voted for &quot;Ventura&quot; on election night? Possibly not, but having given Mr. Ventura only &quot;softball&quot; coverage, we'll never really know for sure whether serious, prolonged coverage would have made a difference. And that a Ventura governorship may eventually be better than many predicted is hardly justification for having avoided tough, pointed coverage of candidate Ventura.</p>

<p>I've noticed that the coverage of Mr. Ventura has become more serious and investigative in nature since his election. I can't help wondering what the point is of now exploring his views, instead of examining them before the election. A colleague of mine who worked at the Times-Picayune during the time when Mr. Duke was elected a state legislator, compares such after-the-win coverage to learning to drive after you've already crashed.</p>

<p>Don't get me wrong. I'm not equating Mr. Ventura's political ignorance with Mr. Duke's racist past. I am saying, though, that when a person who has made a living faking athleticism suddenly becomes a political contender, it's time for the media to carefully examine the person to let the voters know who he is, what his policies might be, and what the consequences might be were he elected.</p>

<p>The media might respond that it would be unfair to Mr. Ventura to cover him more strenuously in the last few weeks before the election than it did his two major challengers. But by not covering his candidacy more strenuously, the media were unfair to the voters of the state, who deserved to know more about the person for whom many of them ultimately voted.</p>

<p>WILLIAM A. BABCOCK</p>

<p>Director, Silha Center</p>

<p><em>You are invited to respond to this essay by e-mailing the Silha Center at Silha@umn.edu</em>.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26291
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:25:36 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>&quot;Community Standards&quot; Test is a Fatal Flaw for Federal COPA</title>
         <description><p>Congress' latest effort to shield minors from "harmful" Internet content was struck down on June 22 by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit in ACLU v. Reno (Reno III), No. 99-1324, 2000 WL 801186 (3d Cir. June 22, 2000). In doing so, the appellate court may have thwarted future efforts by lawmakers to regulate obscenity on the Internet.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/community_standards_test_is_a.html</link>
         <guid>204155</guid>
        <body><p>In Reno III, the Court upheld a district court injunction preventing enforcement of the Child Online Protection Act. Congress passed COPA after an earlier attempt to restrict minors' access to certain Internet content - the Communications Decency Act - was struck down by the U.S. Supreme Court in Reno v. ACLU, 521 U.S. 844 (1997) (Reno II). The Supreme Court held that the CDA's imposition of criminal penalties for the distribution of "indecent" and "patently offensive" content was vague and overbroad. Congress sought to remedy the deficiencies of the CDA by linking the penalties under COPA to Internet content that is "harmful to minors" as judged by "community standards."</p>

<p>Congress' attempt to create a more definitive standard was rejected by the Third Circuit. It held that COPA is a content-based regulation of speech, which under the First Amendment can only be upheld when narrowly tailored to serve a compelling government interest. Although conceding the government's interest in preventing harm to minors, the court said that by relying on community standards to determine what is harmful, the law was overbroad and burdened more speech than necessary.</p>

<p>The court held that community standards cannot be determined in the Internet context, because speech in that medium is not bound by geography. In order to comply with COPA, communication on the Internet would have to conform to the standards of the least tolerant segments of society. That imposes too great a burden on expression, the Court held.</p>

<p>By rejecting the applicability of community standards to the Internet, the Third Circuit has created a substantial roadblock to all future attempts to regulate Internet obscenity. The Supreme Court outlines its test for defining obscenity in Miller v. California, 413 U.S. 15 (1973). Miller requires that obscenity be determined by considering the view of "the average person applying contemporary community standards." If community standards for Internet communication cannot be defined, as the Third Circuit says, then the Miller test cannot be applied and obscenity cannot be defined. What cannot be defined cannot be regulated.</p>

<p>The Third Circuit Court made clear that its rejection of the community standards test was limited to the Internet context and should not be read as an assault on Miller or on the need to define and regulate obscenity in other contexts. However, if regulation of obscenity is prohibited in what is certain to become the most dominant communications medium, it may create pressure to lift restrictions in other contexts. Even if restrictions on obscenity survive in other areas, they may be of little practical effect if the expression they target can simply be channeled - whether as text, audio or video - through the Internet.</p>

<p>Ultimately, the Supreme Court will need to decide whether to end its long struggle to define obscenity, or to create an Internet-specific Miller test that accounts for the boundless geographic reach of online communication.</p>

<p>Erik Ugland<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26288|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:09:17 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Information Revolution Brings Privacy Concerns</title>
         <description><p>With the continuing computerization of government records and the development of sophisticated new database technologies, journalists should be in the midst of a government-access renaissance. But with the information revolution has come heightened fears that increased access will lead to excessive intrusions on personal privacy. Shielding the public from perceived violations of their privacy has become one of the principal preoccupations of state and federal lawmakers.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/information_revolution_brings.html</link>
         <guid>204154</guid>
        <body><p>The Minnesota Legislature is no exception. It considered several privacy proposals in the 1999-2000 session. The proposals came from all directions - from Attorney General Mike Hatch, from the DFL Senate and House caucuses, and from House Republicans under their "Privacy Bill of Rights" banner. Although none of these proposals was passed last session, most are sure to reappear in the next session beginning in January 2001.</p>

<p>The U.S. Congress also passed several laws limiting public access to information in the name of privacy protection. A new federal law requires web sites collecting information on customers under age 13 to first obtain parental permission. More privacy legislation can be expected soon from Congress. Senate Democrats recently formed a Privacy Task Force to design measures to close off access to "personal information," and a bi-partisan Congressional Privacy Caucus was also formed to consider additional privacy legislation.</p>

<p>The White House has been working with the Federal Trade Commission to devise a regulatory scheme to govern the handling of personal information by commercial Web sites. And in March 1999, President Clinton appointed law professor Peter Swire to be the new White House "privacy czar."</p>

<p>The courts have for the most part endorsed these mounting restraints.</p>

<p>In its 1999-2000 term, the U.S. Supreme Court became the venue for two access-privacy battles. The Court decided Los Angeles Police Dept. v. United Reporting Publishing Corp., 120 S.Ct. 483 (1999) and Reno v. Condon, 120 S.Ct. 666 (2000), both of which rejected constitutional challenges to access restrictions.</p>

<p>In LAPD, the Court considered whether a California law prohibiting the release of police blotter information to those using the information for a "commercial" purpose violates the First Amendment. The law permits access to this information only when used for a "scholarly, journalistic, political or governmental purpose."</p>

<p>The Court ruled (7-2) that because the government is not constitutionally compelled to provide access to its records, the limitations imposed do not raise a First Amendment problem. In fact, the Court said the government could deny access to arrest information altogether without violating the First Amendment. The Court also sanctioned a system of discriminatory access. Although journalists were included in the favored class of requestors under California law, they might not be in other legislation. Many journalists reject laws giving them a special status because they require the government to determine who is and who is not a journalist.</p>

<p>In Reno, Congressional authority to dictate state records policy was the issue before the Court. The Driver's Privacy Protection Act, passed by Congress in 1994, regulates the release of driver information collected by states through their licensing and registration processes. South Carolina challenged the law as an infringement of states' rights under the 10th Amendment.</p>

<p>The Supreme Court unanimously ruled that because the DPPA regulates the sale of data, the Commerce Clause enables Congress to regulate its dissemination. The Court rejected the states' rights argument, saying the DPPA regulates states only as owners of databases; it does not intrude on their "sovereign capacity to regulate their own citizens."</p>

<p>Reno affirmed the federal government's dominion over the sale of all government records, raising concern that access-friendly state laws are now at risk of being overrideen by federal restrictions.</p>

<p>While the DPPA case was pending before the Supreme Court, Congress passed an amendment to the law, which provides specific penalties for states that grant access to individuals' motor vehicle records without their consent. Commonly referred to as the Shelby amendment, this legislation changed the law from an "opt-out" to an "opt-in" system. "Opt-out" means records are presumptively open to the public, unless the individual record subject objects. "Opt-in" means records are closed, unless the subject affirmatively consents to their release. The Shelby amendment provides that states will be fined up to $5,000 for each day they are in violation of the law.</p>

<p>In January 2000, Minnesota Sen. Leo Foley introduced a bill to require state government compliance with the Shelby amendment. But after considering the policy issues involved, the extent to which the law intrudes on the state's autonomy, and the fact that the state makes more than $10,000 a day by selling motor vehicle records, the Senate Data Practices subcommittee amended its bill to require compliance only if the federal government begins imposing fines. The amended bill was never considered by the full Senate before the end of the session in May 2000.</p>

<p>Nevertheless, on July 6, 2000, Minnesota Commissioner of Public Safety Mike Weaver took what appears to be an unprecedented step by ignoring the sentiments of the Legislature and unilaterally mandating Shelby compliance as of August 1, 2000. The impact of implementation of this policy on journalists may be insignificant, however. In practice, Minnesota journalists have been treated as exempt from the DPPA under a "catch all" exemption that allows access for those whose use of motor vehicle information promotes highway safety. Because the Department of Public Safety has said in the past that journalists qualify under that exemption, Weaver's action may have little practical effect on them, although it will largely shut out access by the general public.</p>

<p>More than a dozen privacy initiatives were introduced by legislators in the last session. Among the most comprehensive was the Attorney General's proposal that would have restricted the release of customer data by banks, phone companies, telemarketers and medical companies absent customer consent.</p>

<p>Broad bi-partisan support for additional privacy legislation, acquiescence by the courts and public support sugget that the government's movement to reshape the balance between privacy and access may have only just begun.</p>

<p>Erik Ugland</p></body>
         <category>
            26288|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:08:15 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Supreme Court to Rule on Wiretap Case</title>
         <description><p>The U.S. Supreme Court agreed on June 26 to decide whether a radio station may be subject to civil liability for broadcasting a tape of an illegally intercepted cellular phone conversation, when the station received the tape anonymously and played no part in the interception.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/supreme_court_to_rule_on_wiret.html</link>
         <guid>204153</guid>
        <body><p>In Bartnicki v. Vopper, 200 F.3d 109 (3d Cir. 1999), cert. granted, 112 S.Ct. 2716 (2000), the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit held that the Pennsylvania and federal wiretap statutes, which prohibit the "use" or "disclosure" of illegally intercepted communications, are unconstitutional as applied to parties who did not participate in or encourage the illegal interceptions.</p>

<p>The case could have significant implications for journalists, who are often presented with newsworthy information that was gathered - sometimes illegally - by those outside of their organization. The Supreme Court's ruling in the case is also important because it will determine the application of similar statutes on the books in 43 states and the District of Columbia. Minnesota is among these states. See Minn. Stat. §626A (1969). Bartnicki is the only free press case on the Supreme Court's docket for next term.</p>

<p>Bartnicki arose after an unknown party intercepted and taped a May 1993 cellular telephone call between Pennsylvania high school teacher Anthony Kane and Gail Bartnicki, chief negotiator of the local teachers' union. During the conversation, Bartnicki, discussing the school board's consideration of a proposed teacher pay raise, said, "If they're not going to move for three percent, we're gonna have to go to their, their homes ... to blow off their front porches, we'll have to do some work on some of those guys."</p>

<p>A tape of the conversation was forwarded to Jack Yocum, president of the local taxpayers' association, who sent a copy to radio talk show host Frederick Vopper. Vopper broadcast excerpts of the taped conversation on his show.</p>

<p>Bartnicki and Kane filed suit in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania against Vopper, Yocum and the radio station under both state and federal wiretapping laws. See 18 Pa. Cons. Stat. §5701 et seq., and 18 U.S.C. §2510 et seq. Both statutes provide civil and criminal penalties for those who illegally intercept private communications, as well as for those who use or disclose the contents of those conversations "knowing or having reason to know" the information was obtained illegally.</p>

<p>The defendants argued that the statutes, as applied to their actions, infringed on their First Amendment free expression rights. After denying both plaintiff and defendant motions for summaryjudgment, Bartnicki v. Vopper, No. 94-1201 (M.D. Pa. June 14, 1996), the District Court certified this constitutional question to the Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit, which accepted review on Feb. 26, 1998. The Third Circuit found the relevant portions of the state and federal statutes to be unconstitutional as applied.</p>

<p>Attorneys for the federal government intervened in the case to defend the federal statute. They argued that the law serves the government's substantial interest in protecting the privacy of personal communications, and that by permitting these suits, the government was "eliminating the demand for intercepted materials on the part of third parties."</p>

<p>The court acknowledged the government's interest in protecting privacy, but said both the state and federal laws were "substantially broader than necessary" and would deter the media from disclosing even some legally obtained information. The government's interest in protecting the privacy of communications was outweighed by the speech interests of the defendants, the court held, and the government's interests could still be achieved through less restrictive means - specifically, by reserving penalties for those who intentionally intercept messages.</p>

<p>The court concluded that the wiretapping statutes could not constitutionally be applied against those who use or disclose illegally intercepted information without evidence that the defendants participated in or encouraged the interception.</p>

<p>On Dec. 24, 1999, two months before the Third Circuit's Bartnicki ruling, the Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit upheld the constitutionality of the federal wiretapping act in similar circumstances in Boehner v. McDermott, 191 F.3d 463 (D.C. Cir. 1999). Conflicts between the Bartnicki and Boehner rulings led to the Supreme Court's decision to review.</p>

<p>In Boehner, the D.C. Circuit Court held that U.S. Rep. James McDermott, D-Wash., could be found liable under the federal wiretapping act for distributing to news organizations tapes of an illegally intercepted conference call between U.S. Rep. John Boehner, R-Ohio, and several of his Republican colleagues, including former House Speaker Newt Gingrich. At the time, Gingrich was under investigation by the House Ethics Committee, which was chaired by McDermott. The Dec. 21, 1996, phone conversation was illegally intercepted and taped by a Florida couple. They eventually delivered the tape to McDermott's office, along with a letter explaining how they had accessed the conversation.</p>

<p>On March 9, 1998, Boehner sued McDermott for civil damages, but the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia dismissed the claim, holding that application of the statute to McDermott violated the First Amendment by punishing the dissemination of truthful information. Boehner v. McDermott, No. CIV. 98-594 TFH., 1998 WL 436897 (D. D.C. July 28, 1998). The D.C. Circuit reversed and sent the case back to the District Court for trial. There was no First Amendment problem in this case, the D.C. Circuit Court held, because McDermott's distribution of the tape to the news media did not constitute "speech."</p>

<p>There are a few key distinctions between Boehner and Bartnicki that the Supreme Court will be likely to address:</p>

<ul>

<p><li>One of the defendants in Bartnicki is a news organization, and another is, by most definitions, a journalist. The Court will need to consider whether the constitutional standard should be different for media defendants, than for non-journalists like Rep. McDermott. </li></p>

<p><li>In Bartnicki, the defendants did not know that the conversation had been illegally intercepted; in Boehner, the defendant apparently did. (McDermott has not yet conceded this fact, but the D.C. Circuit assumed it to be the case.) Whether that distinction is of constitutional significance is something the Supreme Court will have to resolve.</li></p>

</ul>

<p>The Court's discussion may resolve a constitutional question that has been debated since the Pentagon Papers case three decades ago. See New York Times v. U.S., 403 U.S. 713 (1971). The Court never decided whether the Washington Post and New York Times could be punished for publishing the illegally procured Pentagon Papers. The Court's per curiam opinion dealt only with the constitutionality of prior restraints. Bartnicki may finally settle this question, and also provide some clearer guidelines for testing the constitutionality of restrictions on the dissemination of truthful information by both the press and the public.</p>

<p>Erik Ugland<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26288|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:06:55 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Award Winning Cartoonist Delivers 15th Annual Silha Lecture</title>
         <description><p>Less than a week before the divisive 2000 National Election, the Silha Center's 15th Annual Lecture hosted Chip Bok, award-winning political cartoonist for the <em>Akron Beacon Journal</em>. Bok's work has appeared in <em>Reason</em> magazine, <em>The Washington Post</em>, <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>Time</em> and <em>Newsweek</em>. For the first time, the Lecture moved off the University of Minnesota campus to the Fitzgerald Theater in downtown St. Paul, for an evening program on November 2, 2000.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/award_winning_cartoonist_deliv.html</link>
         <guid>204152</guid>
        <body><p>As Silha Center Director Jane Kirtley reminded the audience, Minneapolis <em>Star Tribune </em>Editorial page editor Susan Albright has said, "Cartoons represent, sometimes all at once and sometimes by turns, biting opinions, gentle ribbing, excruciating truths, shared grief, a belly laugh of recognition, a societal relief valve, a Mr. Hyde to our Dr. Jekyll, our outrageous cousin - the one we love, but whose audacity scares us." Chip Bok's cartoons embody all those elements.</p>

<p>Bok defines his work as "a six-days-a-week, 52-weeks-a-year negative ad campaign," and a form of "rough justice for politicians." He says that if a political cartoon causes anger, laughter, or, best of all, thought, it has accomplished its goal. Political cartooning, he said, requires the cartoonist to find something that's happening, draw it to make a point, and then hope the reader "gets it" within seven seconds.</p>

<p>Bok displayed a collection of some of his most provocative cartoons, including one of a photographer claiming not to be the paparazzi, but the media. Bok drew the cartoon soon after the death of Princess Diana, with the goal of showing that if a photojournalist wanted to take a picture, he should be able to take that picture, and it shouldn't matter who the subject is. Another cartoon, drawn in reaction to the trademark dispute over the word "Ohio" between Ohio State University and Ohio University, depicted a police car pulling up to a football field to arrest a marching band as it formed the word "Ohio." Another cartoon - depicting a man waiting for execution in an electric chair, the results of a poll regarding his guilt posted behind him - was drawn in reaction to the 2000 Presidential campaign's focus on both poll results and the death penalty.</p>

<p>Has Bok ever been ashamed of any of his political cartoons? Not ashamed, he said, but he admitted that there are some that he has not been proud of. For example, immediately after the Russian submarine Kursk disaster, Bok thought the plight of the submarine paralleled the plight of the Gore campaign. He drew a cartoon of Gore tapping out his acceptance speech from a sunken submarine labeled "Democrats." The cartoon was drawn before the enormity of the Kursk tragedy was fully known, but appeared after the extent of the tragedy hit the news.</p>

<p>Another cartoon depicted a nun smacking a student with a ruler, spinning him head over heels and knocking his AK 47 automatic weapon out of his hand. Bok titled the cartoon, "Why there's no gun violence in parochial schools." He received letters of complaint about the cartoon, but had difficulty understanding why some people would find the cartoon offensive. "I even thought it was favorable to the nuns, who are fully capable [of maintaining discipline]," he said. Bok posits that he is able to do his job well because there is something inside of him, which will remain perpetually 12 years old. He feels this is a necessary trait for all political cartoonists and humorists, and illustrated his point with a story about the time he and several fellow cartoonists crashed a party at the Democratic National Convention by posing as the security detail for Los Angeles mayor, complete with phone cords from their hotel phones stuck in their ears.</p>

<p>Bok was asked why political cartoonists no longer "dehumanize" their subjects as they did in the 1930s and 40s, such as drawing Hitler as a rat. Bok replied that dehumanizing the subject reflects a lack of creativity. A cartoonist should seek to capture the person's personality, to see how a "victim," moves and how he behaves, he said. In illustrating his point, Bok turned to his easel and drew former President George Bush. He depicted Bush with a bony face, and with all the accoutrements of a frantic, manic life. Bok's caricature gradually assumed the demeanor of Daffy Duck. "See?" Bok asked his audience. "Why do I have to dehumanize something like that?" Then, stepping back thoughtfully from his easel, he studied his work a moment, then commented, "Oh. Maybe I have."</p>

<p>Political cartoons, Jane Kirtley concluded, greatly enrich the conversations that take place in a democracy. She quoted Supreme Court Chief Justice William Rehnquist who wrote in Hustler Magazine v. Falwell, "Despite their sometimes caustic nature, graphic depictions and satirical cartoons have played a prominent role in public and political debate. From the viewpoint of history, it is clear that our political discourse would have been considerably poorer without them."</p>

<p>In addition to the Silha Lecture, Bok also gave a presentation to students and faculty of the School of Journalism and Mass Communication, appeared on Minnesota Public Radio's Midmorning with Katherine Lanpher, WCCO radio, KMSP television and KSTP television. He also spoke at a pre-Lecture dinner hosted by Mrs. Otto Silha, attended by members of the Twin Cities media and law community as well as members of the Silha family.</p>

<p>Stephen Silha, the son of the late Otto Silha and Mrs. Silha, presented Silha Center Director Jane Kirtley with a framed original editorial cartoon, drawn in 1964 by Roy Justus of the Minneapolis Star, to be displayed in the Silha Center.</p>

<p>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26245
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 11:00:04 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Librarians File EEOC Compaint in Minneapolis</title>
         <description><p>On May 3, 2000, the controversial issue of mandatory filtering software on publicly-accessible computers took a novel twist when seven librarians from the Minneapolis Public Library filed a complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. They contend that they have been repeatedly exposed to sexually explicit images since the library installed computers with Internet access more than three years ago. They claim that some patrons have used the computers to surf the Internet for pornography, leaving the images on the screens and on printouts. According to the librarians, the pictures are highly offensive, some depicting child pornography and bestiality.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/librarians_file_eeoc_compaint.html</link>
         <guid>204151</guid>
        <body><p>This "steady stream of sexually explicit, undeniably pornographic images" has, according to the complaint, created an unsafe and hostile working environment, subjecting the librarians to sexual harassment. The complaint, filed by attorney Bob Halagan, further claims that the library has failed to address the issue, even after being made aware of the problems. Instead of fulfilling its statutory obligations to protect its employees, Halagan argues, the library administration has chosen "to rely on ill-founded notions of 'free speech' and misapprehensions as to the true scope and breadth of the First Amendment."</p>

<p>In the past, library director Mary Lawson has objected to Internet filters, citing First Amendment concerns. Although the librarians have not explicitly requested the installation of filtering software, this conflict is part of a larger national debate concerning restricting online access to pornographic materials in publicly-funded libraries and schools by means of blocking software.</p>

<p>The crux of this issue has been whether minors should be 'protected' from obscene materials. In its 1997 ruling in Reno v. ACLU, the Supreme Court struck down the Communications Decency Act that would have required libraries to install filtering software, finding that restrictive and overreaching programs might also restrict access to socially valuable speech. Courts have not yet been presented with the question of how to balance free speech with the right to a "safe work environment" in this context.</p>

<p>If the library board and the librarians can find a resolution for this conflict, the courts might not have to do so in this case, either. After a complaint is filed with the EEOC, the plaintiff cannot file a lawsuit for six months, a period during which mediation can take place. Mediation meetings were held in July and November, 2000, but were not successful. No lawsuit has yet been filed, nor has the complaint been withdrawn.</p>

<p>On May 17, the library board adopted guidelines for Internet use at the library. Since then, the situation at the MPL has "greatly improved," according to Wendy Adamson, one of the plaintiffs, but some issues still remain unresolved. According to Halagan, the issues are not limited to addressing the librarians current situation, but also how to compensate the librarians who have had to work for a number of years in an "unsafe working environment."</p>

<p>Meanwhile, on December 15, right before going into recess, Congress approved a mandate that would require libraries and schools to use filtering software in order to receive federal funding. The ACLU plans to challenge the law in court because it is a "mandated censorship system by the federal government." Critics also argue that filtering software is still not refined enough. They cite a recent study by free speech group Peacefire that found that several popular Internet filters block websites of human rights organizations.</p>

<p>By Bastiaan Vanacker<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26245
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:59:03 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Name and Shame Campaign Sparks Controversy in the United Kingdom</title>
         <description><p>A popular British tabloid's decision to publish the names, photographs and addresses of individuals previously convicted of sex offenses created a stir in the United Kingdom during the summer of 2000. An eruption of vigilantism followed the publication, arguably destroying several lives, leaving a newspaper with a tarnished reputation and - possibly - some lawsuits to deal with as well. However, no noteworthy change was made in Britain's laws on the "outing" of sex offenders.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/name_and_shame_campaign_sparks.html</link>
         <guid>204150</guid>
        <body><p>On July 24, 2000, following a search of more than two weeks that had captivated the nation, the body of eight-year-old Sarah Payne from Brighton was found. The child had been sexually assaulted. In the wake of these events, <em>News of the World</em> began its "Name and Shame" campaign: the weekly publication of released sex offenders' names, addresses, phone numbers and photographs. The first 96 names appeared one week after Payne's body was found. The Sunday tabloid claimed that it wanted to galvanize public opinion, develop a debate on an important issue, and support the victim's family in their lobbying efforts to adopt what was dubbed as "Sarah's Law" in Britain. "Sarah's Law" would have been modeled on the American "Megan's Law." "Megan's Law," signed in 1996 by President Clinton, requires law enforcement agencies to notify the public when a sex offender moves into the community. It followed a national campaign spearheaded by the parents of Megan Kanka, a seven year old who was murdered and raped by a released sex offender who had been living anonymously in her neighborhood.</p>

<p>Since 1997 there has been a sex offenders register in the United Kingdom, but it is closed to the public. Only head teachers, doctors, youth leaders, sports club managers, and other community leaders are informed, on a confidential basis, of the existence of a sex offender in their community.</p>

<p>Though the situation in the United Kingdom was superficially similar to the one in the United States after Megan's death, the outcome has been different. Not only was the Rupert Murdoch-owned newspaper subjected to an onslaught of criticism by the mainstream media, it also lacked the support of important organizations like The National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children and The Association of Chief Police Officers. Rather than a "galvanized public debate," a chain of violent incidents followed the publication. Two men who had been "outed" by the paper committed suicide, and a number of innocent people, mistaken for sex offenders, were chased out of their homes, harassed and suffered property damage by an aggressive mob. After two weeks and the publication of only 84 of the 110,000 names the paper had pledged to publish, the campaign ended. Despite these setbacks, the newspaper vowed to keep pushing for "Sarah's Law."</p>

<p>On September 16, 2000, however, home secretary Jack Straw rejected "Sarah's Law," despite a 700,000-strong petition backing it. Information on released sex offenders will remain closed to the general public in the United Kingdom. Instead, the Blair government adopted a package of measures aimed at providing safeguards for children, including informing communities about the number of sex offenders in their area, and of the measures being taken to protect children. These policies comport with the recommendations of police and child protection organizations that had spoken out against a UK version of Megan's law, contending it might drive pedophiles underground. Some lawyers also had argued that such a law could be challenged as a breach of the right to privacy guaranteed by the European Convention on Human Rights.</p>

<p>The whole episode might have a bitter ending for the newspaper. Rebekah Wade, the tabloid's editor, was expected to be called before a Home Affairs Select Committee to justify the campaign, much to the dismay of press freedom campaigners. The newspaper may also be facing some defamation suits.</p>

<p>One man is already considering suing the paper. His troubles began when his name, telephone number and address erroneously appeared on the tabloid's list. Even though the accompanying picture was of an actual pedophile with the same name, his lawyer said that it was unclear that his client was not same person as the pedophile in the publication.</p>

<p>According to Amber Melville-Brown, a leading British libel lawyer, the newspaper should have been more careful in identifying the actual pedophiles so there could be no confusion between them and the innocent individuals. People who have been "shunned" by the public as a result of the publication, even if the newspaper did not make any factual mistakes in its list, may file suit for defamation, because in the United Kingdom, the effect on the injured party, and not the intention of the speaker, is the legal standard.</p>

<p>By contrast, in the United States, the qualified privilege for accurate reports of official documents as well as opinions, acts as a defense against libel suits. An American journalist can be sued for printing false information with reckless disregard for the truth, but harm resulting from the publication of information that is in the public interest is not actionable.</p>

<p>On September 11, 2000, the constitutionality of Megan's Law was upheld by U.S. Court of Appeals (3d Cir.) in New Jersey, <em>Paul P. v. Farmer</em> , 227 F. 3d 98 (3d. Circ. 2000). A released sex offender, referred to as "Paul P." in court documents, contended that community notification of a released sex offender's address violated his right to privacy. The court disagreed, finding that there are sufficient safeguards to prevent unauthorized disclosure of information. Information about a sex offender's residence is given only to people who sign a "Megan's Law Rules of Conduct," which bars them from sharing this information with others not authorized to receive it. Because the information is given only to people who have a particular need for it, the court argued, the plaintiff's privacy right is trumped by the state's interest in disclosure.</p>

<p>By Bastiaan Vanacker<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26245
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:57:51 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>EU and US Reach Agreement on Safe Harbor Principles</title>
         <description><p>After more than two years of negotiation, the European Commission approved a set of "Safe Harbor" principles proposed by the U.S. Department of Commerce on July 27, 2000. Stringent data protection legislation in Europe prohibits transfer of personal information concerning its citizens to countries, such as the United States, that do not meet the privacy standards applied within the European Union. This would have been an economic disaster for American airlines, hotel chains, human resource agencies, credit card companies or other businesses that rely on transborder flow of personal data from Europe for their day-to-day practices. The agreement may avert this economic disaster, by allowing U.S. companies wanting to transfer data across the Atlantic to comply with European standards by voluntarily signing on to the Safe Harbor principles.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/eu_and_us_reach_agreement_on_s.html</link>
         <guid>204149</guid>
        <body><p>Transatlantic discussion began shortly before October 1998, the effective date for the EU Directive 95/46/ED on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data. Some countries have yet to incorporate aspects of the Directive in their national law. The Directive was designed to harmonize the differences in existing privacy laws between the EU member countries, and to create a smooth transborder flow of information within the common market.</p>

<p>In Europe, privacy is considered a human right. It is mentioned in the European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms. This Directive reflects this profound concern for privacy.</p>

<p>The Directive is very broad in scope, and requires each of the member states to enact laws governing the processing of personal data: "information relating to an identified natural person ('data subject')." Processing of data is defined expansively as "any operation or set of operations which is performed upon personal data, whether or not by automatic means such as collection, recording, organization, storage, adaptations or alteration, retrieval, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, blocking, erasure or destruction." However, the Directive does provide a qualified exemption for data collected for journalistic purposes.</p>

<p>The Directive applies to public agencies as well as to private entities. It states that data collectors can use personal data only for the purpose for which they were originally collected, and may be kept no longer than necessary for that purpose. The data have to be kept up to date, accurate and must be accessible to the data subject. Furthermore, data can only be "processed" with the consent of the data subject. The processing of sensitive information such as race, ethnicity, political opinions or sexual orientation is subject to even more restrictions. The Directive sets a very high standard for data protection, and forbids the transfer of personal data to countries that do not provide an adequate level of protection.</p>

<p>The United States, with its "patchwork quilt" of data protection legislation consisting of federal and state statutes that primarily regulate government use of personal data, does not meet this standard of "adequate" protection. But more than two years of transatlantic negotiating has led to an agreement that allows individual American companies to engage in data transfer activities as long as they join the voluntary, self-regulatory Safe Harbor regime. The Safe Harbor mechanism is a compromise between the strict rules of the EU and the self-regulatory approach favored by the United States. Organizations that want to invoke the Safe Harbor must follow seven principles:</p>

<ul> <li> NOTICE: An organization must notify a data subject of the intended use of his data, and must provide him with information on how the organization can be contacted, what types of third parties the data will be shared with, and how the data subject can gain access to his data. </li> <li> CHOICE: An individual must be given the opportunity to "opt out" from having her information disclosed to a third party or from having the organization use her information for a different purpose that it was collected for originally (secondary use). In order to disclose or use sensitive information for a secondary purpose, an organization must obtain the explicit consent from the data subject by providing her with a "opt in" form. </li> <li> ONWARD TRANSFER: An organization that wishes to share personal information transferred from the EU with third parties must abide by the notice and choice principles, and may do so only if this third party organization also subscribes to the Safe Harbor principles. </li> <li> SECURITY/DATA INTEGRITY: Organizations creating, maintaining, using or disseminating personal information must take reasonable precautions to protect it from loss, misuse and unauthorized access, disclosure, alteration and destruction. </li> <li> ACCESS: Individuals must have access to personal information about them, and be able to correct, amend or delete information where it is inaccurate. </li>

<p><li> ENFORCEMENT: Organizations can choose to create their own privacy policy or to join an industry-funded, self-regulatory privacy seal program such as TRUSTe or BBBOnline. </li> </ul></p>

<p>The enforcement principle has been the primary source of disagreement between the EU and the United States. The EU did not have confidence that privacy seal programs and privacy policies would carry enough weight to ensure that businesses would abide by the data protection principles. The United States, however, was reluctant to monitor private businesses, continuing to favor the self-regulatory approach. Ultimately, an agreement was reached in which the Federal Trade Commission has stepped up as the privacy enforcer in the United States.</p>

<p>The solution that was reached is a mixture of the American and European approach: self-regulation with teeth. This approach tries to bridge the huge gap between the American system of self-regulation and the European legal privacy framework.</p>

<p>Organizations voluntarily sign up for the Safe Harbor. A list of all organizations which have joined will be maintained by the Department of Commerce. Enforcement will primarily be through alternative dispute resolution mechanisms such as TRUSTe or BBBOnline. If "harborites" fail to comply with the rulings of these bodies, the FTC will be notified. The commission can then take further steps against them under section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act. This act declares "unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce" to be illegal. In a number of letters to the EU, FTC chairman Robert Pitofsky convinced the EU that the agency had jurisdiction in this matter.</p>

<p>From the EU perspective, this agreement has been welcomed by Internal Market Commissioner Frits Bolkenstein as a package that "will facilitate trans-Atlantic information flows by providing legal certainty for operators and the safeguards consumers demand to protect their privacy." On this side of the Atlantic, however, the national Business Coalition on E-commerce and Privacy, a consortium of companies and associations representing diverse economic sectors, has expressed its concern that American businesses are forced to adopt costly European data protection principles, though no such laws exist in the United States.</p>

<p>Others have pointed out that the EU system is simply not a good model to follow because it was drafted in a time when centralized mainframe computers ruled, and data collection was time consuming and expensive. Whether this legal framework will be workable in the information age, where personal data can be collected much more easily and surreptitiously is unclear.</p>

<p>Privacy advocates, on the other hand, have seen in the Safe Harbor agreement a powerful rhetorical device to push for more legislation in the United States. Junkbuster's president, Dr. Jason Catlett, asked the National Governors' Association in the summer of 2000 why the United States government is "supporting privacy rights for foreigners and opposing those same privacy rights for its own people?"</p>

<p>The Safe Harbor became effective on November 1. It remains to be seen how this mixture of self-regulation and enforcement will work in reality. For American business, however, the immediate threat of having data transfer from Europe curtailed is suspended, at least for the time being. The EU has declared it will not "freeze" any data transfer at least until the middle of 2001. By Bastiaan Vanacker<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26245
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:55:10 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>AASFE and RTNDA Adopt New Codes of Ethics</title>
         <description><p>In the autumn of 2000, both the American Association of Sunday and Feature Editors and the Radio Television News Directors Association adopted new codes of ethics at their respective annual meetings. Efforts by George Lucas to control timing of reviews and stories surrounding the release of his 1999 Star Wars: Episode 1- The Phantom Menace, helped spur the AASFE to adopt guidelines on editorial independence and ethics. The RTNDA updated and elaborated its previous code, dating from 1987.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/aasfe_and_rtnda_adopt_new_code.html</link>
         <guid>204148</guid>
        <body><p>The AASFE code encourages media organizations to put policies into place that guarantee editorial independence from outside influences. The code's essence is that news organizations should not let their journalistic decisions be guided by any kind of threat or promise concerning access. The AASFE encourages its members to enforce policies against accepting free meals, trips or products offered by organizations seeking coverage. The code that was passed unanimously in New York on September 27, 2000, also labels "fan-like" behavior, such as asking for autographs, as contrary to the highest standards of newsgathering.</p>

<p>The RTNDA's revised code, adopted in Minneapolis on September 14, 2000, is based on six principles: Public Trust, Truth, Fairness, Independence, Integrity and Accountability. Compared to its 1987 version, the new code addresses more issues, and addresses them in more detail. Whereas in the old code, truth and accuracy were the only issues that were elaborated upon, the new code addresses a broader range of ethical issues in a more balanced and exhaustive way. Some of the new guidelines in the code include children's privacy, editorial independence from management control and other outside influences (e.g. self-interest, peer pressure), surreptitious news gathering, use of confidential sources, ethical use of new technologies, and diversity and stereotyping. Unlike its predecessor, the new code also explicitly articulates an obligation to serve the public interest, stating that journalists should "fight to ensure that the public's business is conducted in public." The new code also states that journalists should resist any professional or governmental licensing initiatives. The RTNDA has members in over 30 countries, some from countries which have licensing systems for journalists.</p>

<p>By Bastiaan Vanacker<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26245
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:47:01 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Lecture 2001 To Focus on Bartnicki v. Vopper</title>
         <description><p>Lee Levine, the prominent First Amendment attorney who represented the media defendants in <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em>, currently pending before the Supreme Court of the United States, will present the 2001 Annual Silha Lecture on Tuesday, October 2, 2001,beginning at 7 p.m. The Lecture will take place in Cowles Auditorium on the West Bank of the Minneapolis campus of the University of Minnesota, and will be followed by a reception in the atrium outside the auditorium.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_lecture_2001_to_focus_on.html</link>
         <guid>204146</guid>
        <body><p>The <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper </em>case has been one of the most closely monitored cases by media groups in recent history. (For an in-depth look at the case, see the Silha Center Fall 2000 <em>Bulletin</em>. The issue can be found on the Silha Center's website at www.silha.umn.edu). A cellular telephone call between two union activists was intercepted, and subsequently broadcast during Fred Vopper's radio talk show. Although no allegation was made that the radio show host had anything to do with the interception, he was sued based on language in state and federal wiretapping laws (see 18 Pa. Cons. Stat. §5701 et seq., and 18 U.S.C. §2510 et seq.) making it illegal to disseminate, as well as to tape, cell phone conversations without the consent of the parties. The high court's resolution of the case is likely to consider not only how the tape recording was obtained, but the newsworthiness of the conversation, as well as the potential impact on journalists' ability to collect and report news.</p>

<p>Levine is a founding partner of the Washington, D.C. law firm Levine Sullivan & Koch, LLP and is an adjunct professor of law at Georgetown University Law Center. He is a past chair of the American Bar Association's Forum on Communications Law, the principal national association of attorneys practicing in the fields of media and communications law, and is recognized in <em>The Best Lawyers in America</em> as a leading expert in media law.</p>

<p>In addition to <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper,</em> Levine also argued <em>Harte-Hanks Communications, Inc. v. Connaughton</em> before the United States Supreme Court. He has litigated in the courts of more than 20 states and the District of Columbia and has appeared in most federal courts of appeal and in the highest courts of ten states. He is one of the authors of the textbook, <em>Newsgathering and the Law</em>, and has written several articles, among them, "Branzburg Revisted: Confidential Sources and First Amendment Values" and "The Myth of Pre-Trial Publicity."</p>

<p>Levine is a past chair of the Editorial Board of <em>The Communications Lawyer</em>, a quarterly publication of the American Bar Association, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the <em>Media Law Reporter</em>. He is a member of the American Bar Association and received his law degree from Yale University, where he was the managing editor of the <em>Yale Law Journal</em>. He received his B.A. and M.A. degrees from the University of Pennsylvania.</p>

<p>The Silha Lecture is free and open to the public. For additional information, please contact Elaine Hargrove-Simon by e-mail at <a href="mailto:silha@tc.umn.edu">silha@tc.umn.edu</a> or by phone at (612) 625-3421.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:45:32 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Terrorists and Criminals Seeking Media Access Sparks Ethics Debate</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Batiaan Vanacker </em></strong></p>

<p>When, if ever, is it justified for the media to provide a forum to criminals and terrorists, and when, if ever, is it justified for journalists to cross the line between bystander and participant ? In Colorado Springs, a local TV station provided two dangerous fugitives free airtime in return for a peaceful surrender to authorities, while in Phoenix, a weekly newspaper published an interview with an alleged member of an environmentalist group responsible for setting eleven houses in Phoenix Preserve areas ablaze. Both events sparked debates in local and national media about the moral obligations of media towards their community and society as a whole. In the early morning of January 24, 2001 Patrick Murphy Jr. and Donald Newbury surrendered to law enforcement officers after being cornered in a motel room in Colorado Springs. The two were the last of a gang of seven that escaped from a Texas prison 42 days earlier. The heavily armed fugitives submitted to authorities in exchange for a ten minute televised interview. KKTV Channel 11 agreed to do the interview. Twelve year veteran anchor Said Singer interviewed the escapees by phone while sitting in an office at the motel. During the interview, the two refugees expressed their discontent with the Texas penal system. At the conclusion, they walked out unarmed and surrendered.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/terrorists_and_criminals_seeki.html</link>
         <guid>204145</guid>
        <body><p>While Singer and the police were congratulating one another for the successful containment of a potentially explosive situation, others expressed concern about the ethical boundaries crossed by KKTV. Critics said that the television station should not have become an active participant in the event. According to Joanne Ostrow of <em>The Denver Post</em>, Singer's involvement "undermines his journalistic credibility and that of the media generally." Others claimed that in situations like this, where human lives are at stake, journalism ethics are trumped by the greater good for society. This argument was also used to justify the fact that media succumbed to the pressure from criminals to provide them with a forum. A similar rationale contributed to the decision of <em>The Washington Post </em>and the <em>The New York Times</em> to publish the Unabomber's manifesto in 1995. Critics, such as Marvin Kalb, then-director of the Joan Shorenstein Center on the Press, Politics, and Public Policy at Harvard University, maintain that the media should not yield to any of these pressures, even if human lives are at stake.</p>

<p>Similar issues arose over an interview published January 24 in the <em>Phoenix New Times</em>. The source, who had contacted the alternative weekly, was member of an environmentalist group claiming to be responsible for setting fire to eleven house construction sites in the Phoenix Preserve areas during the last three years. The group's actions are in protest of housing development and an attempt to influence public opinion in favor of growth restrictions. The self-proclaimed arsonist concealed his identity during the interview. After the interview, the <em>Phoenix New Times</em> was criticized for providing a forum to a confessed criminal, rather than turning him over to the police . Scores of angry letters from citizens accusing the newspaper of letting its community down arrived on the editor's desk: "<em> The New Times</em> had the opportunity to assist the public in solving and stopping these crimes, and intentionally chose not to do so. That does not bode well for <em>New Times</em> portraying itself as being an asset or watchdog to the community" one person wrote. Other journalists in the Phoenix area criticized the interview. In an editorial, Steve Wilson of <em>The Arizona Republic</em> called upon the <em>Phoenix New Times</em> to identify its source: "The best journalists I know don't share the tunnel vision at <em>New Times</em> about protecting sources no matter what. They feel a responsibility to weigh what's in the best interest of their profession against what's in the best interest of their community.....There are some instances when doing what's right requires placing civic duty ahead of journalistic duty."</p>

<p>The newspaper defended its actions by stressing the role of journalists as independent reporters of facts, the importance of keeping promises to sources and the necessity of keeping a healthy distance between media and law enforcement. It called its colleagues who had condemned its actions "reactionaries [who] bend to the prevailing breezes of popular sentiment, to the detriment of their profession." Adding insult to injury, the newspaper was also subpoenaed by the County Attorney, demanding reporter James Hibberd's notes and other information that might help identify the arsonist. Hibberd had already cooperated with detectives by providing them with some information, such as parts of the interview that did not appear in print, but was not willing to turn over his notes or to work with a sketch artist.</p>

<p>Judge Galati, of the Superior Court of Maricopa County sided with the newspaper, ruling that the arsonist was a confidential source and that under the well established Arizona shield law (A.R.S. §12-2237) the newspaper could not be forced to reveal information that might help identify him. Although Galati made clear that his ruling did not constitute endorsement of the newspaper's actions, he also added a caveat in his opinion, stating that "a free press in a free society properly exercises its prerogatives without regard to whether any official in any branch of government 'approves.'"</p>

<p>Another question is whether or not Hibberd should have helped the authorities in the first place. Prosecutors argued that by doing so Hibberd waived his right to protect his source. Silha Professor Jane Kirtley is skeptical of Hibberd's cooperation with the detectives: "...you're either a journalist or an investigator; you can't be both and maintain your integrity."</p>

<p>These two recent cases and the debates they have sparked are a clear illustration of the lack of consensus regarding exactly what task the media ought to fulfill in society. On the one hand, a communitarian argument states that journalists are part of society and should serve its greater good. The libertarian perspective, on the other hand, considers the media to be a distinct pillar in society, whose principles and loyalties can not always be the same as those of law enforcement or civil society.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:44:22 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>FAIR Compiles Report of Pressures on Journalists</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Batiaan Vanacker </em></strong></p>

<p>Although the United States Constitution guarantees the country's media freedom from government interference, some have argued that this freedom and independence are being endangered from a different threat: corporate interests and financial pressures are said to shape and determine news and media content. Polls among journalists by media watch groups such as the Pew Center for the People & the Press and Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting (FAIR), indicate that journalists often are compelled to put the economic interests of advertisers ahead of the public's right to know when writing or selecting news stories.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/fair_compiles_report_of_pressu.html</link>
         <guid>204144</guid>
        <body><p>FAIR collected some examples of these kinds of pressures and their influence on the news of the year 2000 and presented them in a report released on February 14, 2001. The report is by no means an exhaustive overview, nor a scientific study of the phenomenon, but it provides the reader with an idea of the "behind the scenes" pressures exerted on journalists. The report is divided into five sections: pressures from advertisers, how power players and their influential PR machines try to steer the news, the sometimes less than critical coverage local sports teams receive, corporate ownership of the media and official and government pressures on the media.</p>

<p>While the report is a laudable initiative, the anecdotal evidence only scratches the surface of what is a very complex, but understudied issue. The report by FAIR, which can be found at the organization's website, <www.fair.org> might be a first step in to a more in depth study of the true scope of an important problem facing American journalism in the 21st century.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:42:49 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Yahoo! Bans Sales of Nazi Memorabilia After French Ruling</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p>On January 3, 2001, Yahoo! decided to ban the sale of Nazi memorabilia on its auction site, six weeks after a court in Paris ordered the US-based company to bar French surfers from its auctions. Free speech activists and Internet scholars have argued that this case sets a dangerous precedent, because it allows a country to reach across its boundaries and impose its norms on another nation.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/yahoo_bans_sales_of_nazi_memor.html</link>
         <guid>204143</guid>
        <body><p>Paris Judge Jean-Jacques Gomez's ruling on November 20 stated that Yahoo! must put a filtering system in place that would prevent French users to gain access to Nazi-related goods on its auction site. The decision confirmed an earlier ruling dating from May 3, 2000, in which the judge ruled that Yahoo! violated the strict French anti-racism laws by allowing "the viewing of sites making an apology for Nazism and/or exhibiting journalism, insignia or emblems resembling those worn or displayed by the Nazi's, or offering for sale objects or works whose sale is strictly prohibited in France...." Judge Gomez dismissed First Amendment concerns, arguing that the sale of human organs, cigarettes, pedophilia related objects, living animals and drugs is forbidden as well, and that these actions do not receive First Amendment protection.</p>

<p>The November 20 judgment focused primarily on the technical feasibility of denying French citizens access to the auction site. A panel of three experts stated that it would be technically possible to block 70 to 90% of the French surfers from the specified websites. Earlier, Judge Gomez had also noted that it could not be that difficult for Yahoo! to identify French users, because it already provided them with French language banner ads. The judge gave the California based company three months to do so, warning that it would be fined 100,000 Francs per day for each day exceeding the deadline.</p>

<p>While the French anti-racism groups who brought the claim were enjoying their victory, some saw the judgment as yet another step in the direction of a government-controlled World Wide Web. Alan Davidson, Staff Counsel with the Center for Democracy & Technology in Washington D.C., said that this approach "would lead to a lowest common denominator world where the most restrictive rules of any country would govern all speech on the Internet."</p>

<p>This statement may have seemed exaggerated at the time, since the French court ruling had direct implications only for French users, but on January 3, 2001 Yahoo! decided to change its policy and ban all hate materials from its website. The new policy forbids the sale of: "Any item that is directly associated with or promotes or glorifies groups, such as Nazis or the Ku Klux Klan, that are known principally for hateful and violent positions directed at others based on race or similar factors. Official government-issue stamps and coins are not prohibited under this policy. Expressive media, such as books and films, may be subject to more permissive standards as determined by Yahoo! in its sole discretion." Yahoo! has stressed that the decision to change its policy was unrelated to the French ruling. It remains unclear whether the new policy fully complies with the court order, but it is expected that it will render the ruling moot.</p>

<p>In the meantime, Yahoo! is seeking a declaratory judgement in a Federal District Court in San Jose, California, claiming that the French decision is not enforceable in the United States and maintaining that it is technologically impossible to block access to the French netizens. It is not clear if Yahoo! would change its policy again if the California court were to rule in its favor.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:41:50 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Center Offers Comments on Access To Court Records</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Eric Ugland</em></strong></p>

<p>In an effort to encourage greater public access to court records in electronic formats, the Silha Center submitted formal comments on Jan. 26, 2001, to a subcommittee of the United States Judicial Conference, arguing that privacy concerns should not deter the courts from continuing their efforts to provide access to judicial records through computer networks, including the Internet.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_center_offers_comments_o.html</link>
         <guid>204140</guid>
        <body><p>In response to concerns raised by privacy advocates, the Judicial Conference's Committee on Court Administration and Case Management formed the Subcommittee on Privacy and Electronic Access to Court Files to address problems posed by electronic access, to solicit public comments and to draft a set of policies for the federal court system. The Judicial Conference, headed by the Chief Justice of the United States, William Rehnquist, is an administrative body that establishes rules and standards for the federal courts.</p>

<p>Silha Center director Jane Kirtley and SJMC graduate student Erik Ugland drafted comments to highlight for the subcommittee the constitutional problems posed by restricting access, and the practical benefits of broadening the means of access. The percentage of all judicial records produced or stored in electronic formats continues to increase, and some courts have begun making those records available through computer databases, some of which are accessible via the Internet. The federal courts have been moving rapidly to implement a new case management system that allows attorneys to file court documents electronically, and plans are underway to provide public access to those documents over the Internet. Those plans are on hold, however, while the Judicial Conference weighs the privacy problems raised by such expanded access.</p>

<p>The Silha Center's comments argue, however, that the issues raised by privacy advocates are more illusory than real, and that to the extent that any legitimate privacy interests are put at risk, they can be easily protected through existing safeguards. Parties can always file motions with the court to conceal records that might intrude on their privacy.</p>

<p>Under one of the proposals under consideration by the subcommittee, however, the Judicial Conference would create certain categories of records, which would be presumptively closed to public examination. The Silha Center comments contend that this is inconsistent with court precedents, which suggest that judicial records are presumptively open.</p>

<p>"It is important for the courts and this Subcommittee to recognize that people's rights or interests in privacy are theirs to assert or waive," the comments state. "It is neither the responsibility nor the role of judges to assert these rights and interests on behalf of others, even though judges must ultimately decide which records are to be sealed and which are to be kept public."</p>

<p>The Silha Center comments add that access proponents are not seeking to expand the types of records available to the public; they are merely seeking broader and more efficient access to records that are already publicly available at federal courthouses. Doing this would not only increase the efficiency of the judicial process, it would substantially democratize the records system, allowing people and groups to conduct research and investigations and to monitor the fairness of the judiciary. Electronic access would simplify this task for public interest groups, and it would make it possible for those who lack the time and resources, or who do not live near federal courthouses, to participate in that process.</p>

<p>"In an open society in which people are charged with monitoring the performance of their government ... it would be a mistake to impose a new regime of court secrecy in which categorical and preemptive determinations are made on these matters," the comments state. "These decisions are best made on a case-by-case basis, upon a motion by the party seeking to seal the records."</p>

<p>For the most part, in the public records context, the courts and legislatures have adapted well to changes in technology. Most courts, for example, have interpreted the term "record" under freedom of information laws to include electronic files. "It would be particularly ironic," according to the authors of the Silha comments, "if the strengths of our new technology were used as a pretext for denying expanded access - taking the tools of accountability out of the hands of citizens, and forcing them to rely on surrogates who may or may not share their interests."</p>

<p>The Silha comments conclude that all of the evidence weighs heavily against any limitation on electronic access to records that are already publicly accessible, and the Court is sufficiently equipped to protect legitimate privacy interests when they arise.</p>

<p>How the Judicial Conference ultimately decides to handle these issues could establish an influential model for the state courts. The Maryland courts, for example, are already engaged in a similar fact-finding inquiry regarding electronic court records. No similar initiative has yet been undertaken in Minnesota, but it is probably only a matter of time. Although each county is different, most judicial records in Minnesota are not accessible online. In Hennepin County, case histories are available on the Internet, but no actual court documents can be accessed.</p>

<p>For more information about the Judicial Conference's inquiry, visit <a href="http://www.privacy.uscourts.gov">http://www.privacy.uscourts.gov</a>. The Subcommittee conducted hearings on the proposals March 16, 2001. The comments submitted by the Silha Center can be accessed at <a href="http://www.silha.umn.edu/resources.htm">http://www.silha.umn.edu/resources.htm</a>.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:39:36 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Forum Focuses on Film Restoration</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>On February 8, 2001, the Silha Forum marked a creative departure from typical fora of the past which have dealt with issues relating to press law and ethics. Entitled "Lost and Found," the forum dealt with the rights and responsibilities of the film industry, in film restoration and preservation, as well as the rights all of us have to enjoy film as a significant part of our culture and history.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_forum_focuses_on_film_re.html</link>
         <guid>204138</guid>
        <body><p>The Forum was presented by Barry Allen, Executive Director of Broadcast Services for Paramount Studios in Hollywood, whose work involves the rescue and restoration of film. According to Allen, an estimated ninety percent of the films made before 1920 have been lost, and fifty percent of the films made between 1920 and 1950 are gone. Losses are attributed to many things, such as studios going out of business, lack of concern for the artistic value in the films, simple carelessness, film deterioration, changes in film ownership, ignorance, and a lack of ownership trails with the result that a current owner's name is unknown. But there are other losses as well - some films have been purposely destroyed because the film had been based on a book or some other work, and the rights had expired. It was easier in some cases to destroy the film than to deal with the resulting liability. Parts of film can be lost as well, when segments are edited to shorten running time, or when the edges of pictures are cut so that wide screen frames can fit the smaller ratio of a television screen.</p>

<p>According to Allen, the film industry began from a need to tell stories, and stories were told out of a need to explain the mysteries of the world around us. In the beginning of time, such stories were not written down, but were passed from one to another orally. Today there are no new stories, Allen says, but the best of them are retold, especially when they reflect something eternal and universal.</p>

<p>Directors are concerned that alterations, such as editing for language content or nudity, can alter or dilute their work when films move from the theater to network broadcast. It was especially problematic in the early days of television when there were so many more taboo areas than there are today. One film from this era, <em>Secret Ceremony</em>, starred Elizabeth Taylor as a prostitute. Before the film was aired on television, her occupation was changed. The director protested and finally demanded that his name be removed from the credits. Losses such as this and others diminish the director's message, as well as the efforts of the artists who participated in the making of the film.</p>

<p>In television's early days, the demand for programming was so great that many films that might have been lost found a new life on the air, and thereby were saved from obscurity. Even so, many of them needed to be preserved, or even restored. Allen's work at Paramount currently focuses on evaluating the assets of the recently acquired Republic film library; on evaluating the condition of its contents and determining which properties should have priority treatment based on the value of a title and its urgency for preservation. He further coordinates the task of gathering master film elements from archives worldwide, and he is also working with the UCLA Film and Television Archive, where the bulk of the nitrate negatives of the Republic library are on deposit.</p>

<p>Allen concluded his presentation with a challenge to the audience. "If you do not like where popular entertainment is going," he said, "you have the opportunity to influence change. Those of you who go into the real world to be writers, teachers, and parents have the power to influence your children, your readers, and your students....It will happen if enough of you care to make it happen."</p>

<p>In addition to leading the Silha Forum, Allen was interviewed by Minnesota Public Radio in a conversation about protecting and preserving film and home videos. In an event co-sponsored by the Minnesota Film Board, Allen presented the first public screening of a newly restored print of <em>The Red Pony</em> on February 9 at the Heights Theater in Northeast Minneapolis, itself a restoration-in-progress. The following evening, Allen presented a newly restored version of <em>Johnny Guitar</em>, also at the Heights. All three Silha events received detailed coverage in the Twin Cities' <em>City Pages</em>, and each event was open to the public.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:35:53 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Center Joins Advisory Council of The Cornerstone Project</title>
         <description><p>In January 2001, the Silha Center joined the Advisory Council of The Cornerstone Project. Located in Washington, D.C., The Cornerstone Project is a three-year public education campaign sponsored by the Media Institute. The focus of the Project is celebration of the First Amendment, and to bring awareness of the First Amendment to all Americans. The Project consists of three elements: media relations and promotion, education and public service announcements. According to Richard Kaplar of the Media Institute, "Every American has a stake in the First Amendment, and the independence of America is critical for free speech and media choice."<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_center_joins_advisory_co.html</link>
         <guid>204137</guid>
        <body><p>As a member of The Cornerstone Project's Advisory Council, the Silha Center will offer advice and counsel to the group.</p>

<p>For additional information on The Cornerstone Project, visit their website at <a href="http://www.mediainst.org">www.mediainst.org</a> or link to it through the Silha Center's website at <a href="http://www.silha.umn.edu">www.silha.umn.edu</a>.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:34:59 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>British Court Issues Historic Privacy Decision</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p>In a landmark ruling on December 21, 2000, the Court of Appeals in London recognized for the first time a right to privacy in British law. The court ruling might have far-reaching consequences for media in the United Kingdom.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/british_court_issues_historic.html</link>
         <guid>204136</guid>
        <body><p>Catherine Zeta-Jones and Michael Douglas had arranged an exclusive deal with <em>OK! </em>magazine to take and publish photos of their wedding ceremony at New York's Plaza Hotel on November 18, 2000. When they heard that rival magazine <em>Hello! </em>was about to publish wedding photos, days before the <em>OK!</em> issue would hit the shelves, the newlyweds and <em>OK!</em> went to court. The photographs <em>Hello!</em> was about to publish were taken without the knowledge or consent of the Hollywood stars, presumably by a guest or hotel worker at the ceremony. On November 21 they won an injunction from the High Court, prohibiting distribution of 755,900 copies of the magazine, but too late to retrieve 15,750 copies already on sale. The injunction was overturned on November 23, 2000 by the British Court of Appeal, stating that it would give its reasons in due course. It issued its opinion on December 21, in which it also stated that there is a "powerfully arguable case" that Douglas and Zeta-Jones "have a right to privacy that the English law will today recognize and protect." Accordingly, the couple's suit will be allowed to go forward to trial.</p>

<p>Prior to this ruling, unlike most other Western European countries, the United Kingdom had not yet established a right to privacy. When the Duchess of York tried , in August 1992, to block publication of pictures in English tabloids in which she could be seen topless and having her toes nibbled by her financial adviser, she was told that there was no right to privacy that could help her. In France, on the other hand, a publication which ran the compromising photos not only had to pay damages for infringing her right to privacy, but was also fined in criminal court. The newly-established right to privacy in Britain might give the celebrities in the United Kingdom a powerful weapon with which to defend themselves against intrusive journalism on British soil or to stop legitimate reporting about events of public interest.</p>

<p>The British right to privacy is derived from the Human Rights Act, passed in Britain in October of last year. The Human Rights Act incorporates into national law the European Convention on Human Rights, as required of all member states in the European Union. Article 8 of the ECHR states that "everyone has the right to respect for his private and family life," though the ECHR also recognizes the freedom of expression and of the press in Article 10. Lord Justice Sedley remarked, however, that the ECHR and the European Court of Human Rights do not give this freedom of the press, "the presumptive priority which is given, for example, to the First Amendment in the jurisprudence of the United States' courts." The courts will have to decide on a case by case basis, on considerations of proportionality, in which direction the balance will tilt.</p>

<p>The Douglas and Zeta-Jones case, which is expected to be heard later this year, might be an important indicator of how the courts will balance freedom of the press with the newly-established right to privacy. Given that the couple sold the rights to publish their wedding photographs for 1 million pounds to a mass circulation magazine, Douglas and Zeta-Jones may not be the most credible claimants. The argument advanced by the court, however, states that the privacy violation resides in the fact that Douglas and Zeta-Jones had no veto power over which pictures would be published, a right they had negotiated in their contract with <em>OK!</em>. In effect, this ruling would mean that every picture that ran and was not selected by Zeta-Jones and Douglas invaded their privacy, irrespective of its actual content. Following this interpretation, <em>Hello!</em> and <em>OK!</em> could have published two identical photographs, one of which would have invaded the couple's privacy, while the other would not.</p>

<p>Media professionals in Britain have expressed concern about how the Human Rights Act and its subsequent interpretation in British courts might influence their ability to do their job. The BBC's senior editorial policy executive called for a carefully drafted privacy law that would respect individuals' privacy, but would also enable media to hold public figures accountable. He cited the Zeta-Jones case as an example where privacy is used as an excuse to safeguard pecuniary interests.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:32:53 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Center Co-authors Amicus Brief in First Amendment Case</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Eric Ugland</em></strong></p>

<p>For the first time since its founding in 1984, the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law has co-authored an amicus curiae ("friend of the court") brief in a First Amendment case.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_center_co-authors_amicus.html</link>
         <guid>204135</guid>
        <body><p>The brief was filed Jan. 25, 2001 in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in support of the defendants-appellants in the appeal of the Federal District Court's ruling in Universal City Studios, Inc. v. Reimerdes, 111 F.Supp.2d 294 (S.D.N.Y. 2000). Reimerdes is a closely watched case whose outcome could substantially limit the ability of online journalists and other World Wide Web communicators to use hyperlinks to connect their audiences to Web content.</p>

<p>The issue in Reimerdes is whether courts may, consistent with the First Amendment, enjoin Web site operators who either post programs capable of decrypting copyrighted digital versatile disks (DVDs), or who provide hyperlinks to sites containing such programs. Universal and seven other studios joined forces to seek injunctions against Eric Corley, publisher of 2600: The Hacker Quarterly, whose Web site contained the DVD decryption program known as DeCSS, and also against Shawn Reimerdes and Roman Kazan, operators of other Web sites containing the decryption program. DeCSS is a program that decrypts CSS, the encryption program used to protect DVDs from being unlawfully copied.</p>

<p>The Digital Millennium Copyright Act empowers judges to issue injunctions against those who "offer to the public" or "otherwise traffick" in decryption programs designed to circumvent copyright protections. 17 U.S.C. §1201 (a)(2). District Court Judge Lewis A. Kaplan held that by posting DeCSS on their Web sites, the defendants were offering the software to the public. Moreover, Judge Kaplan held, "posting ... and linking amount to very much the same thing." Reimerdes, 114 F.Supp. 339. As a result, injunctions can be issued against those who provide hyperlinks to sites containing DeCSS, provided: the person creating the link knows DeCSS is available on the linked-to site, knows DeCSS is illegal, and created the link for the purpose of disseminating DeCSS. Id. at 341. This language seems to provide some protection for certain kinds of links, but it remains unclear whether, for example, an online journalist doing a story about DeCSS could be enjoined or held liable for posting a link to a site containing the program.</p>

<p>The appellants contend that the District Court's interpretation and application of the DMCA is unconstitutional because it sanctions prior restraints of expression, punishes the communication of truthful information, disallows the "fair use" defense to copyright violations, and restricts expression without any evidence that an actual violation of protected copyrights occurred. The District Court's ruling equating linking with posting would leave journalists and others vulnerable to injunctions or civil liability for merely pointing their audiences to sources containing decryption programs, even if those programs were not used for an illicit purpose.</p>

<p>The Silha Center's amicus brief focused on this latter aspect of the case, and the possibility that the District Court's ruling, if upheld, would create a chilling effect on Internet expression, particularly for online journalists who use hyperlinks to augment their stories, and to provide readers with access to original source materials and useful supplemental information available elsewhere on the Web.</p>

<p>The amicus brief was authored by Silha Center Director Jane Kirtley and SJMC graduate student Erik Ugland, together with David Greene of the First Amendment Project in Oakland, Calif., and Milton Thurm of Thurm & Heller law firm in New York City. It was written on behalf of the Silha Center and several other journalism and free-press organizations, including the Newspaper Association of America, the Online News Association, the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, the Student Press Law Center, Wired News, the Pew Center on the States and the College of Communications at California State University, Fullerton. All of these organizations are concerned about the prospect of online journalists and others being punished or shut down for providing links to information over which they exercise no editorial control.</p>

<p>The amicus brief addressed three broad concerns. The first was the importance of the Court's ruling in establishing not only the legal boundaries of linking, but also the extent of the judiciary's respect for online journalism and the growth of the Web as a source of news and information. An affirmation of the District Court's ruling not only would substantially limit the rights of online journalists and other Web communicators, but would also inhibit the use of links - the defining feature of the Web - at a time when their value as journalistic tools is just beginning to be tapped.</p>

<p>As the brief notes, "When Judge Starr issued his report on allegations against President Clinton, and when the Florida Supreme Court issued its recent election rulings, online accounts were accompanied by links to the actual documents." These are the kinds of uses that are now commonplace. But what about linking to information that was confidential or that was obtained illegally? The brief notes that "if the Web had been available in 1971, journalists for the Washington Post and New York Times may have linked to the Pentagon Papers in addition to publishing their own interpretations of those controversial documents." Although the Pentagon Papers would not be covered by the DMCA, upholding the District Court's framework would provide support for the adoption of parallel legislation targeting this kind of information, even if the information is true and in the public interest.</p>

<p>The second area addressed by the brief was the District Court's test for linking liability and its consistency with existing First Amendment standards. The authors argue that the District Court creates a double standard, treating Web publishers more harshly than those using other media in the face of the U.S. Supreme Court's insistence that publication on the Web be afforded the highest level of First Amendment protection. Reno v. ACLU, 521 U.S. 844, 870 (1997). The District Court relies on the notion that the speech in question in Reimerdes is "functional" - that it can be used to perform some operation or to complete some task. But, as the authors of the brief note, this is "no different from the pre-Web practice of identifying reference material that a reader could then retrieve from a library." The fact that someone might later use that information for an illegal purpose should not be the responsibility of the Web publisher. No one would contend, the authors argue, that a newspaper should be liable because its publication of details of a robbery was later used by a reader in committing a similar crime.</p>

<p>The brief's authors also contend that the District Court's ruling treats Web publishers more harshly by permitting prior restraints, which are nearly always found unconstitutional as applied to other media. Furthermore, it does so without any evidence that the linked-to information was actually used or that anyone was actually harmed.</p>

<p>"Banned from publication are links to a Web site containing DeCSS in a report on permissible efforts to reverse engineer CSS, or in a report on the way a film professor compiles film clips for exhibition in class, or in a report on the District Court's decision. Banned are links that inform the reader exactly what DeCSS is, even if the reader is advised not to 'use' DeCSS."</p>

<p>The brief concludes with the argument that the District Court erred by interpreting the publication of a link to another website to be "offering to the public" or "trafficking" in decryption technology. As the brief states, "The First Amendment requires that 'trafficking' be more than merely directing a reader to another source of information. Although a hyperlink may be evidence of actionable conduct, it cannot be the basis for liability in and of itself."</p>

<p>A decision in Reimerdes is probably still months away. But the briefs of the parties have been filed and oral arguments are scheduled for May 1. Whatever the outcome, Reimerdes will serve as a significant precedent in the still unsettled terrain of Internet law, and an appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court should be anticipated.</p>

<p>A copy of the Silha Center brief is available at <a href="http://www.silha.umn.edu/resources.htm">http://www.silha.umn.edu/resources.htm</a>. Briefs of the parties in the case can be found at <a href="http://www.eff.org">http://www.eff.org</a>.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26243
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:19:44 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Bartnicki Attorney To Deliver 2001 Silha Lecture</title>
         <description><p>Lee Levine, a prominent First Amendment attorney who successfully represented the media defendants in <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em> before the United States Supreme Court, will present the 2001 Silha Lecture on Tuesday, October 2, 2001, entitled, "Newsgathering on Trial: The Supreme Court and the Press in the 21st Century." The Lecture will begin at 7 p.m. in Cowles Auditorium on the West Bank of the Minneapolis campus of the University of Minnesota. A reception will follow in the atrium outside the auditorium.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/bartnicki_attorney_to_deliver.html</link>
         <guid>204132</guid>
        <body><p>The <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em> case has been one of the most closely monitored cases in recent history. The Supreme Court's decision holds that the First Amendment protects journalists who disclose the contents of an illegally intercepted telephone call involving an issue of public importance as long as they did not participate in the interception. This relieves journalists of the legal requirement of proving that their source obtained information legally, but raises a variety of ethical issues.</p>

<p> In addition to <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em>, Levine also argued <em>Harte-Hanks Communications, Inc. v. Connaughton</em> (1989) before the United States Supreme Court. He has litigated in the courts of more than 20 states and the District of Columbia, and has appeared in most federal courts of appeal and in the highest courts of ten states. Levine is one of the authors of the textbook, <em>Newsgathering and the Law</em>, and has written several articles, among them, "Branzburg Revisited: Confidential Sources and First Amendment Values" and "The Myth of Pre-Trial Publicity."</p>

<p>Levine is a founding partner of the Washington, D.C. law firm Levine Sullivan & Koch, LLP and is an adjunct professor of law at Georgetown University Law Center. He is a past chair of the American Bar Association's Forum on Communications Law, the principal national association of attorneys practicing in the fields of media and communications law, and is recognized in <em>The Best Lawyers in America</em> as a leading expert in media law.</p>

<p> Levine is also a past chair of the Editorial Board of <em>The Communications Lawyer</em>, a quarterly publication of the American Bar Association, and is a member of the Advisory Board of the <em>Media Law Reporter</em>. He received his law degree from Yale University, where he was the managing editor of the <em>Yale Law Journal</em>. He received his B.A. and M.A. degrees from the University of Pennsylvania.</p>

<p>The Silha Lecture is free and open to the public. The sixteenth annual lecture is sponsored by the Silha Center for the Study of Media Ethics and Law, which was established in 1984 with an endowment from former publisher of the <em>Minneapolis Star</em> and the <em>Minneapolis Tribune</em>, Otto Silha and his wife Helen.</p>

<p>Housed in Murphy Hall on the East Bank of the Minneapolis campus of the University of Minnesota, the Center's mission has been to analyze the intersection of media ethics and law as well as the ethical responsibilities and legal rights of the mass media in a democratic society. For additional information about the 2001 Silha Lecture or the Silha Center itself, please contact Elaine Hargrove-Simon by e-mail at <a href="mailto:%20silha@tc.umn.edu">silha@tc.umn.edu</a> or by phone at (612) 625-3421. </p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26242
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:18:36 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Miami Reporter Agrees to Restraining Order</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>Investigative reporter Jilda Unruh, who has been called the "Pitbull in Pumps" - a name she first earned as producer and host of "The Jilda Unruh Show" at KTUL-TV in Tulsa - has agreed to a restraining order preventing her and other WPLG-Channel 10 (Miami) reporters from interviewing a prominent Florida lobbyist.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/miami_reporter_agrees_to_restr.html</link>
         <guid>204130</guid>
        <body><p>According to stories appearing in the <em>Miami Daily Business Review</em>, the <em>Broward Daily Business Review</em>, the <em>Palm Beach Daily Business Review</em>, as well as the Associated Press, the chain of events began with Eric "Rick" Sisser, a lobbyist who had been involved in a Miami-Dade School Board land purchase in Carol City. The deal soured when Native American remains were found on the property.</p>

<p>WPLG-TV reporter Unruh, seeking an interview with Sisser about the deal, reportedly visited Sisser in his hospital room at Mount Sinai Medical Center where he was awaiting treatment for congestive heart failure. Sisser alleges that on May 8, Unruh came to his private room in an area of the hospital designated for "executives." Assuming she was a nurse, Sisser allowed her to come into his room. According to Sisser, Unruh immediately began asking questions specific to the land purchase deal. Sisser then asked her to leave, requesting she fax her questions to his lawyer. Sisser said that Unruh persisted in her line of questioning for a time, and eventually left. Sisser subsequently required treatment with a nitroglycerine drip to bring his blood pressure under control.</p>

<p>Unruh claims that she came to Sisser's hospital room after seeking an interview with him for weeks before, which Sisser denies. When Unruh arrived at Sisser's room, she was alone, without a camera, tape recorder or even a notebook. Unruh said that she identified herself to Sisser as a reporter, and he invited her in. After what has been called a few "cordial questions," the interview turned to the land deal. When Sisser became agitated and asked her to leave, she did as he asked.</p>

<p>Bill Pohovey, WPLG-TV's station manager, said that Unruh was professional and respectful towards Sisser during the hospital interview.</p>

<p>Sisser filed suit against the station, asking for a restraining order against WPLG-TV and against Unruh. Miami-Dade Circuit Court Judge Norman Gerstein signed the order on May 15, which states that neither Unruh nor any other WPLG-TV employees may approach or attempt to interview Sisser for 30 days.</p>

<p>WLPG-TV attorney Karen Kammer agreed to the restraint on behalf of her clients, but added that her clients make no admission of liability and do not waive any defenses they may have to the claims Sisser raised in his lawsuit. Pohovey said that the station would not challenge the order, saying that Sisser had made it clear he did not want to talk, and therefore the station's reporters would not pursue him.</p>

<p>Sisser interpreted the station's lack of formal response as a sign of fear: that Unruh and other station officials knew that the interview clearly invaded his privacy. He called Unruh's conduct "reprehensible."</p>

<p>Although such celebrated cases as <em>Food Lion, Inc. v. Capital Cities/ABC Inc.</em> (194 F. 3d. 505 (4th Cir. 1999)) and <em>Charter Behavioral Systems v. CBS </em>(No. 3:99 CV-150-MV (W.D.N.C. 1999)) deal with situations where reporters gain access to private areas and situations by concealing their true identities or purpose, Sisser never claimed that Unruh portrayed herself as a nurse, only that he mistook her for one. For her part, Unruh states that she did identify herself as a reporter before beginning the interview.</p>

<p>However, courts have recognized that patients do have an expectation of privacy when receiving medical treatment. (See <em>Shulman v. Group W Productions</em>, (955 P.2d 469 (Cal. 1998)). Voluntary codes of ethics, such as those adopted by the Society of Professional Journalists and Radio-Television News Directors Association, often do not specifically address privacy, but do exhort journalists to treat news subjects with respect, dignity and sensitivity.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26242
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:17:35 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Russian Media Wrestles With Democratization Process</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>As the former Soviet Union continues its struggle with democratization, it is becoming apparent that the struggle is difficult for the independent Russian media as well.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/russian_media_wrestles_with_de.html</link>
         <guid>204129</guid>
        <body><p>Much attention has been given to Vladimir Gusinsky, a former theater director and now media mogul who made his money by founding a bank that handled government deposits. As his fortune grew, he launched <em>Segodnya</em> (also spelled <em>Sevodnya</em>), a daily newspaper in 1993. In January 1994, he started a television station, NTV. In its beginning, NTV was primarily a news outlet. The station made its mark with its coverage of the Chechnya war from 1994 to 1996 and later became Russia's only nation-wide independent television station. When Gusinsky's dreams for his company, Media Most, were larger than his pocketbook, he turned to Gazprom, a partially state-owned Russian gas company, for financial help. Gazprom loaned Gusinsky the funds he needed.</p>

<p>During the 1996 Russian presidential election, Gusinsky openly supported Boris Yeltsin, giving Yeltsin's successful campaign much more airtime than that of his opponent, Gennady Zyuganov. But on December 31, 1999, Yeltsin resigned from the presidency and former Prime Minister and former KGB colonel Vladimir Putin took his place.</p>

<p> In November 1999, just prior to Yeltsin's resignation, Russian courts froze NTV's bank accounts when Gusinsky was unable to repay his debts. Putin was officially elected President in March, and in June 2000, Gusinsky was arrested on suspicion of embezzlement while working to acquire a television company in St. Petersburg. According to the International Press Institute's 2000 World Press Freedom Review on Russia, Gusinsky supposedly negotiated a deal with Gazprom, Media Most's main creditor. The deal specified that in return for giving Gazprom Media Most's holdings, Gusinsky would receive cash, the forgiveness of his debts, and the state would drop criminal charges against him. Later, Gusinsky left Russia for Spain.</p>

<p> Afterwards, Gusinsky stated that deal was void, claiming he had been forced to sign it under pressure. The Kremlin denied any involvement in the affair. The deal with Gazprom was renegotiated, with Gazprom retaining temporary control over Media Most. But the Media Most shares given Gazprom as part of the loan agreement either had no assets behind them or were entirely bankrupt. Gusinsky meanwhile maintained that he was seeking a foreign supporter for his company in order to avoid potential governmental restrictions.</p>

<p>Russian officials sought Gusinsky's extradition on charges of fraud. In December 2000, Spanish officials arrested Gusinsky, but Interpol asked Russian authorities for assurance that the charges against Gusinsky were not strictly political in nature.</p>

<p>On April 3, 2001, Gazprom replaced members of NTV's management with its own personnel. Early on the morning of April 14, security forces established control of NTV, and NTV journalists were barred from entering their offices. NTV reporters crossed the street to a smaller cable television station, TNT, also owned by Gusinsky. There the journalists set up operations and began broadcasting news again by 8 o'clock that morning, although they were reaching a much smaller audience than previously.</p>

<p>Two days later, Gazprom, together with Media Most's publishing house, Sem Dnei, announced that <em>Segodnya </em>would no longer be published. The following day, the staff of <em>Itogi</em>, a weekly magazine founded by Gusinsky and which published in conjunction with <em>Newsweek</em>, was fired.</p>

<p>Gusinsky is reportedly negotiating with media giants such as Ted Turner and Rupert Murdoch to regain control of Media Most, <em>Segodnya</em> and NTV. Although this scheme may circumvent governmental control, it is not without risk. Putting too much control into the hands of foreign investors can also affect content. Foreign investors may not understand cultural or societal differences, and may thereby - knowingly or unknowingly - exert inappropriate influence on their news organizations.</p>

<p>The idea of a free and unfettered press is foreign to the citizens of the former Soviet Union. Oppression has been the rule rather than the exception. Enduring a thousand years of Mongol rule, following by the Romanovs, and most recently the Communists, the majority of Russians have never experienced a press based on the Western model. In his article, "Russian's Dysfunctional Media Culture," which appeared in the August 2000 issue of <em>Policy Review</em>, Herman J. Obermayer writes that without Western-type businesses to serve as advertisers, Russian newspapers lack the finances that would help them be independent.</p>

<p>Without money or independence and still bound by a journalistic tradition which dictates that more be concealed than revealed, Russian journalists are discovering that attaining the democratic media ideal is no easy task.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26242
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:16:40 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Access to McVeigh Execution Prompts Ethical, Legal Debate</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Jack Breslin</em></strong></p>

<p> In the media frenzy over convicted Oklahoma City bomber Timothy McVeigh's last appeals, postponed execution and final hours, one widely-debated aspect of his demise - not unlike those misplaced FBI files - seemed to be lost. Should the government be allowed to control access to one of the most controversial proceedings in our democracy?<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/access_to_mcveigh_execution_pr.html</link>
         <guid>204128</guid>
        <body><p>News media cameras were banned from McVeigh's execution. But it is conceivable that some day American television may be permitted to air public executions live. Would such a broadcast also be ethical?</p>

<p>McVeigh, convicted of bombing the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995, was executed by lethal injection on June 11, 2001. Media cameras were banned from the execution chamber.</p>

<p>The Entertainment Network, Inc., a private Florida-based company, sued for the right to webcast McVeigh's execution. ENI is perhaps best known for its adults-only Internet subscription sites, such as live webcasts from college women's dorm rooms, and a live on-line chat with O.J. Simpson.</p>

<p>ENI stated that execution viewers would be charged $1.95 by credit card, which, combined with parental blocking software, would prevent those under age 18 from accessing the site. The proceeds would be donated to a charity established for the bombing victims. ENI proposed to cover the execution using a handheld video camera, or, alternatively, by picking up the closed-circuit feed to bombing victims and their families in Oklahoma City as approved by Attorney General John Ashcroft.</p>

<p>Challenging the Federal Bureau of Prisons policies restricting broadcast coverage as unconstitutional, ENI's David Marshlack argued, "The government is sponsoring the killing of a human being who was responsible for this horrendous act. And we believe the people have an absolute right to witness the action."</p>

<p>On April 18, U.S. District Judge John Tinder denied the request, saying that webcasting the execution would not be ". . . form of news to which the public is entitled but an act of sensationalism." Three days before the execution, a federal appeals court overturned a judge's order that the event be videotaped for use in an unrelated Eighth Amendment case in Pennsylvania.</p>

<p>McVeigh's execution would not have been the first or most gruesome depiction of violent death via the electronic media. Los Angeles viewers witnessed helicopter camera coverage of a motorist's shotgun suicide on a freeway overpass. Millions of Americans gasped when Jack Ruby shot Lee Harvey Oswald. Documentaries have featured slow motion of the Zapruder film's record of President Kennedy's assassination. Unsuspecting morning TV viewers watched as the Challenger spacecraft exploded and its crew plunged to their deaths.</p>

<p>At one point, McVeigh himself argued that everyone, not just a select on-site or closed-circuit audience, should be allowed to watch his last moments. "Hold a true public execution," he argued in a February letter to the <em>Daily Oklahoman</em>.</p>

<p>"Allow a public broadcast." Twenty-four witnesses, including 10 survivors or victims' relatives, as well as eight media representatives, were selected by lottery to watch the execution at the federal penitentiary in Terre Haute, Indiana. Some 230 survivors and family members watched on the closed-circuit feed in Oklahoma City. About 1,400 print and electronic journalists reported from the prison. Eight TV networks broadcast live from the location and featured extensive execution day programming from early morning to prime-time hours.</p>

<p>In April, Ashcroft urged the media to exercise "self restraint" in their coverage of McVeigh's execution. In the days prior to the execution, the Attorney General barred on-site, video and voice-recorded interviews, permitting only 15-minute telephone contacts with the condemned man. He insisted that the restrictions were imposed out of sympathy for the victims, the survivors and the nation. Members of the news media characterized the restrictions as censorship.</p>

<p>"I would ask that the news media not become Timothy McVeigh's co-conspirator in his assault on America's public safety and upon America itself," Ashcroft said. "Please do not help him inject more poison into our culture. He's caused enough senseless damage already."</p>

<p>But in a letter to Ashcroft, Barbara Cochran, President of the Radio-Television News Directors Association, countered that "the federal government has no appropriate role in determining who or what has access to the 'public podium' that is our nation's press."</p>

<p>Ashcroft's concerns appear to raise three key ethical issues: how to avoid inflicting further harm to the victims of the bombing, validating McVeigh's delusions of martyrdom, and endangering national security. How do those concerns weigh against the resulting restrictions on newsgathering and publication/broadcast? And what about McVeigh's right of free speech? Should law enforcement officials decide that he has already said enough?</p>

<p>McVeigh had enjoyed a global podium for the last six years, highlighted by recent books and high-profile interviews. He displayed no remorse, particularly over the death of 19 children, whom he characterized as "collateral damage." Officials also feared that McVeigh's last podium would encourage other anti-government forces, such as militias and survivalists, to commit further violent acts.</p>

<p>By contrast, critics accused Ashcroft of unconstitutionally preventing access to a notorious death row prisoner, and to a significant newsworthy event. However, an Associated Press poll found that a majority of those surveyed supported the Attorney General's limitations on access, and that only one in five would watch the execution live if they could. Until about 65 years ago, public executions were commonplace. An estimated crowd of 20,000 witnessed the nation's last public government execution, the 1936 hanging in Owensboro, Kentucky, of 19-year-old Rainey Bethea, a black man convicted of the rape and murder of his employer, a 70-year-old white woman.</p>

<p>Public proceedings give Americans the opportunity to see their criminal justice system in action. Although cameras are banned from federal criminal trials, most states allow some camera coverage in the courtroom for trial and sentencing. Why not execution of the sentence? Cameras go inside prisons for interviews. Why not for a live execution - justice in action? The government executed McVeigh in the name of all citizens. Why shouldn't everyone who chooses to do so be able to witness the act?</p>

<p>Once, we gathered in the town square to see justice done. Today, we should be able to gather in the electronic global town square as witnesses. Nobody would be forced to watch. One could watch, listen or look away.</p>

<p>But it should be the individual's choice. Not the government's.</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26242
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:15:19 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>New Florida Law Closes Door on Autopsy Photos</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p> On February 18, 2001, while driving the last lap of the Daytona 500, NASCAR racecar driver Dale Earnhardt was killed when his car hit a wall. The week before his death, the <em>Orlando Sentinel</em> had been running a series of articles concerning NASCAR safety. As a part of that series, the <em>Sentinel</em> stated that three earlier NASCAR deaths could have been prevented if the drivers had worn head restraint devices known as HANS. When Dale Earnhardt's death followed on the heels of the <em>Sentinel's </em>series, the newspaper hired a medical expert to examine Earnhardt's autopsy photos to determine if wearing the HANS device might have saved the racecar driver's life.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/new_florida_law_closes_door_on.html</link>
         <guid>204127</guid>
        <body><p>However, Dale Earnhardt's widow, Teresa, reacted to the <em>Sentinel's</em> request by filing suit in Volusia County Circuit Court on February 22, seeking an injunction to prevent the <em>Sentinel's</em> examination of the photographs. Mrs. Earnhardt's lawyer, Thom Rumberger, said that the release of the photos violated the Earnhardt family's privacy. Circuit Court Judge Joseph Will granted a temporary injunction, saying that the family's privacy interest outweighed the public interest in seeing the photographs.</p>

<p>On March 16, Teresa Earnhardt and the <em>Sentinel</em> arrived at a settlement, in which an independent medical expert would be allowed to examine Earnhardt's autopsy photos, after which the <em>Sentinel</em> could pose three questions relating to Earnhardt's death to the medical expert. Then, the photos would be permanently sealed.</p>

<p>While the case was playing out in Volusia County Circuit Court, Mrs. Earnhardt was simultaneously working in Tallahassee to pass a bill exempting photographs, video and audio recordings of autopsies from release under the state public records law. The bill, drafted by Senate Majority Leader Jim King (R-Jacksonville), was introduced in the Florida Senate on March 8, 2001. Riding a tide of public support that included phone calls and e-mails from Earnhardt's fans and others, the bill was signed into law by Governor Jeb Bush on March 29.</p>

<p> Included in the bill is the following: "The Legislature finds that photographs or video or audio recordings of an autopsy depict or describe the deceased in graphic and often disturbing fashion....As such, photographs or video or audio recordings of an autopsy are highly sensitive depictions or descriptions of the deceased which, if heard, copied or publicized, could result in trauma, sorrow, humiliation, or emotional injury to the immediate family of the deceased, as well as injury to the memory of the deceased. The Legislature notes that the existence of the World Wide Web and the proliferation of personal computers....promotes and encourages the wide dissemination of photographs and video and audio recordings 24 hours a day and that widespread unauthorized dissemination of autopsy [materials] would subject the immediate family of the deceased to continuous injury. The Legislature further notes that there continue to be other types of available information, such as the autopsy report, which are less intrusive and injurious....and which continue to provide for the public oversight."</p>

<p>The bill, known as the Earnhardt Family Protection Act, SB 1356, allows autopsy photographs or recordings of the autopsy to be examined only by a surviving spouse, parent or child; anyone else must obtain a court order and examine the materials under the "direct supervision of the custodian." There are exemptions for administrative service providers such as the medical examiner and state or federal agencies which are performing official duties. In carrying out these duties, the identity of the deceased must remain confidential.</p>

<p>The Act also states that when issuing a court order permitting an outsider to examine the records, the court must consider whether such disclosure "is necessary for the public evaluation of governmental performance" and bear in mind "...the family's right to privacy." The family is to be notified when there is a petition to view the autopsy records of one of its members.</p>

<p> Violation of the statute constitutes a third-degree felony.</p>

<p>The new law restricts access to information by journalists and others who might wish to investigate a death for any number of reasons. It is particularly troublesome when the door is closed on information that previously had been available as an open and public record. Ironically, the <em>Orlando Sentinel</em> stated from the outset of the Earnhardt tragedy that it never had any intention of publishing the photographs; it simply wanted an independent expert to examine them in order to determine an unbiased cause of death so the <em>Sentinel</em> could follow up on its series on NASCAR safety.</p>

<p>Several organizations challenged the constitutionality of the Earnhardt Family Protection Act. In addition, the <em>Independent Florida Alligator</em>, a student newspaper located at the University of Florida, together with Michael Uribe, who runs Websitecity.com, a site that has already posted other autopsy photos, have sought access to the photos under the new law. However, on June 13, Volusia Circuit Court Judge Will ruled that the statute is constitutional and that the photos will remain sealed.</p>

<p>Other news organizations, including the <em>Orlando Sentinel, The Miami Herald, Chicago Tribune, Los Angeles Times, Tampa Tribune</em>, WFLA-TV, the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, the Society of Professional Journalists, the Florida First Amendment Foundation, and the American Society of Newspaper Editors have stated that they oppose the law.</p>

<p>However, there are precedents for the sentiments expressed in the Earnhardt Family Protection Act. In 1997, designer Gianni Versace was murdered outside his home by Andrew Cunanan, who had led police on a multi-state manhunt. Unlike the Earnhardt incident, this was a crime and not merely an accident. Cunanan had previously killed others, and the manhunt for him had generated weeks of news coverage. Nevertheless, Versace's family won a court order to permanently seal his autopsy photos.</p>

<p>The public reaction to the debate surrounding Earnhardt's autopsy photos has been profound. There have been numerous phone calls and e-mails to media outlets as well as the Florida State Legislature, and a web site has been established for people to add their signatures to a petition requesting the autopsy photos be sealed. Subscriptions to the <em>Sentinel</em> have been cancelled and some of both the <em>Sentinel's</em> and the <em>Independent Florida Alligator's</em> advertisers have withdrawn their accounts. The <em>Independent Florida Alligator</em> has also reported that its office and newspaper boxes have been vandalized and death threats have been made to its editors, resulting in an increase in security at their Gainesville headquarters.</p>

<p>What seems to be lost in the public's reaction, however, is the fact that most media outlets do not publish autopsy photographs. Despite the fact that there have always been gruesome photos - such as those of Princess Diana following her car crash in a Paris tunnel and of JonBenet Ramsey following her murder - mainstream newspapers and magazines generally do not publish them, neither do the tabloids. Although the Earnhardt family's reactions are understandable, restrictions such as those in the Earnhardt Family Protection Act will prevent journalists from investigating events that affect the greater public interest. </p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26242
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:12:45 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>U.S. Supreme Court Rules In Historic Bartnicki Case</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>In the most anticipated media law decision in nearly ten years, the Supreme Court ruled on May 21, 2001 that a news organization cannot be punished for disseminating the truthful contents of an illegally recorded telephone conversation as long as the information is in the public interest and the news organization did not participate in the interception.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/us_supreme_court_rules_in_hist.html</link>
         <guid>204126</guid>
        <body><p>The case, <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em>, began in May 1993 during negotiations between a Pennsylvania school board and a teachers' union. Gloria Bartnicki, a negotiator in the contract dispute, and Anthony Kane, president of the teachers' union, were speaking to one another by cellular phone about the dispute when their call was intercepted and recorded by an unknown person. In the recording, Bartnicki can be heard saying, "If they're not going to move for three percent [referring to a pay raise], we're gonna have to go to their, their homes...to blow off their front porches, we'll have to do some work on some of those guys."<br />
Jack Yocum, president of a group formed to oppose the teachers' union during the negotiation, found the tape of Bartnicki and Kane's conversation in his mailbox. He gave it to Frederick Vopper, the host of a local radio talk show. Vopper played the tape on his show after the union and the school board had come to agreement. Afterwards, Bartnicki and Kane sued in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania, citing Title III of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, 18 U.S.C. §§ 2511, 2520, and the Pennsylvania Wiretapping and Electronic Surveillance Control Act, 18 Pa. Con. Stat. Ann. § 5701 et seq. These acts impose criminal and civil penalties on anyone who intentionally intercepts a private conversation, or who discloses the contents of a conversation knowing that it was illegally intercepted. Attorneys for Vopper and Yocum argued that their clients did not violate the electronic surveillance acts because they did not intercept the phone call, nor did they know that the recording had been illegally obtained.<br />
In June 1996, Judge Edwin Kosik denied both parties' motions for summary judgement, and granted an interlocutory appeal to the Third Circuit. Two questions needed to be addressed: first, whether holding the media liable for broadcasting a newsworthy tape violates the First Amendment when the tape was illegally obtained and recorded by an unknown source, and second, whether holding Yocum liable for providing the anonymously intercepted and recorded tape to the media would be a violation of his First Amendment rights.<br />
Sloviter, writing for the majority of the appeals court, cited <em>Smith v. Daily Mail Publishing Co. </em>(443 U.S. 97, 61 L. Ed. 2d 399, 99 S. Ct. 2667 (1979)). In Smith, the Supreme Court concluded that punishing a publication for printing truthful information dealing with matters of public concern violates constitutional standards.<br />
Although acknowledging that the Federal and Pennsylvania wiretapping acts are generally applicable and content-neutral laws focusing on how information is intercepted, rather than on what kinds of information can or cannot be intercepted, Sloviter opined that forcing reporters to track each piece of information to its source would be time consuming, and could have a chilling effect, especially when journalists often have no way of knowing whether the information came from a lawful source, or whether the information has already been made public.<br />
<em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em> came before the Supreme Court in December 2000. During his oral argument for the media defendants, attorney Lee Levine analogized the interception of the Bartnicki telephone conversation to someone who breaks into a house and steals a diary from the homeowner. "[T]he physical diary is property. Taking that, regardless of what's inside it, is not the function of the First Amendment to speak to. If you're talking about the contents of the diary, the information, and you're then penalizing someone for now knowing that information, having it in his brain and then disseminating it to other people, that is something that the First Amendment is concerned about, especially when you're talking about speech that is the truth and a matter of public concern." Levine's example drives home the main conflict in the Bartnicki case: the right to disseminate truthful information, particularly when it is a matter of public interest, versus the right of privacy and an individual's freedom of speech.<br />
Justice John Paul Stevens wrote the opinion for the majority of the court. He reiterated that neither Yocum nor Vopper had participated in the interception of Bartnicki's phone conversation -- that they had obtained the recording lawfully -- and that the information disclosed during the Bartnicki conversation was of public concern and had a bearing on public safety. Stevens analogized the delivery of the tape to Yocum to a person giving a handbill to another. Although it may appear to be conduct, it is an action that really involves speech, and as such is protected by the First Amendment. Punishing such an act, Stevens wrote, "....seldom can satisfy constitutional standards."<br />
Acknowledging that the Court's ruling might have an effect on privacy, specifically the chilling of personal speech, Stevens focused on Bartnicki's threat to "blow off their porches." He wrote, "....privacy concerns give way when balanced against the interest in publishing matters of public importance."<br />
A concurring opinion by Justice Breyer, joined by Justice O'Connor, observed that Bartnicki and Kane were limited purpose public figures and that the conversation in question did not contain "mundane facts about a person's life," but included a threat of harm to others. Breyer further stated that people who use cellular phones on the street are normally not concerned with the possibility of passersby overhearing their conversations, and that the freedom that comes with using a cellular phone often brings with it a lack privacy.<br />
Chief Justice Rehnquist, joined by Justices Scalia and Thomas dissented, viewing the majority's opinion as a violation of individual privacy. Even those who have stepped into public arena, Rehnquist wrote, "...have not abandoned their right to have a private conversation without fear of it being intentionally intercepted and...disclosed."<br />
The<em> Bartnicki</em> ruling has affected two other pending cases, <em>Boehner v. McDermott </em>and<em> Peavy v. WFAA</em>. Both involved tapes of intercepted telephone conversations that were later used in news reports. However, unlike <em>Bartnicki</em>,<em> Peavy </em>involved a news organization that was aware that unlawful activity had led to the recording of the tapes; in <em>Boehner</em>, the source who passed the tape to the media was aware of the circumstances of its interception. On May 29, 2001, the Supreme Court ordered the U.S. Court of Appeals (D.C. Circuit) decision in the Boehner case to be vacated and remanded, and denied review of the <em>Peavy </em>case.<br />
The ruling in <em>Bartnicki</em> is very narrowly drawn, turning on the fact that neither Vopper nor Yocum participated in the interception of the Bartnicki phone call, nor did they know that it had been illegally recorded. Although the Bartnicki decision relieves the journalist of the legal obligation to establish a "pedigree" for his or her sources of information, it leaves open the question of whether a journalist has an ethical obligation to determine the source of a tape before publishing its contents, or to eschew the use of such tapes entirely.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26242
         </category>
         <pubDate>Fri, 13 Nov 2009 10:00:10 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Bartnicki v. Vopper Topic of Sixteenth Annual Silha Lecture</title>
         <description><p>First Amendment attorney Lee Levine says that the biggest victory for the press in <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em> is that the Supreme Court re-affirmed the principle established in <em>New York Times v. Sullivan</em>, that the media cannot be punished for publishing truthful information about a matter of public concern. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/bartnicki_v_vopper_topic_of_si.html</link>
         <guid>203549</guid>
        <body><p>Levine, who successfully represented the media defendants in front of the Supreme Court, delivered the 16th Annual Silha Lecture on October 2, 2001, in the Cowles Auditorium of the Humphrey Center on the West Bank of the University of Minnesota Twin Cities campus. Despite his victory, Levine warned that the media should not expect the same level of First Amendment protection if they engage in illegal conduct while gathering this information. Levine expects that future claims against the media will focus on newsgathering rather than on publication of information, especially if in the process of gathering information, the press violated someone's personal privacy. The <em>Bartnicki</em> case was the first major media case to reach the Supreme Court since <em>Cohen v. Cowles Media</em> ten years ago, and has been closely monitored by media groups across the country. Silha Center Director, Jane Kirtley, in her introduction of the lecturer, called the case "seminal" and put it in the line of classic First Amendment cases: <em>Near v. Minnesota, New York Times v. Sullivan, United States v. New York Times</em> (Pentagon papers) - cases that define the First Amendment framework within which all journalists operate.</p>

<p>The <em>Bartnicki</em> case began in 1993 in Pennsylvania when a cellular telephone call between two teachers' union activists involved in a labor dispute was intercepted, passed on and subsequently broadcast numerous times on Fred Vopper's radio talk show. In the call, one of the union activists stated that if the school board did not agree with the proposed pay raise they were "gonna have to go to their, their homes...to blow off their front porches." Although no allegation was made that the radio show host had anything to do with the interception, he was sued based on language in state and federal wiretapping laws (see 18 Pa. Con. Stat. Ann. § 5701 et seq., and 18 U.S.C. §§ 2510, 2520) making it illegal to disseminate, as well as to tape, cell phone conversations without the consent of the parties. When the case reached the Supreme Court, Levine and his law firm became involved in the case. On May 21, 2001 the Court ruled 6-3 in favor of the defendant. Levine explained to the audience how he built his defense before the high court around the <em>Daily Mail</em> principle, named after <em>Smith v. Daily Mail Publishing Co</em> (443 U.S. 97 (1979)) in which it was first formulated. The principle holds that the First Amendment protects the publication of truthful information about matters of public concern, at least in the absence of a demonstrated need to vindicate a competing government interest of the very highest order. The Solicitor General, who had intervened because the defendants challenged the constitutionality of the federal wiretap statute, argued that the <em>Daily Mail </em>principle did not apply to the wiretap act because the act is "content neutral;" it serves to regulate conduct and not content. Even if the <em>Daily Mail</em> principle did apply, the wiretap act serves government interests of the highest order, the government contended.</p>

<p>The Court rejected the claims of the solicitor general, stating that the wiretap act is not content neutral since it not only regulates the interception of conversations, but also the act of disseminating this information further, even if one has not taken part in the interception. According to the statute, a person having heard the tape played on Vopper's show could be in violation of the wiretap act if he told somebody else about the content of the tape. Therefore, Levine had argued that the statute was too broad. The Court agreed and made clear that it was unwilling to limit the right of the press to publish information, even if that information was collected from a source that broke the law when acquiring it. The Solicitor General's other claim, that the wiretap act serves a government interest of the highest order and hence cannot be overridden by the First Amendment, was based on two contentions: first, that the government has an interest in drying up the market for illegally intercepted conversations, and second, that the government has an interest in protecting the privacy of people using cell phones. Levine explained that the high court found the that government interest served by the wiretap act was not of the highest order to justify overriding the First Amendment right to publish or broadcast truthful information about a matter of public concern. However, the Court was not insensitive to the right of privacy involved in this case, and some Justices expressed great concern about the state of privacy in today's society. The fact that the Supreme Court decided that the <em>Daily Mail</em> principle continues to provide the appropriate model for constitutional analysis in press cases like these is, Levine said, an important victory for everyone cherishing the First Amendment. But Levine pointed out some other, possibly troublesome, implications for the press reflected in the other opinions, especially in the concurring opinion written by Justice Breyer (joined by Justice O'Connor). Above all, this opinion reconfirmed the Supreme Court's strong commitment to privacy. Justice Breyer argued that in cases like these, there are speech interests on both sides of the equation. Justice Breyer stressed that privacy interests are implicated, and that the First Amendment does not automatically trump them. In this case, Justice Breyer agreed that the First Amendment concerns outweighed the privacy interest of the plaintiffs. Levine acknowledged that Justice Breyer suggested that the government should have a greater role striking the balance, especially in the context of new technology, and to regulate accordingly. Levine mentioned that although this case (re)established that the media have great First Amendment protection when publishing or broadcasting truthful information of public concern, and even untruthful information in the case of public figures, this protection might not be available when the press breaks the law in the process of gathering the news. As a consequence, he foresees that future claims against the press will focus on the gathering rather than on the publication of information. He expects these claims to be increasingly technology-driven.</p>

<p>Levine showed how early depositions of the plaintiffs leave little doubt that their true motive for suing Vopper was to seek damages for defamation, yet they sued under the wiretap statute, betting that a privacy claim would be more likely to prevail. These types of claims, Levine concluded, were the ones most likely to face media organizations in the coming years.</p>

<p>In addition to the lecture, Levine gave a presentation to the School of Journalism and Mass Communication's faculty and graduate students, and was interviewed by Don Shelby on WCCO Radio the afternoon of October 2. Levine is a founding partner of the Washington, D.C. law firm Levine Sullivan & Koch, LLP and adjunct professor of law at the Georgetown University Law Center. </p></body>
         <category>
            26216|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:29:39 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Center Co-Sponsors Forum on Terrorist Attacks on America</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>News reporting as it should be done, with a greater focus on hard news, issues, and international concerns, has resurfaced in the wake of the attacks on New York and Washington on September 11. This was the overall consensus of the audience and panel gathered for a public forum where media experts discussed how their industry has been covering news since September 11. The event, held in Cowles Auditorium of the Hubert H. Humphrey Institute on the evening of October 22, attracted a diverse audience that raised issues ranging from government censorship of news to increased coverage of the impact of the war at home. The forum was co-sponsored by the Silha Center. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_center_co-sponsors_forum.html</link>
         <guid>203546</guid>
        <body><p>Members of the panel included: Eric Black, a reporter on the nation/world desk of the Minneapolis <em>Star Tribune</em>; Vicki Gowler, the managing editor of the <em>St. Paul Pioneer Press</em>; Scott Libin, news director for KSTP television; Tim McGuire, editor and senior vice president of the <em>Star Tribune</em>, and Jane Kirtley, Silha Professor and Director of the Silha Center. The event was moderated by Duchesne Drew, the president of the Minnesota Pro Chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists who is assistant Metro Team Leader at the<em> Star Tribune</em>. Much of the discussion centered on the need of the public to be given context and background on the issues that led to the attacks. What had recently been an international story has now become local. Gowler commented that more news outlets will now be sending their own correspondents overseas, relying less on the major international news providers, such as wire services and the <em>New York Times</em>. This development would mean a greater depth and breadth of international coverage than Americans now receive. There was a growing concern among the forum's panelists with regard to government censorship, however. McGuire said that things have gotten "trickier;" that there is no tolerance for dissent and open discussion. He cited Attorney General Ashcroft, who issued a directive saying that the government's response to Freedom of Information Act requests would be limited in the light of the current war. "Sunshine makes the truth grow...some people from the government are forgetting that," McGuire said. Kirtley agreed, citing the government's concern that the rhetoric in Bin Laden's interviews would serve as propaganda to the American public, while during World War II, Movie-Tone newsreels of Hitler's speeches were shown to American filmgoers in theaters nationwide with no ill effects. Kirtley also reminded the audience that the only branch of the government that has not yet taken a position on censorship is the judicial branch, which has traditionally been a strong supporter of the news media's First Amendment rights. In addition to the Silha Center, other co-sponsors of the event included: The Society of Professional Journalists Minnesota Pro Chapter, the Minnesota News Council, and the Minnesota Journalism Center at the University of Minnesota School of Journalism and Mass Communication. <strong>Judicial Conference Casts Vote on Accessibility of Electronic Files</strong> <strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong> O n September 19, 2001, the Judicial Conference of the United States adopted a report with recommendations regarding policies that govern the electronic availability of federal court case file information. Earlier this summer, the Silha Center had filed Comments on the Privacy and Public Access to Electronic Case Files before the Judicial Conference and advocated continued access to court documents converted to electronic form. The comments may be viewed at <strong><a href="http://www.silha.umn.edu/privacy.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.silha.umn.edu/privacy.pdf</a></strong>. The report was unanimously endorsed by the Committee. The Committee's recommendations as adopted include: </p>

<ul> <li> Documents in civil cases should be made available electronically to the same extent that they are available at the courthouse, but with one change in policy - that "personal data identifiers" should be modified or partially redacted by the litigants. "Personal data identifiers" include: Social Security numbers, dates of birth, financial account numbers and names of minor children.</li> <li>Public remote electronic access to documents in criminal cases should not be available at this time. This policy will be re-examined within two years of adoption by the Judicial Conference. </li> 

<p><li>Documents in bankruptcy case files should be made generally available electronically to the same extent that they are available at the courthouse, with a similar policy change for personal identifiers as in civil cases. The Bankruptcy Code should be amended to establish privacy and security concerns as a basis for sealing a document, and the Bankruptcy Code and Rules should be amended as necessary to allow the court to collect only the last four digits of a debtor's Social Security number.</li> <li>Access to appellate case files should be treated at the appellate level the same way they are treated at the lower level, which could vary depending on whether they were appealed from a U.S. district court or a federal agency. </li> </ul> Electronic access to court docket sheets through PACERNet and to court opinions through their respective web sites would not be affected by the proposed policy, and neither would the availability of court files at the courthouse.</p>

<p>The Judicial Conference adopted the above policies in a mail ballot of its 27 members.</p>

<p>The Chief Justice of the United States originally convened the 141st session of the Judicial Conference at 9:30 am on September 11, 2001. Preliminary business was being conducted when, at 10:15, Chief Justice Rehnquist announced that the Supreme Court building would be evacuated immediately. The Conference was expected to continue the following day and conclude its business at that time. However, as the day went on, it became obvious that this would not be the case. Later, the Chief Justice sent a memo to Conference members suggesting that time-sensitive issues be resolved by mail ballot, and the Conference would reconvene in March 2002. It was the first time in its history that a Judicial Conference had been cancelled. The Judicial Conference of the United States is the principal policy-making body for the federal court system. It consists of the Chief Justice, who serves as the presiding officer of the Conference, and the chief judges of the 13 courts of appeals, a district judge from each of the 12 geographic circuits, and the chief judge of the Court of International Trade. The Conference meets twice a year to consider administrative and policy issues affecting the court system and to make recommendations to Congress concerning legislation involving the Judicial Branch. <strong>Guidelines Issued For Coverage of Suicides</strong> <strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p> A panel of experts in behavioral sciences, suicide and media studies issued a set of guidelines for news outlets' coverage of suicides on August 9, 2001. The guidelines, crafted by the Pennsylvania-based Annenberg Public Policy Center, in association with representatives from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Institute of Mental Health, the Office of the Surgeon General, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, the American Association of Suicidology and the American Foundation for Suicide Prevention are aimed at reducing the "copy-cat" effect that some studies have observed and linked to suicide coverage in the media. According to these studies, sensational coverage of suicides might stimulate other suicides. The guidelines are designed to help news organizations better inform the public about suicide, and to find a balance between telling the truth and reducing future harm. The experts urge news organizations not to romanticize suicide as a heroic act and to avoid detailed accounts of suicide methods, as this might encourage identification with the victim and facilitate imitation. Particularly in the case of celebrity suicides, news organizations should apply special care not to glamorize the event, but instead focus on underlying problems such as mental health problems or substance abuse as important factors in many suicides. According to the recommendations, both media and public should be aware that suicide is usually not caused by a specific event or personal tragedy, but is the result of long-lasting underlying mental problems. The guidelines also contain some recommendations about "appropriate" terms and language to be used in suicide coverage (for example using "died by suicide" instead of "committed suicide," "non-fatal suicide attempt" instead of "unsuccessful attempt.") The panel of specialists also warns that giving excessive exposure to grieving family members and friends or giving young adults a forum to talk about unsuccessful, "non-fatal" attempts only makes suicide more appealing for some. A partnership of public and private organizations will distribute the guidelines to editors, reporters and producers throughout the country. The guidelines can be downloaded from the Annenberg Public Policy Center Web site at <strong><a href="http://www.appcpenn.org" target="_blank">http://www.appcpenn.org</a></strong>.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26216|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:26:03 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Ohio Man Jailed For Diary Contents</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>In early July, an Ohio man, 22-year-old Brian Dalton, was sentenced to serve ten years in prison for writing about his sexual fantasies in his diary. Already convicted in 1998 on charges of possessing photographs of child pornography, Dalton had served several months of jail time before being released on probation. His probation included homework assignments he was required to complete as part of his sex-offender treatment program. When the assignments were not completed as directed, he was arrested again for failing to comply. His parents, who had gone to clean his apartment in his absence, discovered the diary. They turned the diary over to authorities, hoping that their son's parole would be revoked for a year or two, enabling him to receive extensive sex-offender treatment in prison. The <em>Columbus Dispatch</em> reported that Michael and Sarah Dalton have said that their decision might not have been the wisest choice, but they felt that it was morally the best thing to do. The contents of the diary describe Dalton's fantasies involving three children - two of them his cousins - ages 10 and 11. Dalton's diary described placing them in a cage in his basement, and detailed how the children were abducted, subsequently raped and tortured. When Christian Somis, an assistant county prosecutor in Franklin Country, read portions of the diary aloud to a grand jury, he was asked to stop after only two pages due to the disturbing content of the diary. Reportedly, one of the female jurors was in tears.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/ohio_man_jailed_for_diary_cont.html</link>
         <guid>203544</guid>
        <body><p>No proof has been discovered, however, that anything Dalton wrote in his diary was related to actual events. His parents have questioned their nieces, Dalton's cousins, who were portrayed in the book, and neither of them reported that Dalton has ever molested them. Police investigations have turned up no additional evidence to support the claims that anything in Dalton's diary is factual.</p>

<p>Dalton initially pled guilty in order to obtain a dismissal on a second pandering charge and in hopes of receiving a lighter sentence. Reportedly, Dalton was also concerned that if the diary were entered into evidence at trial, its contents would become public and further embarrass him and his family. But alarmed that the charges against Dalton violated First Amendment rights, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) offered to challenge them on Dalton's behalf. However, a motion filed by Dalton's attorney, Isabella Dixon, to withdraw Dalton's guilty plea was denied by Franklin County Judge Nodine Miller. According to the Associated Press, the judge said that Dalton had not demonstrated that "manifest injustice" had taken place. Further, Dalton had failed at the time he pled guilty to question the constitutionality of the law, and competent attorneys had represented him. In a memorandum, prosecutors argued, "The record contains no indication that the defendant was confused about the nature of the plea, the rights being waived or the possible sentences.... If the defendant was primarily concerned about receiving treatment, then he failed to demonstrate that while on probation, because he repeatedly failed to properly seek, obtain, and participate in their sexual-offender treatment plan." The memorandum further stated that a defendant cannot withdraw a plea "merely because he changed his mind." Because Dalton has not been allowed to change his plea, the case seems to be concluded. However, those concerned with freedom of speech rights have raised their voices against the charges facing Dalton. There are calls to declare the Ohio law under which Dalton has been convicted unconstitutional. Passed in 1989, the law bans possession of obscene material that involves children. However, the law was challenged before the Supreme Court in 1990, and the high court upheld it. But in a story appearing in the July 25, 2001 <em>Washington Post</em>, Raymond Vasvari, legal director of the ACLU in Ohio, says that the Ohio law is a throwback to the "bad tendency" theory, which the Supreme Court abandoned 30 years ago. The "bad tendency" theory holds that the mere possession of pornography incites its possessor to commit illegal sexual acts. But that standard was supplanted in 1969 in the <em>Stanley v. Georgia</em> case. That case led to a legal test requiring that the obscene material present a clear and imminent danger to children. The <em>Washington Post </em>story quoted Vasvari as saying, "For 30 years the bad-tendency theory has been dead, and this [the Dalton case] is an attempt to resuscitate it. They want to punish people for what might happen and not what happened. They are criminalizing a man's thoughts just because he got caught putting those thoughts into his private diary."</p>

<p>According to civil libertarians, two key constitutional issues regarding obscenity law could come into question if Dalton is allowed to reverse his plea. First, there is the question of whether child pornography is limited to images. According to Ohio's pandering laws, child pornography includes "any obscene material that has a minor as one of its participants or portrayed observers." Generally, laws against child pornography are enacted primarily to protect children. Gary Daniels, spokesman for the National Coalition Against Censorship, also quoted in the July 25 <em>Washington Post</em> article, said that images of children engaged in sexual acts are seen as proof of actual abuse.</p>

<p>The second question asks whether child pornography is illegal if it is simply possessed and not disseminated. In earlier cases, the Supreme Court has consistently ruled that protecting children from pedophiles is more important than First Amendment rights. Bruce Taylor, president of the National Law Center for Children and Families, has handled more than 600 obscenity cases. Quoted in the July 25 <em>Washington Post</em> article, he said that some privately held written material incites pedophiles to molest and seduce children. "Child pornography doesn't stay in your sock drawer. It gets a life of its own and is acted out eventually. Kids get hurt by its mere existence." But in <em>Stanley v. Georgia</em> (394 U.S. 557; 89 S.Ct.1243;22 L.Ed. 2d 542; 1969 U.S. Lexis 1972 [1969]), Justice Thurgood Marshall wrote, "If the First Amendment means anything, it means the state has no business telling a man, sitting alone in his own home, what books he may read or what films he may watch. Our whole constitutional heritage rebels at the thought of giving government the power to control men's minds."</p>

<p>Although it may appear that the Dalton case is over, concern for the implications on freedom of speech and First Amendment rights continues. An Internet search on the case revealed only one article in support of the Ohio court's decision. All others, including George Will, various arms of the ACLU, writers of commentaries in newspapers ranging from the <em>New York Times</em> to the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, from the <em>Village Voice</em> to the <em>Washington Post</em>, have expressed their fears that this case will become a watershed event leading to restrictions on speech and thought, and to severe restrictions on personal privacy. Leonard Pitts, Jr., in his article, "Should a Man be Put in Jail for What He's Thinking?" on the Jewish World Review Web site, pointed out a disturbing paradox of the Dalton case: "The guy got probation after being convicted of possessing pornographic photos of real children. He's looking at almost nine years for writing private thoughts about fictitious ones." (Found at <strong><a href="www.jewishworldreview.com/0801/pitts1.asp" target="_blank">www.jewishworldreview.com/0801/pitts1.asp</a></strong> on 10/5/01)</p>

<p><strong>Secret Police Files Center of Privacy Debate in Former East Germany</strong> <strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong> Two important rights - the right to privacy and the public's right to know - are struggling to find a balance in the former German Democratic Republic. The current balancing efforts involve files the East German State Security kept on its country's citizens.</p>

<p>In July 2001, a Berlin court ruled that secret police files on former German chancellor Helmut Kohl will remain closed. Investigators had hoped the files would augment their investigation of a financial scandal involving Kohl's Christian Democrat (CDU) party and allegations of bribery. Kohl has admitted to accepting $900,000 in illegal donations, but when he agreed to pay a fine, the charges against him were dropped. He has not named the others who had been involved in the scandal. Investigators had hoped that the file, which supposedly contains transcripts of Kohl's telephone conversations, would reveal others involved in the scandal. Marianne Birthler is the head administrator of the East German State Security (Staatsicherheit) files, otherwise known as the Stasi files. The BBC reported that Birthler said that the Stasi Records Act states that files may be released so long as the person is not a victim of the secret police's activities. But Kohl's attorney, Stephan Holthoff-Pfoerner argued that Kohl did fit into this category. "Files about any victim, including historically significant figures, with personal information gathered by crude, illegal means cannot be read without their permission."</p>

<p>Deutsche Welle reported that the Stasi closely monitored the entire population of East Germany during the Cold War. The information collected included the speech or actions of anyone who did not follow the Communist party line. At the time of German reunification, the Gauck agency was established to expose former Stasi agents and informers, and to allow victims to see the files the Stasi had gathered about them. The agency's aim was also to give historians and journalists an opportunity to gain insights into the workings of the failed Communist system in East Germany.</p>

<p>The Stasi records act (available online at <strong><a href="http://www.bstu.de/englisch/01.htm" target="_blank">http://www.bstu.de/englisch/01.htm</a></strong>), enacted in 1991, regulates the custody, preparation, administration and use of the records. The act provides individuals the opportunity to access personal data so that they may clarify "what influence the state security service has had on his personal destiny...[and] protect...the individual from impairment of his right to privacy being caused by use of the personal data stored by the State Security Service...to ensure and promote the historical, political, and juridical reappraisal of the activities of the State Security Service." The Act further "provide[s] public and private bodies with access to the information required to achieve the purposes stated in this Act." The Act is applicable to "the records of the State Security Service which can be found in possession of public bodies of the Federation...of private individuals, or of other private bodies." The Act further provides for the "depersonalization and erasure of personal data" except in cases when that information may be used as evidence, if the information is "necessary for research related to the political and historical reappraisal." If depersonalization is not possible and if the information is not necessary for the provided research, the records shall be destroyed or, in the case of electronic data, erased. Deutsche Welle has reported that German Interior Minister Otto Schily has demanded that Birthler stop releasing files on all public figures. Birthler, however, does not wish to block access to documents despite the Kohl decision, and has said she will fight the Kohl ruling in appeals courts. Only a small portion of the Stasi files have been examined to date, and gaps remain in twentieth-century German history. Much research still needs to be done, and restrictions on access to the files would hamper that research. The right of privacy of well-known figures is at odds with the public's - both Germany's and the world's - right to know.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26216|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:23:31 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>War Against Terrorism Means New Challenges For News Media</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>Responding to the events of September 11, 2001, the White House and other governmental agencies have made requests and, in some instances, placed restrictions on the media and American citizens regarding speech and information. Examples of those restrictions and requests include:<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/war_against_terrorism_means_ne.html</link>
         <guid>203542</guid>
        <body><ul> <li> The White House asked news outlets to stop airing tapes produced

<p>by Osama bin Laden and his supporters, speculating that the Al-Qaeda</p>

<p>terrorist network might be using the footage to send coded messages</p>

<p>to other terrorists. ABC, CBS, CNN, NBC and Fox networks agreed that</p>

<p>they would not broadcast Al-Qaeda's transmissions without first screening</p>

<p>and possibly editing them. However, many American cable companies carry</p>

<p>overseas networks, such as the BBC and Deutsche Welle, which are not</p>

<p>bound by such restrictions. In addition, satellite television is available</p>

<p>nationwide, and provides access to foreign programming.</p>

<p>  </li> <li>Some government organizations and non-government organizations have</p>

<p>pulled "sensitive" information from their Web sites. Entities which</p>

<p>modified or deleted material from their sites include the Nuclear Regulatory</p>

<p>Commission (which contained coordinates of the nation's 103 commercial</p>

<p>nuclear reactors); the Environmental Protection Agency (which pulled</p>

<p>reports on chemical plants); the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</p>

<p>(which removed a report about security at chemical plants); the Federation</p>

<p>of American Scientists (which had posted diagrams and photos of U.S.</p>

<p>intelligence facilities); the U.S. Office of Pipeline Safety (which</p>

<p>provided mapping software and pipeline data; it is now restricted to</p>

<p>use by industry and government officials); Irish Republican Activist</p>

<p>Radio (which suspended operations out of fear that its assets would</p>

<p>be seized if it was accused of supporting terrorism). Twenty-one journalism</p>

<p>organizations, including the Society of Professional Journalists, the</p>

<p>Radio-Television News Directors Association and the Poynter Institute</p>

<p>have criticized the action to pull information from Web sites, many</p>

<p>of which were unannounced.</p>

<p> </li> <li> Knight Ridder agreed to delay publication of a story reporting that</p>

<p>special operations units had secretly entered Afghanistan, at the request</p>

<p>of the Pentagon. </p>

<p></p>

<p></li> <li>President Bush warned Congress that if its members leak sensitive</p>

<p>war information to the press, only a handful would be allowed access</p>

<p>to such information. Subsequently, he closed briefings to all but eight</p>

<p>members of Congress. The president later revised his position when Rep.</p>

<p>Tom Lantos (D-Calif.) reminded him that the State Department is required</p>

<p>by law to keep House and Senate committees on foreign relations "fully</p>

<p>and currently informed."</li> <li>The Pentagon has requested that defense contractors not release information</p>

<p>about the weapons they make.</li> <li>The State Department attempted to block the Voice of America from</p>

<p>broadcasting an interview with a Taliban official, saying that VOA should</p>

<p>not be "broadcasting the voice of the Taliban." The interview was finally</p>

<p>aired, with minor revisions. The Washington Post wrote in an editorial</p>

<p>on September 25 that the broadcast had occurred, "following an outcry</p>

<p>from VOA journalists and others, who pointed out that the credibility,</p>

<p>not propaganda, is the real strength of [its] broadcast service...." </p>

<p>  </li> <li>Bill Maher, host of television's "Politically Incorrect" talk show,</p>

<p>was publicly scolded by White House spokesman Ari Fleisher for his controversial</p>

<p>comments during a broadcast. Maher had said: "We have been the cowards,</p>

<p>lobbing Cruise missiles from 2,000 miles away. That's cowardly. Staying</p>

<p>in the airplane when it hits the building, say what you want about it,</p>

<p>it's not cowardly." Fleischer's comment following Maher's broadcast</p>

<p>was: "There are reminders to all Americans that they need to watch what</p>

<p>they say, watch what they do. This is not a time for remarks like that.</p>

<p>There never is." Maher later apologized for his remarks.</li> <li>FBI agents turned to the main Internet providers - Hotmail, AOL, Earthlink,</p>

<p>etc. - asking for information on possible e-mail exchanges between the</p>

<p>terrorists. The Freedom Forum's Web site reported that the Paris-based</p>

<p>Reporters sans Frontieres stated that the Internet providers "fully</p>

<p>collaborated with the American secret services."</li></p>

<p><li>Helicopters and other news aircraft were grounded nationwide. The</p>

<p>ban limited news organizations' ability to gather information about</p>

<p>their local communities at a time when the public was particularly concerned</p>

<p>about safety. Additionally, the ban was specific to news operations,</p>

<p>allowing other aircraft to fly without restriction, and did not distinguish</p>

<p>between sensitive and non-sensitive geographic areas. Thus far in American</p>

<p>law, restrictions of general applicability are not seen to be in violation</p>

<p>of the First Amendment. These restrictions, however, do single out the</p>

<p>press, and for that reason are problematic.</li> <li>The Bush administration has declined to release examples of evidence</p>

<p>proving that Osama bin Laden was behind the September 11 attacks on</p>

<p>the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. A White House spokesman said</p>

<p>that the evidence must be kept confidential as it will be going to a</p>

<p>grand jury, which operates in secret. In addition, the information was</p>

<p>derived from classified intelligence material. </li> <br />
</ul> </p>

<p>Attorney General John Ashcroft asked congressional leaders to enact laws that would give U.S. law enforcement agencies permission to conduct "roving wiretaps," tap phones on the basis of the person who is using them. Existing laws grant surveillance to a particular phone but require permission to be sought anew for each line that tapped. The Department of Defense has posted on its Web site (see <strong><a href="http://ww.defenselink.mil/news/Sep2001/t09302001_t0928asd.html" target="_blank">http://ww.defenselink.mil/news/Sep2001/t09302001_t0928asd.html</a></strong>) the transcript of a meeting held by the Assistant Secretary of Defense Public Affairs with presenter Victoria Clarke and Media Pool Bureau Chiefs. The transcript reflects both the media concerns for reporting the truth to the public and the vital importance of keeping American and allied troops and their families out of harm's way, as well as maintaining the secrecy of military operations in order to ensure their success. Topics included:</p>

<ul> <li> The possibility of "embedding media" - assigning a small number of

<p>reporters to different military divisions in order to follow operations.</p>

<p>Concerns over this include the enemy's ability to build a "mosaic" in</p>

<p>which reports from the media confirm troop presence in one place, then</p>

<p>another, until the enemy has a complete picture of U.S. forces' locations</p>

<p>within the territory.</li> <li>The reality that other countries broadcast information that is classified</p>

<p>under U.S. government guidelines, and that these broadcasts are readily</p>

<p>available by satellite dish and the Internet.</li></p>

<p><li>Whether the government would lie in order to keep some military operations</p>

<p>secret. · Government performing "security reviews" on stories before</p>

<p>they may be disseminated, affecting not only content, but also the timeliness</p>

<p>with which they are released.</li> <li>The track record of the military, which has been to err on the side</p>

<p>of extreme secrecy.</li> <li>The new concern that in interviewing an individual soldier and including</p>

<p>that person's last name and home town, that terrorist attacks might</p>

<p>be perpetrated on that person's family members. (This was rescinded</p>

<p>on October 17 after Susanne Schafer, who covers the Pentagon for the</p>

<p>Associated Press, questioned the decision, saying "When [the media are]</p>

<p>out there with the military in the field, they want you there. You are</p>

<p>a boost to their morale.")</p>

<p>  </li> <li> The use of media pools as a means to centralize the transmission</p>

<p>of text, photos and videos exerts a tremendous amount of control on</p>

<p>the information that is released.</li> <li> The need for journalists to keep confidential - even to the point</p>

<p>of not telling family members - about their own movements while on assignment. </li> </ul></p>

<p><strong></p></body>
         <category>
            26216|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:21:03 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Journalists&apos; Records Subpoenaed In Separate Cases </title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p>Two recent cases have raised concern in the journalistic community about the Justice Department's policy on issuing subpoenas against journalists. Since July 20, Vanessa Leggett has been in the Federal Detention Center in Houston, Texas, for failure to turn over subpoenaed interview notes and tapes that could identify some of her confidential sources to a federal grand jury investigating a four-year-old Houston murder. No other American journalist has been jailed as long for refusing to identify a confidential source. And in May, the Justice Department subpoenaed the telephone records of an investigative journalist, John Solomon, seeking to learn the source of leaked material from a political corruption investigation. Vanessa Leggett, a 33-year-old aspiring writer, assistant professor and former private investigator in Houston, Texas, claims to have been working on a book about the 1997 murder of Doris Angleton. Robert Angleton, Doris' husband, was accused and acquitted on state charges of hiring his brother to shoot his wife. Leggett had conducted extensive research on the case; she had over 200 hours of taped interviews with Roger Angleton, Robert's brother and the alleged murderer, who committed suicide while awaiting trial. She had also interviewed a number of other witnesses regarding the case. When a Houston grand jury tried to make its case against the brothers, Leggett shared her materials with prosecutors, including the taped conversations. She was subpoenaed but never called to testify for the grand jury.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/journalists_records_subpoenaed.html</link>
         <guid>203541</guid>
        <body><p>After the state court acquittal, federal investigators started working on the case and demanded that Leggett turn over all her notes and tapes from the past four years, including originals, and to testify before a grand jury about her sources. Leggett, unwilling to violate the confidentiality agreements she had made with her sources as well as face the potential of losing four years of research, refused. On July 6, Leggett failed to quash the subpoena against her and on July 20, she was jailed on contempt charges. The Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, the Society of Professional Journalists, the American Society of Newspaper Editors and the Radio-Television News Directors Association filed an <em>amicus</em> brief supporting the reversal of the contempt order. A motion by 20 other media organizations to join the brief after it was filed was denied by the court. On August 17, 2001, the U.S. Court of Appeals in Houston (5th Cir.) upheld the contempt citation. In its unpublished opinion, the court argued that reporters have no privilege against grand jury subpoenas. This ruling mooted the prosecutors' claim that the reporter's privilege did not apply to Leggett, who did not yet have a publisher for her book. Although Leggett's status as a journalist might not have been relevant to the Court of Appeals, the Justice Department has guidelines stating that the approval of the Attorney General is required in order to subpoena a reporter. According to the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, a spokesperson for the Attorney General disclosed that Leggett is not considered a journalist by the Justice Department, implying that no special approval from John Ashcroft is needed to subpoena her. However, in the United States, unlike in many other countries, there is no government licensing of journalists. A journalist is anyone who is engaged in journalistic activities, irrespective of the fact that he or she is a member of a large media organization or is a published author. There appears to be no question that Leggett's research was "newsgathering." Despite the fact that she had previously worked as a private investigator, together with her limited track record as a published writer, she claims to have been engaged in investigative reporting: she was gathering news and had the intention to disseminate the news to the public in the form of a book. These are the requirements that constitute the test the Fifth Circuit said it would follow to determine if a person is a journalist entitled to invoke a privilege. Some commentators have been skeptical of the media's support for someone who simply asserts that she is a journalist. Others have argued that independent journalists like Leggett need support since they are not backed by powerful media organizations, and are thereby more vulnerable to this type of subpoena. The Freedom Forum argued that it is no coincidence that the federal officials subpoenaed Leggett instead of CBS's 48 Hours, which was also investigating the case. It is doubtful that CBS would have been served with a "catch all" subpoena demanding all its materials.</p>

<p>At the time the <em>Bulletin </em>went to press, Leggett was still in jail for refusing to turn over materials that would reveal her confidential sources. According to the <em>Los Angeles Times</em> and the <em>New York Times</em>, Leggett potentially faces as much as 18 months of jail time. Leggett's attorney has asked for a rehearing before the entire Fifth Circuit.</p>

<p>On the heels of the Leggett case, it was revealed that the Justice Department had subpoenaed the telephone records of AP investigative reporter John Solomon the previous May. Solomon was researching a story on alleged corruption involving Sen. Robert Torricelli (D-NJ), and had reported details about a wiretap operation leaked to him by investigators. On May 14, the Justice Department, eager to find the leak, had subpoenaed all records of Solomon's incoming and outgoing calls between May 2 and May 7 from his telephone company. Not until August was Solomon informed of the subpoena. Department of Justice guidelines state that subpoenas seeking journalists' phone records should only be issued when the information sought is essential to the investigation and after the journalist has been given a chance to contest the subpoena, except in rare cases. Those guidelines do not seem to have been followed here. The subpoena has also raised some eyebrows in Washington. On September 4, Senator Grassley (R-Iowa) wrote a letter to the Attorney General, demanding an explanation for the Solomon subpoena, calling it "a matter of great concern." In his letter, Grassley requested a detailed account of the decision-making process that had led to the issuing of the subpoena.</p>

<p>Despite the fact that the Department has stated that it has not changed its guidelines, this case and the Leggett case are alarming for media organizations and raise questions about the First Amendment commitment of the new administration at the Department of Justice. <strong><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26216|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:20:01 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>News Council Rules on Complaints Brought by Government Bodies</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p>During the summer of 2001, the Minnesota News Council (MNC) heard two complaints brought by government bodies against local newspapers. The Ely City Council submitted a complaint against the Ely Echo regarding an April 30 story on a closed meeting held by the council. The Winona County Board of Commissioners filed a complaint against the <em>Winona Post</em>, claiming that one of its editorials unfairly accused the board of conducting an illegal meeting and that the newspaper's response to the board's complaint was inadequate. In the <em>Ely Post</em> case, MNC members unanimously voted in favor of the paper; in the <em>Winona Post</em> case, the MNC narrowly sided with the Winona County Board of Commissioners.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/news_council_rules_on_complain.html</link>
         <guid>203539</guid>
        <body><p>On January 9, 2001 the Winona Committee of the Board convened after a regular Winona County Board meeting. According to the complaint, the <em>Winona Post</em> was sent a notice that these meetings would be held. During the committee meeting, exploration of the purchase of a former school building for extra office space was authorized. The story ran in another newspaper, The<em> Winona Daily News</em>, in an article that did not make entirely clear whether the decision to buy the school was finally authorized or not at the Committee's meeting. The <em>Winona Post's</em> editor John Edstrom interpreted it to mean that the acquisition had been approved. When the board chair explained that this was not the case, that the acquisition was not finalized, the editor concluded that if any such decision (to buy the school) had been made, it would have been at an illegal, closed meeting. In his editorial which ran on January 14, Edstrom wrote : "The Chairman of the County Board, Dave Stoltman, denies that any such decision was made [to buy the school]. And well he should, since it would probably have been illegal to do so at a meeting that almost certainly took place in violation of Minnesota's open meeting laws." After the editorial, the board wrote the <em>Winona Post</em> seeking a public correction to clear the board's members of the accusation that they had held an illegal meeting. In his editorial of January 21, Edstrom wrote that he never made a direct assertion that an illegal meeting had taken place.</p>

<p>On June 21, 2001, the MNC voted 10-9 that the <em>Winona Post's</em> editorials unfairly accused the County Board of conducting an illegal meeting. Council member Don Shelby argued that the tense of the word "took" instead of "would have taken" in the editorial suggested that such a meeting actually did take place, and was not, as Edstrom argued, "a hypothetical situation." In its press release, the MNC stated it subscribes to the standard of the National Council of Editorial Writers, which says that if an editorial includes facts, those facts must be accurate. The MNC also decided 12-7 that the newspaper's response to initial requests for retractions had been inadequate. The <em>Winona Post</em> did not take part in the hearing, because it said that the situation had nothing to do with ethics or facts, but was personal and political in nature. In a letter dated May 31 and sent to MNC Executive Director Gary Gilson, Edstrom stated that he had never directly accused the board members of holding a closed or illegal meeting: "The decision [to buy the school] was never made in the first place...but if it were, it would have had to have been made at a meeting unknown to the Chairman [since he denied such a decision being made], the public, and me, almost certainly illegal, had it taken place, which I never asserted." Edstrom also argued, "Having no status in law, the News Council can derive authority to sit in judgement only from the consent and voluntary participation of the parties involved, which it certainly does not have from me or my paper." In the same letter he also stated that the News Council is too willing to take claims and expressed concern that "government types hoping to avoid scrutiny in the press are catching on to that." There is indeed a concern that government agencies and politicians, who bear a very heavy burden of proof when taking a press outlet to court, would exploit the MNC to harass the media. Of course, media outlets can always decline to participate, but the hearings will go on without them. When asked for a reaction, Gilson dismissed those concerns. "Our records show that in the past four years, covering about 25 cases, only four or five came from government bodies." He also referred to a later case, Ely City Council v. <em>Ely Echo</em>, to make the point that the MNC cannot be exploited by government agencies to harass the media.</p>

<p>In that case, the Ely City Council complained that the <em>Ely Echo</em> had acted unethically by publishing a truthful account of a closed door meeting of the Ely City Council with its attorney involving a strategy for reducing a possible fine from the Environmental Protection Agency. The council complained that the language used in the article implied that the meeting was illegal and inaccurately suggested that the city was not threatened with a lawsuit, which was the justification for holding the meeting behind closed doors because of attorney/client privilege. The MNC, in a hearing on August 16, unanimously sided with the newspaper on the first count, and also ruled in favor of the newspaper on the other two counts (13-1 and 11-3 respectively), in what Gilson calls "a ringing endorsement of the independence of the press." Rather than considering a MNC complaint from a government agency as some kind of "press harassment," Gilson asks, why not consider such an experience "as a great opportunity for the press to educate the public -- and the complainant -- about the role of a free press in a democracy?" Gilson hopes that newspapers would continue to take this opportunity to inform the public about their decision-making processes and to "explain their value to the community by participating in News Council proceedings." <strong>J. Edward Gerald Remembered</strong> <strong><em>University of Minnesota's School of Journalism and Mass Communication Professor Emeritus J. Edward Gerald passed away on July 18, 2001. The following appreciation by Professor Emeritus and former Silha Professor and Silha Center Director Donald M. Gillmor originally appeared in the Spring 2000 issue of Media Ethics. It is reprinted with permission.</em></strong></p>

<p>There are no scholarships in his name. Nor does a lecture series honor him. His name is unconnected to any never-to-be-forgotten conference. No anthology of his writings has appeared. For all intents and purposes he is forgotten.</p>

<p>How soon we forget. J. Edward Gerald is alive at 94, devoted to an ailing spouse, living what he personified, and as intellectually lucid as ever. A seminal thinker, Gerald was the first journalism educator to securely connect general media law and its torts to the broader constitutional protections of speech and press. His dissertation for a Ph.D. in political science at the University of Minnesota was published (by the University of Minnesota Press, like most of his works) in 1948 as <em>The Press and the Constitution 1931-1947</em>, a search for an ethical/legal system seeking freedom, justice and fairness in the period between the Minnesota Gag Law and revision of the Wagner Act. Social justice, both personal and public, has always been a fulcrum of Gerald's concerns. He wrote from a thoughtful and deeply considered liberal position, observing acutely that government may intervene in private affairs "on the theory that freedom is not a passive force but must be socially directed to carry out the principles of the First and Fourteenth amendments."</p>

<p>No apologist for those who owned and controlled the media, Gerald often wondered whether newspaper publishers broadly understood "the real nature of their rights." He demonstrated how, in spite of publisher objections, the courts required newspapers to be subject to nondiscriminatory laws of general application in such areas as labor relations, taxation and antitrust. Perhaps Gerald's most memorable example of stretching the free press clause to protect unpopular speech in that early book was his final chapter on the struggles of Jehovah's Witnesses against the devious ways of censorship. That struggle culminated in the 1938 U.S. Supreme Court ruling in <em>Lovell v. Griffin</em> that distribution of words on paper was complementary to free press and a basic right of citizenship. Later cases would fine tune this right.</p>

<p>Carrying forward his examination of the limits and consequences of government intervention in matters of the press was <em>The British Press Under Government Economic Controls</em> (1956), written with the help of a Guggenheim grant in London in 1953-1954.</p>

<p>Although viscerally opposed to the extension of newsprint control on the British press in wartime, and then long beyond the cessation of hostilities, coupled with the government's reluctance to explain to the populace why such economic controls were necessary, Gerald nevertheless faults publishers for going along with the system for reasons of profit rather than principle. Controls on newsprint meant less competition for those already on top. When controls were lifted the situation worsened; weaker publications disappeared in droves. Gerald wrote prophetically: "Since it is increasingly clear that economic competition can no longer be relied upon as the principle means of enforcing diversity of ideas and information which enter the 'marketplace of thought,' it is perhaps a time for American newspapers to consider economic <em>consultation</em> on a national and regional level." (emphasis added) Revolutionary for its time? Perhaps. Gerald was intimating a paradox of press freedom. While the First Amendment said "hands off" in its baldest interpretation, publishers couldn't play the game alone; public intervention could be therapeutic if not curative. Gerald had in mind the British Press Council, first recommended by an unfriendly British Labour government through a Royal Commission. Here was a means, perhaps, for developing a pantheon of ethical precepts and standards of social responsibility. "A press without values," he wrote, "even though it has political and economic freedom, might not deserve a preferential place in society."</p>

<p>His <em>The Social Responsibility of the Press</em> (1963) was a logical next step. "Restraint of trade in political ideas," he observed, "no matter how high-minded and patriotic the monopolist, means - in the parlance of the market - bankruptcy for democracy." - an anticipation of Robert Entman's <em>Democracy Without Citizens: Media and the Decay of American Politics</em> (1989) and Robert McChesney's <em>Rich Media, Poor Democracy</em> (1999). Gerald in 1963 essentially called for the professionalization of entire media organizations, making no distinction between news and business values. Professionalization would mean the application of ethical judgments to one's work, whatever its kind, in order to achieve rationality, civility, compassion, intellectual depth and breadth of understanding. Overseeing this ideal would be a national news council. Gerald appeared to be far ahead of the curve in taking up recommendations of the 1947 Hutchins Commission report.</p>

<p>"Professional spirit," he wrote, "is a powerful defense against the acceptance of imbalanced government, against technological captivity, against coercion and disruption of political communication, because it tracks and trains persons able to cope with tasks of such magnitude. Pride in political liberty internalized in the consciences of journalists and pre-eminent among the common values of the community, can release journalism from the thralldom of non-involvement and fear to work for the repair and maintenance of the self-governing community." In 1983, long after he had become professor emeritus, Gerald returned to the interface of law and journalism with his <em>News of Crime: Courts and Press in Conflict</em>. In it he spoke to reporters directly: "The worst fate for a journalist is to be a pawn in the game of power: to be given a half truth as fact and to be denied the other half, to watch corrupt officials pose as servants of the state and, in the vacuum of the fact, to be rewarded for their treachery; to see the system of justice work for the rich and crooked and against the common citizen, as if it had been designed that way. In moments of frustration, the process of fair trial seems to the journalist to shield crooks and shame the state. At such times the reporter may take a secret grand jury report - journalistic contraband in the eyes of the court - and turn it into news, into facts he thinks people ought to know. This action puts the heat not only on fair trial, but on hypocrites." Throughout his academic life and beyond, Gerald pled for accountability, public responsibility and professional standards that would keep the media "worthy of a place in the Constitution." The failure of journalists to have coherent organization for these purposes, he believed, was knowing and deliberate: "They do not wish to take on the burden of professional self-government, even though it is clear that society grants absolute freedom to no individual and no institution. The way to maximize freedom, as journalists well know, is to organize for its development and protection...Without accepting this obligation, no profession can have the tool of testing in its own hands." Gerald taught in the University of Minnesota's School of Journalism for 28 years, before that at the University of Missouri. His first doctoral student was Harold Nelson, a legal historian who headed the University of Wisconsin's journalism program for more than 20 years. Upon completion of his master's degrees at the University of Missouri in 1928, Gerald served as a United Press correspondent in Denver, editor of the Canyon, Texas <em>News</em>, and as a copyeditor for the St. Louis <em>Star Times</em>. Before coming to Minnesota he was manager of the Missouri Press Association. In 1952 Gerald was president of the Association for Education in Journalism, now the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication. He was present at the founding of the extant Minnesota News Council and served as its secretary from 1970 to 1974.</p>

<p>Such a pioneer in ethical thinking about the media should not be forgotten. Areas of media studies such as constitutionalism, economics, and social responsibility build on the foundations laid by such thinkers as J. Edward Gerald, colonists of the mind. <strong><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26216|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:18:57 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Fighting Back Against Information Shutdown, At Home and Abroad</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Jane E. Kirtley</em></strong> <strong><em>This essay originally appeared on the Web site of the Poynter Institute, www.poynter.org, and is reproduced with permission.</em></strong></p>

<p>It's going to be a secret war on terrorism. The president has said so. Much of what the government will do, in the Middle East, in Central Asia, and even here at home, in the name of the American people, will be kept from us. Up to a point, even the most ardent Freedom of Information advocate can accept that some secrecy is essential. A covert operation can't be conducted in public. No journalist would want to be told that a news story revealing operational details led to the death of American troops. And if experience is any guide, the public will tolerate, even embrace, the military's insistence on secrecy, at least in the short term.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/fighting_back_against_informat.html</link>
         <guid>203538</guid>
        <body><p>What's more, it won't be easy to persuade the public that the government is being secretive at all. After all, not a day goes by without news conferences, photo ops, and statements from various officials. But just because the government is saying it doesn't mean we should be reporting it without questioning it. Journalists must always be on alert to the possibility that they are being used as a public relations tool, or even as a conduit for disinformation. Never is that more important in times of crisis, or war.</p>

<p>What about coverage of military operations overseas? Assuming the press is "allowed" to join troops abroad, it may find itself hobbled by one of the unfortunate legacies of the Persian Gulf War: the Statement of Principles brokered by media representatives and the Pentagon in 1992. (Of course, this also assumes that the Pentagon intends to follow these principles.) The Statement of Principles was intended to rectify some of the more egregious restrictions imposed on the media during the Gulf conflict. It proclaims that "open and independent reporting" will be the "principal means" of combat coverage. The controversial press pools supposedly will be deployed only when they are the sole feasible means of access. All very well, as far as it goes. But who will those "open and independent reporters" be? They will first have to receive credentials from the military. They also will be required to abide by an as-yet-unspecified set of security ground rules, or face expulsion from the battlefield. In light of new technology that permits instantaneous transmission of news reports, will the military be prepared to take the risk that previously untried reporters, unaffiliated with traditional news organizations, will respect operational security? And even for those who obtain credentials, the Principles already anticipate that there will be times when "electromagnetic operational security" will justify restrictions on communications systems used by the media to dispatch their stories.</p>

<p>These types of constraints have the practical effect of accomplishing what the Pentagon failed to secure when the Principles were drafted: a concession from the media representatives to submit to prior "security review" of their news material. If the military control who is allowed to cover the war, and retain the authority to shut down the means of filing the stories those reporters write, then they also control the story. But I don't think we are powerless here. It is true that the courts have not been sympathetic to the various legal challenges brought against restrictions imposed during the Grenada invasion and the Persian Gulf War. But unlike those conflicts, President Bush has warned the American public that the "campaign against terrorism" will not be a quick fix. Accordingly, the military need the media as much as the media need the military. They need us to transmit information because the public will not support a sustained conflict for long if it isn't allowed to know what is going on from an independent source. We should be able to bargain, and bargain hard, for the coverage the public deserves and will eventually demand. Failing that, we must at least be certain that our readers and viewers know that the "news" they are receiving was not gathered under our usual ground rules. Although this may seem self-evident to us in the industry, it is by no means obvious to the public. Many consumers of news had no idea how shackled the media were during the Gulf War. This time, we must make clear, repeatedly, exactly what obstacles are impeding us from providing our readers and viewers with the independent coverage they expect, and usually take for granted.</p>

<p>Back home, keep an eye on the legislation that is working its way through Congress. It is easy to be distracted from monitoring the deluge of complex bills that have emerged from September 11. But despite repeated statements from the president, Attorney General Ashcroft, and their allies that constitutional rights will be respected, many of these proposals would bestow unprecedented powers of surveillance long sought by the law enforcement and intelligence communities. Meanwhile, the public's right of access to national security information will be sharply curtailed. Initiatives such as these have been rejected in the past, but will be eagerly embraced by some as a quick fix to allay fears of terrorist threats. The news media must challenge those seeking such measures to justify not only their necessity, but their efficacy in preventing future harm to national security. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            26216|25658
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:17:43 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Spring Silha Forum Will Feature MSNBC.com Ombudsman</title>
         <description><p>The Spring Silha Forum, scheduled for April 10, 2002, will feature MSNBC.com ombudsman Dan Fisher. In his presentation entitled, "Ombudsmanship in the Digital Age: Life as the Peanut Butter in a Cyber Sandwich," Fisher will discuss his work as a combination readers' representative and internal critic of journalism for MSNBC.com, a news web site that is a joint venture of NBC and Microsoft, combining MSNBC TV and MSNBC on the Internet. The web site integrates television with interactive news and offers its users the opportunity to join in the kind of conversations normally found on talk radio. In addition to his work as ombudsman and critic for the web site, Fisher writes a twice-monthly column and responds directly to users' concerns by e-mail.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/spring_silha_forum_will_featur.html</link>
         <guid>203535</guid>
        <body><p>Before joining MSNBC.com, Fisher worked for five years as a web site editor for Microsoft. The last four years of his employment with Microsoft were spent as editor in chief of what is now known as the MSN Money Web site, previously known as MS Investor and MS MoneyCentral.</p>

<p>Fisher's 27-year career prior to his affiliation with Microsoft included stints as a reporter and editor with the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>. After receiving his degree in journalism from Marquette University in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Fisher began his career in 1969 as an automotive writer. He went on to hold various positions including assistant business editor, editor of the World Report section, and editor of TimesLink, the first online venture of the <em>LA Times</em> in partnership with Prodigy. For nearly half of his time with the newspaper, he served as a foreign correspondent, acting as bureau chief in cities including Moscow, Warsaw, Jerusalem and London. Fisher covered many of the most significant events of the twentieth century, including the rise of the Polish Solidarity movement, the beginning of the Palestinian "intifada" against Israel, the evolution of glasnost and perestroika in the former Soviet Union, and the subsequent collapse of the Eastern bloc.</p>

<p>The Silha Forum begins at 2:30 pm in room 130 of Murphy Hall. The Forum is free and open to the public, and will be followed by a reception. </p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:59:41 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Forum Focuses on Computers, the Constitution, Criminal Investigations</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p> The Silha Center's Fall 2001 Forum, entitled "The Constitution, Criminal Investigations and Digital Media," was timely following the events of September 11, 2001 and the passage of the USA PATRIOT Act. Forum speakers Stephen Cribari and Dick Reeve addressed privacy and the ways government can glean information about individuals and their activities from their computers.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_forum_focuses_on_compute.html</link>
         <guid>203533</guid>
        <body><p>As a defense attorney, a lecturer for the Georgetown University Institute on Foundations of American Law, a visiting professor at the University of Denver College of Law and a consultant for the FBI, Cribari is well acquainted with his topic. Focusing on privacy issues, he began his presentation with an overview of the Fourth Amendment and its provisions protecting citizens from unreasonable searches and seizures. Technology is pushing the limits of privacy in ways that the original framers of the Bill of Rights never could have imagined. In the <em>Kyllo</em> case (<em>United States v. Kyllo</em>, (258 F.3d 1004 (2001)), investigators used thermal imaging to measure the heat emanating from the walls of a house and to determine whether growth lamps were being used to cultivate marijuana within the house. This kind of technology did not exist at the time the Fourth Amendment was drafted. Cribari quoted Justice Scalia who said in Kyllo that it is necessary to put oneself in the minds and time of the original framers of the Constitution when determining the need for a search warrant. If a search warrant is required in that light, it should be required now despite the modern advances in investigations.</p>

<p>Cribari warned the audience that current technology allows investigators to obtain information from files, cookies and e-mails that are contained on computer drives, and that therefore it is unlikely individuals have a "reasonable expectation of privacy," from anyone from hackers to law enforcement when it comes to surfing the Internet and communicating online.</p>

<p>Reeve is a prosecuting attorney, General Counsel for the Denver District Attorney's Office and an adjunct professor at the University of Denver's College of Law. As an internationally recognized specialist in computer forensic examination, Reeve focused on the uses of technology by law enforcement when searching for evidence. According to Reeve, items such as telephones, pagers, scanners, fax machines, answering machines, printers, digital cameras and laptops can be subject to forensic examinations.</p>

<p> Outlining the procedures used in a typical examination, Reeve said that law enforcement officials ordinarily begin by making an image of the hard drive in question, which will be accepted in court as being a duplicate of the original. The image is then restored to a clean hard drive and examined. Deleted material often remains on the hard drive. At other times, the subject of an investigation may have hidden information inside other files that may not initially seem pertinent to the investigation, forcing investigators to painstakingly comb through all the files on the hard drive. The biggest problem investigators face in the process, according to Reeve, is the extensive man-hours required to complete a thorough investigation.</p>

<p>Reeve said that the passage of the USA PATRIOT Act directly affects computer forensic examinations. Law enforcement officials are able to examine the contents of terrorists' computers, and have the benefit of simplified procedures for observing Internet service provider records. By examining terrorists' e-mail, investigators hope to find information about the planning of the September 11 attacks. In addition, by tracing the paths taken by e-mails, it is possible to determine the origin of the e-mails and thus the location of terrorists who sent them. However, a savvy computer user can change e-mail settings and throw investigators off-track.</p>

<p>The Forum was attended by School of Journalism and Mass Communications students and faculty, as well as faculty from the Carlson School of Management and the Law School.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:58:23 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Tape Confiscated from Maplewood Journalists</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p> On October 26, 2001, the federal District Court in Minnesota rejected two Minnesota journalists' lawsuits against the City of Maplewood and four police officers for ejecting them from a community banquet and confiscating their tape of the event on December 28, 1999.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/tape_confiscated_from_maplewoo.html</link>
         <guid>203532</guid>
        <body><p>The journalists, Kevin Berglund and Robert Zick, came to the banquet at the Maplewood Community Center, held in honor of three departing members of the City Council, to shoot footage for their public access cable television show "Inside/Insight News Hour." They allege that they were initially given permission to film without paying the $15 entrance fee. When they were asked later by officers to pay the fee or leave, they refused to pay. A verbal and physical confrontation ensued between Berglund and four police officers, resulting in Berglund being arrested and charged with misdemeanor offenses of trespass, assault and disorderly conduct. Berglund was later acquitted at his criminal trial on May 25, 2000.</p>

<p> Berglund operated a video recorder throughout the incident, which he passed on to Zick when he was arrested. After Berglund was taken away, Zick was ordered by the officers to hand over the tape, which he refused to do. Officers restrained Zick and confiscated the tape without a warrant. They claimed that they needed the tape because it contained evidence of the crime, which they thought might be tampered with by Zick if they did not confiscate it. Two days after the incident, Berglund was given a copy of the tape, which he aired on his program on January 5, 2000.</p>

<p> On January 18, 2000 Berglund and Zick filed a suit against the officers and the City of Maplewood in federal District Court alleging violations of the federal Privacy Protection Act (42 U.S.C. § 2000aa), the Civil Rights Act (42 U.S.C. § 1983) and Minnesota's Open Meeting Law (§ 471.705) and Free Flow of Information Act (§ 595.021-595.025). The defendants moved for and were granted summary judgment by District Judge David S. Doty.</p>

<p>The court ruled that the seizure of the video tape without a warrant, despite the protection afforded to First Amendment materials, was not unconstitutional because the officers could reasonably assume that the tape contained evidence of a crime and that there was a risk that this evidence might be destroyed by a third person (Zick). The plaintiffs' claim that they had a privacy interest in the contents of the tape was also rejected because the events recorded occurred in a public place and the officers had already observed the events recorded on tape. Therefore, the officers' viewing and copying the tape without a warrant was not deemed to be a violation of Zick's constitutional rights. The claim that the defendants had violated the journalists' First Amendment rights to gather and disseminate information by seizing the tape and ejecting them from the premises was rejected on the grounds that the journalists had refused to pay the entrance fee and had no right to the information gathered at the event.</p>

<p>The plaintiffs also failed to convince the court that their First Amendment rights were violated when the officers refused to return the videotape immediately, because a copy of the video was returned within two days. Claims of malicious prosecution and excessive force by the officers were rejected as well.</p>

<p>The court also ruled that the banquet did not violate Minnesota's Open Meeting Law, since there was no evidence that members of the Maplewood City Council discussed issues relating to official business of the council. Finally, the court decided that Minnesota's Free Flow of Information Act, or Shield law, did not apply in this case, because this act's purpose is to ensure the confidential relationship between the news media and their sources, and that in this case the material did not reveal confidential sources.</p>

<p>Zick and Berglund have appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. In their brief for Robert Zick, John Borger and Paul Civello, attorneys with Faegre & Benson LLP, argued that the District Court made a clear error in ruling that the shield law did not apply, since the law was amended in 1998 to cover data that would not reveal a source. They also argue that no exigent circumstances justified the warrantless search and seizure of the tape. Zick had made no attempt and had no motive to destroy the tape, they contended, so there was no reason to think he would destroy it. They also point out that this ruling opens the door for potential cover-ups of any wrongdoing by the police, enabling police to confiscate all objective recordings of their conduct. As the <em>Bulletin</em> went to press, no date for the arguments had been set.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:57:18 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Minnesota Shield Law Facing Test</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p> Wally Wakefield, a Minnesota reporter, has been ordered by Ramsey County District Court Judge Dale B. Lindman to pay a $200 per day fine for refusing to identify confidential sources he used in a story he wrote five years ago. Wakefield's article concerned the firing of Tartan High School's football coach, Richard Weinberger, after Weinberger was accused of misconduct, including maltreatment of the team's players. Wakefield's article in the Maplewood Review contained several statements from unnamed school officials who claimed that Weinberger had intimidated the players.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/minnesota_shield_law_facing_te.html</link>
         <guid>203531</guid>
        <body><p> Although Weinberger sued the school district and four school officials for defamation, he did not sue Wakefield. Instead, in August 2000, Wakefield was subpoenaed to compel him to reveal the identities of his confidential sources. After the trial court ordered him to turn over his sources, the Maplewood Review appealed to the Minnesota Court of Appeals, where the lower court's decision was reversed and remanded. In August 2001, Lindman again ordered Wakefield to reveal his sources. When Wakefield still refused, Weinberger's attorney asked Lindman to hold Wakefield in contempt. At a hearing on November 2, 2001, Lindman again asked Wakefield to reveal his sources. Wakefield, who is 71 years old and semi-retired, responded that although he had great respect for the court, he had to honor his promises to his sources. Mark Anfinson, legal counsel for Wakefield, said that a final decision in the case may not come for another six months.</p>

<p>Minnesota's reporter's shield law (the Minnesota Free Flow of Information Act, Minn. Stat. § 595.021 - § 595.025) generally protects reporters from revealing confidential sources. However, the law includes an exception for defamation cases in certain circumstances. Those include when it can be shown that the information is relevant to the defamation case, when it cannot be obtained through other means, but only when a journalist or a news organization is a defendant in the case.</p>

<p>The Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, together with the Society of Professional Journalists, the Minnesota Chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists and the Minnesota Newspaper Guild Typographical Union filed an amicus brief in the Court of Appeals in support of Wakefield. The amicus brief points out that the defamation exception to the Minnesota shield law was intended to apply only in those cases when the media representative subpoenaed is a party to the suit. However, when the media are not parties to the suit, the societal interest in holding the media accountable cannot outweigh the unreasonable burden subpoenas would place on reporters. Calling a broad interpretation of the exception to the Minnesota shield law "chilling," the amicus brief urged a narrower reading of the Act to preserve the relationship between a journalist and his sources.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:56:16 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>French Court&apos;s Order Against Yahoo! Not Enforceable in United States</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p> A French court's order seeking to force Yahoo! to either prevent its French users from viewing Nazi memorabilia or pay a fine of $13,000 a day is not enforceable in theUnited States, a federal judge in San Jose, CA ruled on November 7, 2001 (<em>Yahoo! Inc. v. La Ligue Contre Le Racisme et L'Antisemetisme</em>, 169 F. Supp. 2d 1181 (N.D. Cal. 2001). During 2000, the California-based company became entangled in a legal dispute with two French anti-racism groups over Nazi merchandise being auctioned by Yahoo! users. Despite the fact that the Yahoo! auction sites are hosted by servers located in the United States, a French judge ordered Yahoo! to block access to French users to the site or pay a hefty fine (<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/french_courts_order_against_ya.html</link>
         <guid>203530</guid>
        <body><p><a href="spring2001.htm"><strong>see Spring 2001 Bulletin</strong></a>). After the ruling, Yahoo! complied with most of the court's order. It posted warnings directed at French users, prohibited postings on Yahoo.fr that violate French law and revised its auction policy to prohibit individuals from auctioning any item that "promotes, glorifies, or is directly associated with groups or individuals known principally for hateful or violent positions or acts, such as Nazis or the Ku Klux Klan." Some items, such as stamps and coins or expressive media such as books (for example Hitler's <em>Mein Kampf</em>) which might fall under the French order, could still be freely auctioned. However, Yahoo! did not, as the order required, prevent access to other sites that may constitute an apology for Nazism, or to deny Nazi crimes. It argued that it could not comply with this aspect of the order without banning Nazi material from Yahoo.com altogether, thereby barring its American users from seeing it, which would infringe upon their First Amendment rights.</p>

<p>Yahoo! filed a complaint in federal District Court in San Jose, seeking a declaratory judgement that the French court's orders are not enforceable under United States law. Judge Jeremy Fogel granted the motion, stating that the French order could not be enforced in the United States consistent with the First Amendment. The judge emphasized that this ruling was not about the morality of promoting the symbols or propaganda of Nazism, nor about the right of France or any other nation to determine its law and social policies. "[A]s a nation whose citizens suffered the effects of Nazism in ways that are incomprehensible to most Americans, France clearly has the right to enact and enforce laws such as those relied upon by the French Court here," Fogel wrote. But he pointed out that "Internet users in the United States routinely engage in speech that violates, for example, China's laws against religious expression, the laws of various nations against advocacy of gender equality or homosexuality, or even the United Kingdom's restrictions on freedom of the press."</p>

<p>The League Against Racism and Anti-Semitism and the Union of Jewish Students filed an appeal with the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Ronald S. Katz, the attorney for the French organizations, said that because the judge had acknowledged that this case is unprecedented, "it is important that we get this decision to a higher court as soon as possible. My clients are willing to go the United States Supreme Court, if necessary, because they feel strongly that Yahoo! does not have the right to facilitate sales of Nazi memorabilia, which are illegal in France for French citizens in France."</p>

<p>Civil liberties groups were pleased with the ruling. "While France or China or the Taliban have the power to regulate the speech of those within their borders, the court's decision makes it very clear that these countries do not have the power to reach out and silence speech in the United States," said Ann Brick, an attorney with the ACLU of Northern California. The ACLU, together with numerous other organizations, including the Society of Professional Journalists, had filed an amicus brief in the case. This case raises important issues about jurisdiction on the Internet, an issue that is gaining importance. In December 2001, the highest court in Germany ruled that German law applies even to foreigners who post content on the Web in other countries accessible from Germany. However, it is not clear how Germany plans to enforce its laws abroad. Katz argued that only an international treaty could provide a compromise. The Council of Europe, an intergovernmental organization counting more than forty European member states (not to be confused with the European Union) drafted a proposal that would criminalize acts of racist or xenophobic nature committed through computer networks. The draft was published on February 18, 2002 and is available online at </p>

<p><a href="http:www.coe.int/T/E/Communication_and_Research/Press/Themes_Files/Cybercrime/">http:www.coe.int/T/E/Communication_and_Research/Press/Themes_Files/Cybercrime/</a></strong>.</p>

<p>Internet companies reacted that it would be impossible to outlaw the publication of "hate speech" on the Internet and are concerned about liability issues. Civil liberties groups also expressed fears that this might bring more stringent anti-hate speech laws from continental Europe to the United Kingdom and the United States.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:55:05 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Internet Speech Threatened by Global Standards</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p>Potential restrictions on Internet news services were averted at UNESCO's General Conference that took place October 15 - November 3, 2001. At the center of the conference discussion was UNESCO's proposal that was slated to be presented at the World Communication Summit on the Information Society in December 2003, "Recommendation of the Promotion and Use of Multi-lingualism and Universal Access to Cyberspace." The proposal could significantly affect the use and content of news on the Internet.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/internet_speech_threatened_by.html</link>
         <guid>203529</guid>
        <body><p>The World Press Freedom Committee (WPFC), an international organization that works to ensure freedom of the media, has been consulting with UNESCO throughout the process. WPFC is particularly concerned about one portion of the proposal, Article M27, which originally read: "Member States and international organizations should implement measures that encourage best information practices, ethical behaviour (sic) and respect for community standards and values regarding the activities and content of information producers, users, and service providers."</p>

<p>Ronald Koven, the European Representative for the WPFC, wrote in a pre-conference statement dated October 12, 2001, that the use of the word 'encouragement' by a government or intergovernmental organization would "in a number of countries be tantamount to an official order." He went on to quote the Sofia Declaration of 1997, which was endorsed by the General Conference, and reads, "Any attempts to draw up standards and guidelines should come from journalists themselves." In an effort to resolve the situation, UNESCO Director General Koichiro Matsuura called for a return to the drawing board.</p>

<p>Officials in countries such as France and Iraq have made attempts to control Internet content. These officials voice fears that community standards might be violated if restrictions are not placed on web sites' content. But Koven said such concerns may lead to censorship of the Internet internationally. Again citing the Sofia Declaration, Koven said, "The access and use of these new media should be afforded the same freedom of expression protections as traditional media."</p>

<p>Outgoing General Conference President Jaroslava Moserova of the Czech Republic said, "UNESCO must, of course, try to do its utmost to ensure freedom of the press and of the media in general, for it is the view of many experts that hate campaigns mostly surface where the media are not independent." Director General Matsuura also addressed the General Conference, saying, "[UNESCO's founders] placed their faith in completely untrammeled freedom of expression and the free flow of information. [They] in effect, were convinced that in the long run such freedoms are the best defence (sic) against racism and prejudice ... ."</p>

<p>Koven advocates that Article M27 be rewritten to read: "Best practices as well as voluntary, self-regulatory professional and ethical guidelines should be encouraged, without any obstacles to freedom of expression, regarding the activities and content of information producers, users, and service providers." Adoption of the recommendation is likely take to place at UNESCO's next General Conference in December 2003.</p>

<p>The WPFC has also voiced concern over a proposed charter consisting of rules and an ethics code that was drafted and then adopted by the Federal Council of the Russian Union of Journalists when they met in October 2001. The charter specifically addresses how a journalist should report terrorism. Among other things, the code requires that there be no direct contact between a journalist and a terrorist; that journalists coordinate their activities with "security organs;" that journalists must refuse to interview terrorists to avoid publicizing their demands; and that acts of cruelty and violence by terrorists should not be broadcast, in order to avoid offending the audience or the family and friends of victims of terrorists' acts. The WPFC has criticized these rules as violating a basic premise of journalism: the need to present all sides of a story as fully and as impartially as possible. The WPFC has also suggested that the charter might allow government officials to play an inappropriate role in covering news. WPFC officials expressed further concern that there is no clear definition of the word "terrorist " set forth in the charter.</p>

<p>Because of the criticism the charter received from the WPFC and other professional media organizations, a larger consultation with the international media community has been recommended for the "Terrorism and the Media" conference in the Philippines in May, 2002. UNESCO will invite major media organizations to attend the conference, as well as the Federal Council of the Russian Union of Journalists. However, Waheed Khan, UNESCO's Assistant Director General for Communication, issued a statement dated January 14, 2002, saying that the text of the charter cannot be endorsed as it "lends itself to interpretations which could result in curtailing press freedom."<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:53:51 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Vanessa Leggett Released from Jail</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p>On January 4, 2002, aspiring writer Vanessa Leggett was freed after serving 168 days in the Federal Detention Center in Houston, Texas. Leggett had been jailed on contempt charges for refusing to testify and hand over her research on a 1997 Houston murder case to a grand jury. She contended that doing so would have revealed the identity of some sources who talked to her on the condition of anonymity (see Fall 2001 Bulletin). Leggett was set free because the term of the grand jury had expired. Previous attempts by her attorney Mike DeGeurin to obtain her release on bond had been unsuccessful.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/vanessa_leggett_released_from.html</link>
         <guid>203527</guid>
        <body><p>Leggett could be jailed again if prosecutors ask a new grand jury to issue a subpoena. But she may be spared if the United States Supreme Court decides to hear her case. On December 31, days before Leggett was released, DeGeurin asked the Supreme Court to overturn the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, which held that no First Amendment privilege protects journalists from compelled testimony under these circumstances. DeGeurin argued that the decision in <em>Branzburg v. Hayes</em> (408 U.S. 665 (1972)) has been applied unevenly by federal district courts and needs to be clarified by the Supreme Court. In <em>Branzburg</em>, the high court stated that journalists are not immune from responding to a grand jury subpoena, but also left open the possibility of a constitutionally based privilege in other situations.</p>

<p>DeGeurin has argued that the Fifth Circuit interprets the reporter's privilege more narrowly than most other circuits. This means that the "public's freedom of the press is protected in various degrees depending upon which circuit you [sic] live in." DeGeurin's petition has asked the justices to clarify the scope of the reporter's privilege.</p>

<p>At the time of writing, the petition was still pending, but DeGeurin hopes that the Supreme Court will stay the enforcement of any future contempt order so that Leggett will not return to jail while in the interim. Media law experts, however, consider the chance of the high court expanding confidentiality standards to be remote.</p>

<p>Because the Fifth Circuit ruled that reporter's privilege did not apply in the case of grand jury subpoenas, Leggett's status as a journalist is a moot point. But if a reporter's privilege were to be recognized, the issue of whether Leggett qualifies as a reporter would become relevant again. The Justice Department did not seek the Attorney General's approval before subpoenaing Leggett, as is required under existing guidelines when a reporter is subpoenaed, because it did not consider Leggett to be a journalist.</p>

<p>A new grand jury, impaneled on January 8, returned an indictment against Robert Angleton, a principal suspect in the case Leggett was researching. Prosecutors did not say whether Leggett would be called to testify during the trial, but DeGeurin said he anticipates this may happen. If so, DeGeurin said that Leggett would continue to protect her sources.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:51:58 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Book on Torture Leads to Fines for French General</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p> Should all political speech be protected, even if it is used to justify the unjustifiable? In the United States, courts tend to answer this question in the affirmative, but in many other western countries, courts and governments limit freedom of expression when it is used to propagate unpopular ideas. A recent court case in France illustrates this alternative approach to freedom of speech.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/book_on_torture_leads_to_fines.html</link>
         <guid>203521</guid>
        <body><p> On January 25, 2002, a French Court ordered an 83-year-old retired general to pay 7,500 Euro ($6,500), for justifying and condoning torture and executions during Algeria's war of independence from France. In his memoirs, <em>Special Services, Algeria 1955-57</em>, General Aussaresses describes how French soldiers under his command tortured Algerian rebels during that conflict. When the book appeared in May 2001, it caused an immediate outcry in France, resulting in the general being stripped of military honors and being barred from wearing a uniform.</p>

<p>At the time of the incidents described, French authority in the region was challenged by a series of bloody terrorist attacks by the Front for National Liberation (NFL), shocking even those sympathetic to the independence movement. Aussaresses argued in his book that torture was the only means available to obtain necessary information and was justified under the circumstances: "The best way to make a terrorist talk when he refused to say what he knew was to torture him." In another passage, Aussaresses wrote about the hundreds of freedom fighters he ordered to be summarily executed: "I was indifferent. They had to be killed, that's all there is to it."</p>

<p>Aussaresses could not be prosecuted for the acts themselves, because all French soldiers received amnesty for crimes committed during the Algerian war in 1968. Instead, he was charged with complicity in justifying war crimes, which is illegal in France. The case was brought against him by the International League Against Racism and Anti-Semitism (LICRA). During the criminal proceeding in November 2001, Aussaresses restated that what he had done was justified under the circumstances, that he took no pleasure in doing what he had done, and that his actions were approved by the French government and the justice minister at the time, François Mitterand. "I would do it [the torture and killings] again today if it were against Osama bin Laden," he said. "These were not reprisals.... It was a case of stopping actions which were being prepared for deeds that would cause the deaths of French citizens in Algeria."</p>

<p>Rather than focusing on Aussaresses' descriptions of the events as such, Prosecutor Fabienne Goget built his case upon the "tone" of the book. The cold and detached voice, devoid of any regret and humanity, amounted to justification of the war crimes, according to Goget. The president and senior editor of Aussaresses' publisher were also fined 15,000 Euro (roughly $13,000) each.</p>

<p>Aussaresses' lawyers said that the general would appeal. The president of the publishing house was quoted as saying after the verdict: "Future generations will know the truth, thanks to Perrin [the publisher] and thanks to General Aussaresses." On January 20, General Aussaresses appeared on CBS' "60 Minutes," as an expert on torture in a broadcast examining whether the torture of Taliban and Al Qaeda prisoners in order to gather information would be justified.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:46:23 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Autopsy Records Laws Restricting Access</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p> A year after his death in the Daytona 500, the battle over the access to Dale Earnhardt's autopsy photos continues. (See Summer 2001 Silha Bulletin, "New Florida Law Closes Door on Autopsy Photos.") In a story dated January 10, the Associated Press reported that the newly enacted Florida law is hurting medical examiners and could hinder criminal investigations. As currently written, the law makes it a felony punishable by five years in prison and a $5,000 fine to view or copy autopsy photos without a court order. The law is being challenged by the <em>Orlando Sentinel</em>, the <em>Gainesville Sun</em>, the <em>Ledger</em>, the <em>Sarasota Herald-Tribune</em>, four newspapers owned by The New York Times Co., and the <em>Tampa Tribune</em>, together with its affiliate, WFLA-TV. A separate but related lawsuit is being fought by the University of Florida <em>Alligator</em>. The case has been set for arguments March 5 before Broward Circuit Judge Leroy Moe.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/autopsy_records_laws_restricti.html</link>
         <guid>203518</guid>
        <body><p>Following the precedent set by the restrictions imposed upon access to autopsy photos in Florida, other autopsy photos and records are being sealed around the country.</p>

<p>Golden, Colorado: Colorado District Court Judge R. Brooke Jackson ruled on January 2, 2002, that the autopsy records of Dylan Klebold, one of two student gunmen at Columbine High School, will remain closed at the request of his parents. The <em>Rocky Mountain News</em> had asked to review the autopsy records hoping that they might shed light on whether Klebold had killed himself. Although autopsy reports are not exempt under the Colorado Open Records Law, a trial court may find that they can be withheld if disclosure would cause "substantial injury to the public interest." In his ruling, Jackson said that publication of details of Klebold's autopsy would offend a significant portion of people living in the Denver area. According to an article in the January 4, 2002 <em>Denver Post</em>, the Jefferson County Sheriff's office concluded that Klebold and Eric Harris, the other student gunman at Columbine, had committed a double suicide. However, Harris' parents did not object to the release of their son's autopsy report.</p>

<p>Covington, Georgia: Jana Crowe, whose son Jimmy was found dead in a hotel room in 1998, the victim of drugs, learned nine months later that his autopsy photos were part of a student's science project and subsequently displayed at her high school's science fair. Although the student had taped over Jimmy Crowe's face in the photographs, many of his friends were able to recognize him. It turned out that a police officer assigned to investigate Crowe's death had given the photos to his daughter, whose science project involved forensic science. Jana Crowe sued the officer. Superior Court Judge Sidney Nation noted that the officer's actions were "immoral but not illegal," according to an article that appeared October 11, 2001 in the <em>Atlanta Journal and Constitution</em>.</p>

<p>Crowe was surprised to learn that Georgia law allows autopsy photos to be disclosed to the public, with few exceptions, and that the surviving family members are not notified prior to release. Crowe contacted state lawmakers, hoping to find someone to sponsor a bill that will require anyone seeking autopsy photos to obtain permission from family members of the deceased before the photos are released. Crowe argues that autopsy photos and records ought to be given the kind of protection afforded to medical records, but concedes that such records should be available to journalists and investigators.</p>

<p>Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Legislators in Wisconsin, apparently reacting to the Florida law, have proposed a similar bill which would restrict access to autopsy reports, including photos. The bill, AB 621, was introduced November 26, 2001 and would prohibit the release of any autopsy record without permission from the deceased's next of kin. Autopsy reports and photographs are currently public in that state.</p>

<p>In a story published November 18, 2001 in the <em>Milwaukee Journal Sentinel,</em> Jeff Hovind, publisher of the Waukesha <em>Freeman</em> and council chairman of the Wisconsin Freedom of Information Council, said that the organization will oppose any effort to restrict access to such records. Hovind was quoted as saying that, in his 24 years of working in the media, he has never known of a newspaper or television news operation that has published autopsy photos. "I think the Legislature is trying to cure an evil that doesn't exist," Hovind said.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:45:23 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Digital Editing Company Creates Ethics Guidelines</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker</em></strong></p>

<p> DigitalCustom, a production company in the business of custom editing digital photographs and still images, sponsored the first version (release version #1.0) of ethics guidelines for editing digital images on February 24, 2002. The guidelines reflect comments DigitalCustom received from its users and Web site visitors over the past year. The code is designed to help news, travel and nature editors apply ethical standards when editing digital images. Altering images in the darkroom has been part of photography since its inception, but digital technology has greatly increased the ease and possibilities of changing digital images. Guidelines like these aid editors in maintaining high standards of truth and accuracy while at the same time utilizing the full potential offered by digital technology.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/digital_editing_company_create.html</link>
         <guid>203515</guid>
        <body><p>The drafters consider the guidelines to be a work in progress and they plan to release updated versions based on users' feedback. The code is accessible online at </p>

<p><a href="http://www.digitalcustom.com/howto/mediaguidelines.htm">http://www.digitalcustom.com/howto/mediaguidelines.htm</a></strong>.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:44:05 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Appeals Court Rules Ban on Hyperlinks Constitutional</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p> On November 28, 2001, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit unanimously ruled in <em>Universal City Studios v. Corley</em> (273 F.3d 429 (2001)) that an injunction prohibiting web sites from publishing hyperlinks to another site which contains information on how to unlawfully copy DVDs and other digital material is constitutional.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/appeals_court_rules_ban_on_hyp.html</link>
         <guid>203494</guid>
        <body><p>In 1996, CSS, the Content Scrambled System, was developed to prevent the copying of movies that were available on DVDs. To further strengthen copyright protection in the digital age, Congress passed the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA; see 17 U.S.C. § 1202 et seq. (Supp. V 1999)) in 1998. But in 1999, a Norwegian teenager, Jon Johansen, created DeCSS, a computer program that is able to decrypt CSS. Eric C. Corley, who was also one of the defendants in <em>Universal City Studios, Inc. v. Reimerdes</em>, (111 F.Supp.2d 294 (S.D.N.Y. 2000)), publishes a magazine and maintains a web site geared toward computer scientists, computer buffs and others. He had posted a hyperlink to a copy of the DeCSS program on his web site. Eight movie studios sued Corley under the provisions of the DMCA in the Southern District of New York. The District Court entered a permanent injunction barring Corley from posting DeCSS on his web site or from knowingly linking via a hyperlink to any other web site containing DeCSS.</p>

<p>In his appeal to the Second Circuit in <em>Universal City Studios v. Corley</em>, Corley challenged the constitutionality of aspects of the DMCA. Corley contends the hyperlinks are "speech" entitled to First Amendment protection.</p>

<p> In <em>Universal City Studios v. Reimerdes</em>, Judge Lewis A. Kaplan of the District Court set a standard he characterized as "highly analogous" to the First Amendment fault standard for libelous speech, holding that an online publisher could be enjoined or held liable if it were proven that "those responsible for the link (a) know at the relevant time that the offending material is on the linked-to site, (b) know that it is circumvention technology that may not lawfully be offered, and (c) create or maintain the link for the purpose of disseminating the technology." </p>

<p><a href="privacy.pdf"><strong>An amicus curiae (friend of the court) brief</strong></a>, co-authored by the Silha Center in 2001, addressed First Amendment issues raised by censoring such hyperlinks.</p>

<p>Because the Internet is widely used as a source of information, hyperlinks have proved invaluable for supplying consumers with additional information on a story. The amicus brief argued that the defamation analogy is inapt and will chill speech. Moreover, the standard in defamation confines relief to damages, but the test in Reimerdes authorizes injunctions. The District Court's test does not require that the publication be harmful to the subject's reputation, and not merely untrue.</p>

<p>The restrictions would also prohibit journalists from presenting all they know and could report about an issue. It would place an undue burden on journalists to have to testify on each part of the test set forth by the standard set by the District Court on each hyperlink featured in a story, the amicus brief contended.</p>

<p>Corley stated that in posting links to sites that carry the DeCSS code, he was merely doing the same thing a newspaper does when it adds a photograph to a story. For his particular audience, including a link to a site that contained the code added validity to the story.</p>

<p>Second Circuit Judge Jon Newman, however, rejected these concerns, agreeing with Kaplan's ruling that a hyperlink has both a speech as well as a non-speech component. Newman compared the contents of the sites bearing DeCSS to a slogan or "some other legend that qualified as a speech component" to marks on skeleton keys that could be used to gain access to restricted areas. The problem lies with the capacity of the code contained in the DeCSS program to infringe on copyright restrictions, and the hyperlink is immaterial, thus making the provisions in the DMCA "content neutral."</p>

<p>Newman cited <em>Turner Broadcasting, Inc. v. FCC</em> (512 U.S. 662 (1994)), for the proposition that, as with other content-neutral regulations which have incidental effects on a speech component, "the regulation must serve a substantial governmental interest, the interest must be unrelated to the suppression of free speech, and the incidental restriction on speech must not burden substantially more speech than is necessary to further that interest," in order to be constitutional.</p>

<p>Recognizing that restricting links to web sites that contain the DeCSS code may also restrict access to other information contained there and which is not prohibited by the DMCA, Newman suggested that such web sites simply delete DeCSS from their sites, leaving the other information intact. He further stated that the appellants "ignore the reality of the functional capacity of decryption computer code and hyperlinks to facilitate instantaneous unauthorized access to copyrighted material by anyone anywhere in the world."</p>

<p>Accordingly, because of the content-neutral wording in DMCA and the damage that could be done by DeCSS to the film industry when copies of DVDs are pirated, the Second Circuit court upheld the earlier decision in <em>Reimerdes</em>.</p>

<p>On January 14, 2002, Corley's lawyers filed a petition for an <em>en banc</em> rehearing with the Second Circuit. The appellant claims that the <em>Turner</em> case was misapplied, and that the panel's decision conflicts with the U.S. Supreme Court's ruling in <em>Reno v. ACLU</em> (31 F.Supp. 2d 473, 483 (E.D. Pa.1999)), (holding that the Internet is a fully protected medium of speech) and <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em> (121 S. Ct. 1753 (2001)) (holding that "it would be quite remarkable to hold that speech by a law-abiding possessor of information can be suppressed in order to deter conduct by a non-law-abiding third party").</p>

<p>As the <em>Bulletin </em>went to press, the Second Circuit had not yet acted upon the petition.</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:20:59 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Cameras Banned At Trial of Alleged Terrorist</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon</em></strong></p>

<p> Even though alleged terrorist Zacarias Moussaoui has himself requested cameras at his conspiracy trial, U.S. District Court Judge Leonie Brinkema (E.D. Va.) on January 18, 2002 denied the motion of the Courtroom Television Network (Court TV) to broadcast the pretrial and trial proceedings. Brinkema cited both federal and local rules (see Federal Rule of Criminal Procedure 53, and Local Rule 83.2 (a)) as grounds for her ruling. Both rules prohibit taking photographs in or transmitting radio and television broadcasts from the federal criminal courtrooms.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/cameras_banned_at_trial_of_all.html</link>
         <guid>203493</guid>
        <body><p><br />
Joined by C-SPAN Networks, Court TV had filed the motion in the hopes that Brinkema would find that the rules violated the constitutional rights of the public as well as those of the broadcast media. Five other media companies, together with the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, filed an amicus brief supporting some form of electronic access. Lee Levine, who delivered the 2001 Silha Lecture, argued on behalf of the media.</p>

<p>In addition to finding that the federal and local rules did not violate First Amendment rights, Brinkema stated that "any societal benefits from photographing and broadcasting these proceedings are heavily outweighed by the significant dangers worldwide broadcasting of this trial would pose to the orderly and secure administration of justice."</p>

<p>Although the Supreme Court has never had occasion to consider the constitutionality of Federal Rule 53, Brinkema said that the Fifth, Sixth, Seventh and Eleventh Circuits have found Rule 53 to be constitutional. She concluded that the First Amendment does not give the media a right to televise, record or otherwise broadcast federal criminal trial proceedings. Although the public certainly has a right of access to observe trial proceedings, Brinkema agreed with the decision in <em>Westmoreland v. Columbia Broadcasting Systems, Inc.</em>, (752 F.2d 16 (2nd Cir. 1984)), that "there is a long leap. . . between a public right under the First Amendment to attend and a public right to see a given trial televised." She said that the public's right of access is satisfied when some members of both the public and the media are able to attend the trial and report what they observed. An audio-visual feed will also be provided to a nearby courtroom, increasing seating capacity by 200. Half the seats will be available to the general public, and half to the media. Brinkema said that the constitutional requirements of openness and accessibility will have been met by these accommodations.</p>

<p>Attorneys for the media argued that prohibiting television cameras in the courtroom discriminated against the electronic media, likening the video camera to the sketch artist's pencil and drawing pad or to a reporter's pen and paper. But Brinkema said that print reporters are also required to leave behind their electronic devices, such as laptop computers and cell phones.</p>

<p>Brinkema further stated that the right of public access is itself not absolute, and that there are other rights and concerns to bear in mind. The defendant has a right to a fair trial; the secrecy of Grand Jury proceedings must be preserved; and the security of witnesses needs to be considered, as well as that of other trial participants. The integrity of the fact-finding process also must be maintained. Although media attorneys argued that televising the trial would enable the public at large to view the trial and thereby serve as a check on the judicial process, Brinkema maintained that opening the trial proceedings to a larger portion of the public would not enhance such judicial checks in proportion to the size of the audience observing it.</p>

<p>Brinkema agreed with the media that technology has made televising the trial less disruptive, because cameras are smaller and less obtrusive. But she added that while technology has been simplified, participants' faces and testimony can still appear on television and the Internet and "be forever publicly known and available to anyone in the world." Such exposure would be intimidating, and would hamper the proceedings. Furthermore, the images of law and court officials could jeopardize their personal safety, and would end the careers of those working undercover. Even though the media have offered to mask the faces of witnesses, Brinkema said that accidents happen, and that there might be moments when, due to simple human error, the masking might not occur, thus compromising the safety of the person. The risk was simply too great.</p>

<p>Finally, Brinkema said that she is reluctant to permit the broadcasting of proceedings because participants could be tempted to engage in showmanship. Moussaoui's actions thus far in the proceedings, such as refusing to stand when the judge entered the courtroom, and refusing to file a plea, have already indicated that his behavior may be "unorthodox and unpredictable."</p>

<p>On January 23, it was announced that Court TV would not appeal Brinkema's decision but will instead support legislation currently in Congress that would allow cameras in federal courtrooms.</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:19:53 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>The USA PATRIOT Act: How Patriotic Is It?</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Jane E. Kirtley, Silha Professor and Director of the Silha Center</em></strong></p>

<p> On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed into law the USA PATRIOT Act, a vast and complex statute which grants unprecedented surveillance authority to law enforcement. USA PATRIOT (an acronym for "Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism") makes significant changes to more than 15 existing federal statutes, expanding the powers of the government to monitor and intercept electronic communications through the use of wiretaps and pen registers, as well as increasing the scope of subpoenas and search warrants while limiting judicial review of them. It also expands surveillance authority under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act ("FISA"), 50 U.S.C. §1861 et seq., which regulates the collection of information within the United States for counterintelligence purposes.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/the_usa_patriot_act_how_patrio.html</link>
         <guid>203492</guid>
        <body><p>Many of these provisions were proposed and rejected by Congress during the Clinton administration, but in the wake of the September 11 attacks, most members of Congress put aside their scruples and voted in favor of the statute. Given the length and complexity of the legislation (342 pages) and the speed with which it was enacted, it is reasonable to ask how many of them actually read it first.</p>

<p>This summary is not a review of the entire USA PATRIOT Act. Its scope is limited to the sections dealing with surveillance and computer trespass, as well as a few provisions potentially affecting the exercise of First Amendment rights. Although nothing in the statute itself indicates that existing legislation, such as the federal Privacy Protection Act governing newsroom searches, or the Attorney General's Guidelines on subpoenaing the news media, have been amended or rescinded by enactment of USA PATRIOT, the breadth and sweep of the new law suggests that its impact will be felt throughout American society, especially in the communications industry.</p>

<p><strong>Wiretaps</strong><br />
 Wiretap orders cannot be issued for the following new crimes: terrorism offenses (§ 201) and felony computer fraud and abuse (which means exceeding the authority of a computer used in interstate commerce and causing more than $5000 in damages, § 202). Formerly, the Electronic Communications Privacy Act governed law enforcement access to stored electronic communications (such as e-mail), but not stored wire communications (such as voice mail), which were covered by the wiretap statute, requiring an intercept order. Under USA PATRIOT, both are now covered by the same rule, and only a search warrant, not an intercept order, is required to retrieve voice mail and other stored wire communications (§ 209).</p>

<p><strong>Search Warrants </strong><br />
 Terrorist investigations are now subject to single-jurisdiction search warrants (§ 219). A warrant may be issued in any district where activities related to terrorism may have occurred, and may be executed to search any person or property regardless of location. This single-jurisdiction provision also applies to warrants to seize unopened e-mail less than 180 days old, which can be served on any ISP/OSP or telecommunications company anywhere, without identifying that company in the warrant itself (§ 220). Notice of a warrant to seize any wire or electronic communication, or for tangible property, may be delayed if a judge finds "reasonable cause" to believe that immediate notification would endanger life or physical safety, result in evidence tampering, or otherwise seriously jeopardize an investigation. Delay in notification may be extended for good cause. This is the so-called "sneak and peek" provision (§ 213).</p>

<p><strong>Pen/Trap Orders </strong><br />
 The prior law covered wire communications only, and was limited to phone numbers. USA PATRIOT now expressly includes dialing, routing, signaling and addressing information that identify content (such as what web sites someone visited), although it still excludes the "contents" of communications (not defined in the statute). Grounds for issuance include surveillance that is likely to uncover information "relevant to an ongoing investigation." These orders, too, authorize installation anywhere within the United States, and may be served on any service provider whose assistance will facilitate execution of the order (§ 216). However, if the provider is not named in the order, the provider may seek certification from a U.S. attorney that the order in fact applies to it. There is no requirement that an ISP install or maintain equipment that would facilitate surveillance (§ 222); the government will presumably use its own technology, such as DSC 1000 ("CARNIVORE") or Etherpeek, to collect information.</p>

<p><strong>Subpoenas </strong><br />
 In order to establish users' identities, the new law amends the Electronic Communications Privacy Act to allow for subpoenas for stored information to be issued to ISP and other providers to obtain records of a customer's name, address, session times and durations, temporarily assigned network addresses, means and source of payments (credit card or bank account numbers), local and long distance connection records, length of service (including start date) and types of services utilized (§ 210). Cable service providers are specifically covered by the new law if they provide telephony or Internet access services, but customer cable video viewing records (as long as the content is not streamed over the Internet) are still protected under the Cable Act (§ 211). USA PATRIOT expands ISPs' right to "voluntarily" disclose content or non-content information if they have reason to believe an immediate danger of death or serious injury exists (§ 212). It does not create an affirmative obligation to monitor customer communications. ISPs are also allowed to disclose non-content information such as log-in records to protect their rights and property.</p>

<p><strong>FISA</strong> <br />
 Foreign intelligence surveillance is subject to different standards than criminal investigations; for example, probable cause is not required. A special FISA court, consisting of 11 federal district judges (increased from seven by § 208), reviews applications for authorization of surveillance in secret; records and case files are sealed. Although historically FISA investigations have been kept legally distinct from criminal investigations, USA PATRIOT allows greater potential for disclosure and information sharing between investigatory entities (§ 203). Formerly, foreign intelligence gathering had to be the primary purpose of FISA surveillance; now, it need only be a "significant purpose" (§ 218). Under USA PATRIOT, FISA now has roving wiretap authority to intercept any telephone or computer that a target may use. Previously limited to orders requiring "specified person[s]" to assist with the interception ("specified persons" such as common carriers, landlords, custodians who were required to provide "information facilities, or technical assistance in such a manner as will protect its [the electronic surveillance's] secrecy and produce a minimum of interference with the services [provided]"), these intercept orders no longer need to specify the person or entity required to assist. Roving wiretap authority can result in the monitoring of communications by others who use the equipment after the target does so (§ 206). The new law extends and expands the time period and authority for FISA search warrants (§ 207), pen/trap orders (which may involve a "United States person," as long as the investigation is intended to protect against international terrorism and is not conducted solely upon the basis of First Amendment activities) (§ 214), and subpoenas for computers, business records, or similar items (§ 215). These provisions apply whether or not the entity served with an order to disclose these materials is the subject of the investigation. A particularly Draconian aspect of § 215 is that the FISA court effectively has no discretion to deny a request for a subpoena provided he/she finds that the application meets the requirements of § 215, which becomes the new Sections 501-503 of FISA. The order itself must not state that it was issued under § 215, and the person served with the order is forbidden to disclose that it was received. These provisions potentially raise troubling issues in the context of subpoenas and search warrants issued to the news media. It is unclear whether existing privileges and protections would apply, or even be taken into account by a FISA judge, or whether the "gag" imposed would be construed as constituting an unconstitutional prior restraint on a news media recipient of a FISA subpoena.</p>

<p><strong>Computer Trespass </strong><br />
 USA PATRIOT contains provisions relating to computer trespassing. "Computer trespassers" are individuals, including U.S. citizens, who gain access to a "protected" computer without authorization. This seems to be aimed at hacking and denial of service attacks, and although the term "authorization" is not defined, it apparently does not include individuals, such as subscribers, who have an existing contractual relationship giving them access to all or part of the computer. Surveillance and interception of the content of computer trespassers' communications by any government employee (not only law enforcement) may be "authorized" by the owner or operator of a computer and provided there are reasonable grounds to believe that the content will be relevant to an investigation. Other persons' communications may not be accessed (§ 217).</p>

<p><strong>Amendments to Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (18 U.S.C. 1030) </strong><br />
 The following is a "terrorist offense" under USA PATRIOT: an act calculated to influence or affect the conduct of government by intimidation or coercion, or to retaliate against government conduct, and that involves gaining access to restricted or classified information on protected computers with reason to believe the information could injure the United States, and willful communication of it to one not entitled to it (§§ 808, 814).</p>

<p><strong>Providing Material Support for Terrorism</strong> <br />
 "Domestic terrorism" as defined in § 802, an amendment to 18 U.S.C. § 2331, includes criminal activities that are dangerous to human life and are intended to intimidate civilians, influence government policy by intimidation or coercion. It has been suggested that this could apply to acts of protest involving civil disobedience. Those who harbor terrorists (§ 803)("Whoever harbors or conceals any person who he knows or has reasonable grounds to believe, has committed, or is about to commit" any one of the enumerated offenses), or provide them with material support (§ 805) are subject to severe penalties (§§ 809, 810, 813). The existing definition of "material support" in 18 U.S.C. 2332b is amended to now include providing "expert advice or assistance" as well as "training." Arguably, this could extend to publication of information, as long as the facilitator knew that the information would be used to commit a terrorist offense.</p>

<p><strong>Sunset Provisions </strong><br />
 Although some provisions of USA PATRIOT "sunset" on December 31, 2005, others do not. Those that do not expire include §§ 203 (criminal investigative information), 208, 210, 211, 213, 216, 219. Those that do expire include §§ 201, 202, 203 (grand jury information), 206, 209, 212, 214, 215, 217, 218, and 220.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26215
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 14:17:56 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Pulitzer Prize Winner Anthony Lewis to Deliver Silha Lecture</title>
         <description><p>First Amendment scholar, two- time Pulitzer Prize winner, author, and former New York Times columnist Anthony Lewis will deliver the seventeenth Annual Silha Lecture on Tuesday, October 8, 2002. He has entitled his lecture, "Terrorism and Freedom." </p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/pulitzer_prize_winner_anthony.html</link>
         <guid>203471</guid>
        <body><p>Lewis won his first Pulitzer Prize in 1955 for a series of articles in the <em>Washington Daily News</em> about a U.S. Navy employee who was dismissed for being a security risk. From 1956-57 he was a Nieman Fellow and spent the academic year studying at Harvard Law School. When he returned to Washington, he covered the Supreme Court, the Justice Department and other legal events including the government's handling of the civil rights movement. In 1963, he won his second Pulitzer for his coverage of the Supreme Court for the <em>New York Times</em>. In 1964, Lewis became the chief of the Times London bureau, and began writing his column from there in 1969. Since 1973 he has been based in Boston. </p>

<p>Lewis is also the author of three books dealing with First Amendment and civil rights issues: <em>Gideon's Trumpet; Make No Law: The Sullivan Case and the First Amendment; and Portrait of a Decade</em>. </p>

<p>Lewis has taught a course entitled "The Constitution and the Press" at Harvard Law School for 15 years, and has been a visiting professor at numerous other universities. </p>

<p>The Silha Lecture will begin at 7:30 p.m. at Cowles Auditorium, located in the Hubert H. Humphrey Center on the West Bank of the University of Minnesota's Twin Cities campus. The lecture is free and open to the public. For further information, contact the Silha Center at 612 625-3421. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:43:23 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Pilot Program Approved by Judicial Conference To Allow Public Access To Criminal Case Files</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Bulletin Editor</em></strong></p>

<p>On May 7, 2002, the Judicial Conference of the United States, the principal policy-making body for the federal court system, announced the approval of a pilot program that will allow public online access to criminal case files. The announcement marks a reversal of earlier conference policy, which permitted access to many civil and bankruptcy case files online but prohibited electronic access to criminal case laws, citing concerns for the safety of victims, witnesses, and law enforcement personnel. (<a href="fall2001.htm">See "Judicial Conference Casts Vote on Accessibility of Electronic Files," Fall 2001 Bulletin.</a>) <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/pilot_program_approved_by_judi.html</link>
         <guid>203469</guid>
        <body><p>Journalists, researchers, and freedom of speech advocates are applauding the decision to allow access to criminal case files. Even though the same information is available in paper format from a courthouse, having it available online saves time and eases the difficulty of performing searches for information. Comments filed by the Silha Center in January 2001 (<a href="resources.htm">available online at http://www.silha.umn.edu/resources.htm</a>) outline the benefits of such a policy and cite case law to support it. </p>

<p>Access to criminal files is not without its limits, however. According to a news release from the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, the Conference voted to limit Internet access to certain "high profile" cases, when the requests for information place extraordinary demands on a court's resources. In addition, access would be permitted only if all parties consent and if the judge finds that access to the records is warranted. </p>

<p>The Federal Judicial Center will track the course of the pilot project. Its findings will be reported to the Judicial Conference when it revisits the issue in September 2003. For additional information, go to <a href="http://www.pacer.psc.uscourts.gov/cgi-bin/links.pl">http://www.pacer.psc.uscourts.gov/cgi-bin/links.pl</a>. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:42:27 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Silha Center Comments on Model Policy Governing Electronic Access to Court Records Developed by National Center for State Courts</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Bulletin Editor</em></strong></p>

<p>The National Center for State Courts has developed a Model Policy on Public Access to Court Records. The proposed draft provides guidelines that state systems and local courts might use in developing their policies for electronic access to their court records. The policy was prepared on behalf of the Conference of Chief Justices and the Conference of State Court Administrators and is being funded by the State Justice Institute (SJI) and the Government Relations Division of the National Center for State Courts.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/silha_center_comments_on_model.html</link>
         <guid>203468</guid>
        <body><p>Most court case files are currently available to the public in paper format, which can make sorting through information and connecting facts or trends difficult. Additionally, requests for information must be filed by going to the courthouse during business hours and making a request in person. Electronic access could make access to records more convenient. Electronic archiving also has the potential of becoming more cost-effective than the maintenance, retrieval, and copying of paper records. </p>

<p>On the other hand, electronic access to court documents raises privacy concerns. Information such as victims' names, social security numbers, financial information, and trade secrets are considered by many privacy advocates to require additional protection. The NCSC draft policy has taken many of these concerns into consideration in an effort to balance the public's need for openness with an individual's need for privacy. Aspects of the policy, however, raise significant constitutional issues, and may run afoul of state open records laws. </p>

<p>Among other things, the policy discusses who will be allowed electronic access to court records, what uses may be made of them, and how costs should be assessed. Presumably researchers and journalists would be allowed access, but these categories have been left undefined. </p>

<p>Written comments were accepted, and a public hearing was held on May 17, 2002 in Washington D.C., where individuals and organizations' representatives were invited to testify regarding the proposed policy. The Silha Center filed written comments on April 15, 2002 (<a href="resources.htm">available online at http://www.silha.umn.edu/resources.htm</a>) which were presented to Advisory Committee members the day of the hearing. </p>

<p>A complete draft of the Model Policy on Public Access to Court Records, together with the text of the comments received, is available at <a href="http://www.courtaccess.org/modelpolicy">http://www.courtaccess.org/modelpolicy</a>. Phase II of the project will allow further refinement of the policy, with the aim that it receive endorsement by the Conference of Chief Justices and the Conference of State Court Administrators. Ultimately, the policy could provide state officials with a framework that will enable them to make decisions regarding electronic access to state court records. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:41:28 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Minnesota Governor Signs New Privacy Bill into Law</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker, Research Assistant</em></strong></p>

<p>Minnesota Governor Jesse Ventura signed a bill on May 22, 2002 making Minnesota the first state in the nation to give Internet users control over whether or not their service providers can disclose or sell their personal information. Under this bill, which was overwhelmingly approved by the Minnesota Senate and House on May 18, 2002, service providers must inform customers in Minnesota whenever they plan to disclose personal information such as the Web sites they have visited, their home and e-mail addresses, and phone numbers. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/minnesota_governor_signs_new_p.html</link>
         <guid>203467</guid>
        <body><p>A major point of discussion was whether the burden should be on consumers to declare their preferences to the providers (opt-out), or on service providers to seek the permission from their consumers to share information (opt-in). Lawmakers found a compromise between the two approaches, requiring service providers to state in a conspicuous manner whether they apply an opt-in or opt-out regime. </p>

<p>Meanwhile, legislation on online data practices is also shaping up on the federal level. On May 16, 2002, the Senate Commerce Committee voted to approve legislation that would give consumers control over how their personal information is used by Internet companies, both service and content providers. The bill, the Online Personal Privacy Act 2002 (S2201), sponsored by Senator Ernest Hollings, D-SC, would require Internet companies to (1) obtain consent to the collection and disclosure of sensitive personally identifiable information (i.e., health, race, political party, religious beliefs, sexual orientation, social security number, or financial information); (2) provide robust notice, in addition to clear and conspicuous notice, of the opportunity to opt-out of the collection or disclosure of personally identifiable information. The bill also requires that users be notified of any change in policy; that users be granted access to their data, and that procedures be put in place to guarantee the security of these data. </p>

<p>An amendment that would bar consumers from suing companies that violated their privacy policies was killed. Democrats on the panel argued that legal liability is necessary to prevent a fiasco like the Eli Lilly pharmaceutical company's accidental violation of customers' privacy. Lilly had accidentally disclosed 700 e-mail addresses of Prozac users but was not fined because the Federal Trade Commission claimed it lacked the authority to impose one. </p>

<p>Senator George Allen, R-Va., who had proposed the amendment, is quoted in a May 16 <em>Washington Post </em>article as saying that the right to litigate would open "a floodgate of class action lawsuits." The bill would also preempt existing state privacy laws, such as the one signed by Ventura. It is expected that it might take some time before the bill will be voted upon in the Senate and that Senate Republicans will try to stall the bill once it reaches the floor. Senator Cliff Stearns, R-Fla., has proposed a more industry-friendly bill in the House of Representatives. This bill would allow businesses to trade consumer information unless consumers object (opt-out.) <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:40:25 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Harvard Business Review Faces Ethical Challenges</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker, Research Assistant</em></strong></p>

<p>The reputation of the prestigious <em>Harvard Business Review</em> has been tainted by questions of credibility and ethics in the wake of a high profile incident that led to the resignation of the editor, Suzy Wetlaufer. According to newspaper accounts, Wetlaufer had become romantically involved with an interview subject, former General Electric chairman Jack Welch. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/harvard_business_review_faces.html</link>
         <guid>203465</guid>
        <body><p>According to an article in <em>The Washington Journal</em>, Wetlaufer asked that her story be killed after having received a call from Welch's wife who asked whether Wetlaufer could still be objective. Two other reporters were assigned to do the story and to re-interview Welch. The rewritten article appeared in the February 2002 issue. A number of staffers questioned the fact that Wetlaufer had waited until the very last moment to reveal the relationship, and asked for her resignation. Initially, Wetlaufer was to take a vacation and return in a demoted position as editor-at-large, an agreement that prompted two other editors to resign in protest. On August 24, 2001, Wetlaufer decided to step down from the editor-at-large position as well. </p>

<p>But the story might have further implications for the <em>Harvard Business Review</em>. In the wake of the turmoil, several newspapers (<em>Boston Globe, Newsday</em>, the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>) reported that the <em>Harvard Business Review</em> allowed its subjects as a matter of policy to read and edit stories about themselves. For example, upon Welch's request, the headline above his article was changed from "Jack Bites Back" to "Jack on Jack." Giving a subject editorial control raises serious questions about accuracy and editorial independence, especially if the reader is unwittingly presented with a story that is the result of editorial collaboration between interviewer and interviewee. Such practices may deceive the reader and blur the line between journalism and public relations. </p>

<p>Other conflict of interest issues have been raised as well. Bain & Company, a consulting firm where Wetlaufer had previously worked, received frequent and positive coverage. Though there was no indication of a direct connection, according to a former editor who was quoted in the <em>Boston Globe</em> on March 11, 2002, "it didn't look good." As a result, Walter Kiechel, the publishing director of Harvard Business School Publishing, appointed a company-wide task force to review ethical guidelines and come up with a code of ethics. </p>

<p>The decision surrounding Wetlaufer's editor's position has been criticized because it raises questions regarding how concerned senior management is with policies surrounding an ethical lapse. Business ethicist Jeffrey Seglin wrote in his column in the <em>New York Times</em>, "By keeping Ms. Wetlaufer on staff . . . Harvard Business School Publishing is sending the message that either she didn't violate the norms of the 'community' and the trust of her colleagues, or that she did and management didn't have the backbone to take action. If weak management is the case, then a new code of ethics, no matter what you call it, will ring hollow." At the time the Bulletin went to press, the task force had not yet released its conclusions. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:39:22 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Pending Bills May Hamper Freedom Of the Press For Japanese Media</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker, Research Assistant</em></strong></p>

<p>Japanese journalists are worried that two bills currently being considered by the Japanese Parliament, the Diet, could seriously hamper freedom of the press. The first bill, drafted by the justice ministry, would establish a human rights commission that would deal with "human rights violations." The bill is aimed at curbing excessively intrusive reporting to protect the rights of crime suspects and their victims. The bill defines excessively intrusive reporting as "repeatedly and continuously following and ambushing crime victims and others who refuse to be interviewed." The bill raises concerns that journalists will no longer be able to investigate and report themselves but will have to rely solely on police reports for their coverage of certain news events. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/pending_bills_may_hamper_freed.html</link>
         <guid>203464</guid>
        <body><p>The five members of the human rights commission would be appointed by the Prime Minister, with the approval of both houses, and would be under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Justice. This is problematic because the commission is supposed to be independent, and critics fear this bill will open the door to government intervention in the media. News organizations have already begun to set up self-regulatory mechanisms including bodies to monitor complaints against the press, and news organizations such as the Japan Newspaper Publishers and Editors Association and the National Association of Commercial Broadcasters had crafted guidelines for dealing with the issue. </p>

<p>Yohtaro Hamada, a journalist at the <em>Asahi Shimbun</em> and a visiting Fulbright scholar at the School of Journalism and Mass Communication at the University of Minnesota, says that the relationship between media and government became strained after the elections of 1998, when the ruling Liberal Democratic Party felt that their disappointing results were partly due to biased press coverage. According to Hamada, problems of perceived press insensitivity were highlighted following last year's accident when a U.S. submarine collided with a Japanese fishing boat, killing nine Japanese citizens. During this incident, the news media were very aggressive in soliciting comments from the victims' families. </p>

<p>A second bill is designed to protect individual information, to ban information collection without consent from those involved, and to limit dissemination of this information to third parties. The news industry believes that this bill specifically targets the news media. Though news organizations are excluded from the ban, they must abide by the bill's general principles. For example, under these rules, newspapers would have to reveal how they will use an individual's personal information and they would have to obtain this information by "legitimate and appropriate means," according to the wording of the bill. This could seriously hamper the ability of the press to conduct investigative reporting. The Japanese Newspapers Publishers and Editors Association wants the bill abolished because it would discourage news reporting. </p>

<p>A third bill which would obligate newspaper, broadcasting and publishing industries to create an association to protect children from viewing "harmful" images, including obscene and violent scenes, will not be presented to the Diet after a coalition party found problems with the bill regarding free speech. </p>

<p>On April 13, about 250 journalists protested the three government bills. Some carried portraits of freedom of speech activists, while others were dressed in formal attire to mourn the death of freedom of speech. Japanese Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi told reporters that he thought that freedom of the press and privacy protection can be reconciled and has given his support to the bills. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:37:33 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Italian Prime Minister&apos;s Media Holdings Running Risk of Becoming A Monopoly</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker, Research Assistant</em></strong></p>

<p>Ever since the election that resulted in media mogul Silvio Berlusconi becoming Prime Minister of Italy, questions have been raised about his ever-increasing control over the media. Berlusconi is not only the Italian Premier and the owner of one of Italy's best soccer teams, but his Fininvest group is also the main shareholder in Mediaset, which operates Italy's three biggest private TV stations (Canale 5, Italia 1, Rete 4), totaling 43% of the market share. This fact alone has been one of the most hotly debated topics in Italian politics during the last decade. Since Berlusconi came to power, fears about his media monopoly have grown because as Prime Minister he is also able to influence the three stations of the state-owned public television (RAI) whose three channels take up 47.4% of the market share. Berlusconi had vowed to resolve this apparent conflict of interest in the first one hundred days of his premiership, but he did not do so. He also failed to install a panel of independent advisors to investigate the issue. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/italian_prime_ministers_media.html</link>
         <guid>203463</guid>
        <body><p>The conflict of interest issue arose in October 2001, when his coalition blocked a commercial deal, agreed to by the previous government, that would have been very lucrative for the state-owned RAI. Opposition leaders stated that the action benefitted Berlusconi's Mediaset group, RAI's competitor in Italy's television market. On April 17, 2002, Berlusconi's government appointed incoming news executives for the RAI channels. The newly-appointed heads of news for the first and second RAI channels both have ties to Berlusconi's right wing government. As a result, Berlusconi's influence reaches over five of the six biggest Italian channels, or about 85-90% of the television market. Only the third RAI channel is still in the hands of a news executive appointed by a party from the left. Although the Italian Prime Minister typically appoints the head of news and programming of the RAI channels, in light of Berlusconi's already dominant media position, serious conflict of interest issues arise. Observers hope that this situation might prompt Italy to make some long overdue changes in the way it organizes its public television. </p>

<p>Two days after making the appointments, Berlusconi publicly criticized two highly respected RAI journalists as well as a comedian who had been critical of him. He stated that the three had made a criminal use of public television and that the RAI management should make sure that this would not happen again, although this time, the three should not be fired as long as they changed their attitude. Italy's head of state, President Carlo Azeglio Ciampi, sharply rebuked Berlusconi for his statement. Even newspapers that had been very supportive of Berlusconi's coalition were highly critical. On January 29, 2001, even before the latest controversy had taken place, the International Federation of Journalists sent a letter to European Union president Romano Prodi asking that something be done about Berlusconi's unbridled media power, stating that "The conflict of interest in Italy would not be tolerated by the European Union in any country being considered for EU membership. It should not be tolerated in a member state." <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:36:33 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Journalism Ethicist Louis W. Hodges Will Retire in 2003</title>
         <description><p>Louis W. Hodges will retire as Knight Chair in the Ethics of Journalism at Washington and Lee University at the end of the 2002-2003 academic year. </p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/journalism_ethicist_louis_w_ho.html</link>
         <guid>203462</guid>
        <body><p>Hodges started his school's groundbreaking Society and Professions program in professional ethics in 1974, and became the first holder of the Knight Chair in journalism ethics in 1996. The two programs comprise the country's longest-standing scholarly exercise in journalism ethics. In 1998, Hodges participated in the Silha Center's 1998 National Law Conference for the Study of Media Ethics and Law. As a panelist in the "Convergence of Legal and Ethical Issues" session, he delivered a paper entitled, "Ethics Always Trumps Law: Or Why Have Ethics Anyway?" <a href="bul_vol_4_no_3.htm">(See Spring 1998 Bulletin for full conference coverage.) </a>A native of Eupora, Mississippi, Hodges received his bachelor's degree in history from Millsaps College in 1954. He earned a B.D. from Duke Divinity School in 1957 and was ordained by the Methodist Church in 1958. He earned his doctorate in Christian thought, with special emphasis in Christian ethics, from Duke in 1960. Hodges joined the Washington and Lee faculty in 1960. He has been a Fulbright scholar in India and a visiting faculty member at the Hastings Center, the University of Missouri Graduate School of Journalism, and the Poynter Insitute. </p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:35:21 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Los Angeles Newspaper Offices Temporarily Shut Down in Effort to Find Invoice</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Bulletin Editor</em></strong></p>

<p>On May 2, 2002, investigators from the Los Angeles County District Attorney's office shut down operations at a small newspaper for three hours while they searched files for an invoice for an advertisement that was placed three months earlier. Armed with a search warrant, which enabled them to search "all rooms, safes, locked boxes, desks," the investigators ordered everyone out of the offices of Metropolitan News Company while they searched for records that would reveal the name of the entity that placed the advertisement. The advertisement had given notice of intent to circulate petitions for a recall election in the suburb of South Gate. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/los_angeles_newspaper_offices.html</link>
         <guid>203460</guid>
        <body><p>Co-publishers Roger and Jo-Ann Grace had originally maintained that they would not reveal the name of the law firm that had placed the advertisement. When Roger Grace refused to cooperate with investigators, the newsroom and business offices were shut down. According to the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, Jo-Ann Grace finally turned over the documents related to the advertisement when she learned that investigators already knew the name of the law firm. In a story posted on the Reporters Committee for the Press Web site, Roger Grace is quoted as saying, "Our reason for resistance was that we wanted to protect the privacy interest of the customer. If [the investigators] already knew the name of the customer, there was no privacy interest to protect." </p>

<p>The newsroom and reporters' desks were not searched. </p>

<p>Roger Grace has said that he might file a lawsuit claiming violation of his civil rights. An article appearing on the Web site for The Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press speculated that the search may have violated California state law. The laws (Cal. Penal Code § 1524(g) (West 2002)and Cal. Evid. Code § 1070 (West 2002)) forbid search warrants for items described in the state's journalist's shield law. "Unpublished information" is defined in the statute as information that includes, but is not limited to, notes, outtakes, photographs or other data. But Jane Robison, press secretary for Los Angeles County District Attorney Steve Cooley is reported as saying that "unpublished information" does not include a bill for an advertisement; therefore the search warrant was legal. She also said that a search warrant, which is more intrusive than a subpoena, had been issued because California law allows subpoenas only when a case has been filed. Although charges have been filed against one South Gate official, the investigation includes others against whom no charges had yet been filed. </p>

<p>The <em>Los Angeles Times</em> reported that Cooley had offered Roger Grace a chance to settle the matter over dinner before the search warrant had been issued. "But now I don't think he's the kind of man I would like to go to dinner with," Grace said. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:34:09 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Colorado Bookstore Wins Battle To Protect Customers&apos; Privacy</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Bulletin Editor</em></strong></p>

<p>In April 2002, the Colorado Supreme Court ruled that The Tattered Cover Bookstore would not be required to hand over information regarding customer purchases to investigators. In March 2000, police and a Drug Task Force agent were observing a trailer home where they suspected a methamphetamine lab was operating. One of the investigators searched through the garbage left outside the trailer for collection and found evidence of the operation of a drug lab as well as an envelope from The Tattered Cover bookstore. The envelope was labeled with the invoice number, order number, and the customer's name, who was one of the residents of the trailer. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/colorado_bookstore_wins_battle.html</link>
         <guid>203458</guid>
        <body><p>The police obtained a search warrant for the trailer. When they entered the trailer, they found evidence of four people living there, and a methamphetamine lab in the master bedroom. They also found two books describing drug manufacturing: <em>Advanced Techniques of Clandestine Psychedelic and Amphetamine Manufacture</em> by Uncle Fester, and <em>The Construction and Operation of Clandestine Drug Laboratories</em> by Jack B. Nimble. Following the search of the trailer, authorities informally sought records from The Tattered Cover to verify the purchase of the two drug-related books, in order to determine which of the residents of the trailer could be connected to the construction of the meth lab. When the bookstore's owner, Joyce Meskis, refused to cooperate, the Denver District Attorney was asked to approve a search warrant, which requested any and all titles ordered by the one suspect who lived in the master bedroom.</p>

<p>The lawyer for The Tattered Cover asked the Denver District Attorney to delay the execution of a search warrant and obtained a temporary restraining order pending a hearing in the Denver District Court. Judge J. Stephen Phillips ultimately narrowed the scope of the warrant, but ordered Meskis to reveal the titles relating to the invoice found in the garbage at the trailer home. </p>

<p>The case (<em>Tattered Cover v. The City of Thornton</em>, 2002 Colo. LEXIS 269 (2002)) was decided by the Supreme Court of Colorado on April 8, 2002. The unanimous opinion by Chief Justice Michael L. Bender cited <em>United States v. Rumely</em> (345 U.S. 41 (1953)): "Once the government can demand of a publisher the names of the purchasers of his publications, the free press as we know it disappears. Then the spectre of a government agent will look over the shoulder of anyone who reads. . . . Fear of criticism goes with every person into the bookstall. . . . Some will fear to read what is unpopular, what the powers-that-be dislike. . . . Fear will take the place of freedom in the libraries, book stores, and homes of the land. Through the harassment of hearings, investigations, reports, and subpoenas government will hold a club over speech and over the press." </p>

<p>Relying on the Colorado Constitution, which he said provides greater protection for free expression than the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, Bender outlined a balancing test even stronger than the one set forth <em>In re: Grand Jury Subpoena to Kramerbooks & Afterwards Inc. </em>(26 Med. L. Rptr. 1599 (D.D.C. 1998)), the case arising from Kenneth Starr's attempts to subpoena Monica Lewinsky's book purchases. The first prong of the test provides that the government must not do anything that abridges fundamental rights unless there is an appropriate connection to a compelling government interest. That connection must be direct and significant. The second prong requires that there must be a "significant connection" between the criminal investigation and the information being sought. Finally, "officials must exhaust [other] alternatives before resorting to techniques that implicate fundamental expressive rights of bookstores and their customers." </p>

<p>The ruling in this case is notable, particularly in the wake of the passage of the USA PATRIOT Act. The Act has given greater latitude to law enforcement officials in searching retail records hoping to link suspects with purchases of items that played a role in terrorist activities. But when retail records are for items such as books, the Act creates a chilling effect on the right of all Americans to receive information and to express ideas. (<a href="winter2002.htm#patriot">See "The USA PATRIOT Act: How Patriotic Is It?" Winter 2002 <em>Bulletin</em>.</a>) </p>

<p>Meskis, who is one of the founders of American Booksellers Foundation for Free Expression, as well as Colorado Citizens Against Censorship, was supported by booksellers nationwide, some of whom have aided in raising $30,000 to help pay her legal fees. She has owned the bookstore since 1974. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:32:43 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>University of Minnesota Press Publication Center of Controversy </title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker, Research Assistant</em></strong></p>

<p>The University of Minnesota Press has been in the eye of a media storm surrounding its publication of <em>Harmful to Minors: The Perils of Protecting Children from Sex</em> by New York journalist Judith Levine. According to many news sources, the book's central message is that sex is not harmful to minors per se and that traditional sex education programs that focus on sexual abstinence rather than informing young people of all aspects of sexuality do more harm than good. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/university_of_minnesota_press.html</link>
         <guid>203456</guid>
        <body><p>The book has been subjected to a barrage of criticism, both nationally and locally. Dr. Laura Schlessinger, the Concerned Women of American, Tim Pawlenty, the Republican majority leader of the Minnesota House of Representatives (who called for the University to cancel the book) and various talk show hosts all joined ranks in denouncing the book. Bill O'Reilly, host of the Fox News Channel's "The O'Reilly Factor," called the book a "vile piece of work" that is "subversive and offensive," during a debate with former U.S. Surgeon General Joycelyn Elders, who wrote the foreword to the book. The criticism began even before the book hit the shelves in mid-April. Some critics, such as Pawlenty, admitted not having read the book when he first took issue with it on April 5, 2002. </p>

<p>On April 4, in response to the criticism surrounding the book, Christine Maziar, Vice President for Research and Dean of the University of Minnesota's Graduate School announced an external assessment of the U of M Press' review procedure. She said that the University wants to ensure that the publishing criteria and processes of the U of M Press are consistent with other academic presses' policies. The review will take approximately two months and will be conducted by people from other academic presses. </p>

<p>Before the book was published by the U of M Press, other publishing houses had rejected Levine's manuscript because of its controversial content. The U of M Press had five, instead of the usual two, external experts review the manuscript. The Committee of the Press, an advisory board composed of tenured faculty at the University of Minnesota, then reviewed and voted on the work, based upon the peer review and the quality and importance of the academic content. </p>

<p>Some have argued that submitting the review process to an examination as ordered by Maziar could have a chilling effect on the U of M Press and prevent it from taking on other controversial materials in the future. In an article in <em>City Pages</em> newspaper on April 24, 2002, James Kincaid, an English professor at the University of Southern California and one of the U of M's external reviewers echoed these concerns: "Among academics, the University of Minnesota Press has had this wonderful reputation for doing work that other presses might find too controversial or not mainline enough to be marketable." He fears that ordering the review "certainly sends out signals that they are suspicious, or they at least doubt the care of the press. It's a knuckling under. It's really disgraceful." In the same article, Maziar denied that the review will have such effects. Pawlenty, who was also quoted in the <em>City Pages</em> article, stated that he is considering holding legislative hearings on the subject of the U of M Press' publishing policies and finances. </p>

<p>Because the University's publishing house receives some of its funding ($300,000 or 6% of its total budget) from the University, and hence from taxpayers, some have argued that it should not publish books that might offend the general public. A similar rationale prompted legislators in Missouri to cut $100,000 from the University of Missouri's budget because of a 1999 journal article by a political scientist promoting an argument similar to the one Levine makes in her book. </p>

<p>Levine maintained in a recent interview with salon.com that her book promotes a healthy approach to sexuality. But Bryan Dowd, professor at the University of Minnesota's School of Public Health, disagrees. In an opinion piece in the Minneapolis <em>Star Tribune</em> appearing on April 27, 2002, Dowd wrote that the U of M Press should not have published the book because it promotes hedonism, a lifestyle incompatible with public health. That, he argued, runs contrary to the mission statement of the University which declares that the University should be devoted to the welfare of the state of Minnesota. Promoting unhealthy lifestyles such as those described in Levine's book is not consistent with that policy, Dowd contended. </p>

<p>The controversy has caused sales of the book to soar. The U of M Press has already printed another 10,000 copies above the initial 3,500, which is an unusually high number for any university publication. History has shown that when authorities try to or actually do ban a book, it only increases its sales. Books such as Gustave Flaubert's Madame Bovary, Thomas Hardy's <em>Jude the Obscure</em>, James Joyce's <em>Ulysses</em>, D. H. Lawrence's <em>Lady Chatterley's Lover</em>, and Vladimir Nabokov's <em>Lolita</em> were all on a censor's list at some point, yet it did not harm their popularity in the long run. Ironically, Levine's critics indirectly ensured that a message that might otherwise have been limited to academic discussion has taken center stage in the local and national media. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:31:41 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Supreme Court Strikes Down Virtual Child Pornography Law</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Bastiaan Vanacker, Research Assistant</em></strong></p>

<p>It is unconstitutional under the First Amendment to ban the production, possession or distribution of virtual child pornography, the Supreme Court ruled on April 16, 2002. <em>Ashcroft v. Free Speech Coalition</em> (122 S.Ct. 1389) challenged the constitutionality of sections 2256(8)B and 2256(8)D of the Child Pornography Prevention Act, passed in 1996. These sections define child pornography as any visual depiction where "such visual depiction is, or appears to be, of a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct" (§2256(8)B) and "such visual depiction is advertised, promoted, presented, described, or distributed in such a manner that conveys the impressions that the material is or contains a visual depiction of a minor engaging in sexual explicit conduct." (§2256(8)D). <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/supreme_court_strikes_down_vir.html</link>
         <guid>203455</guid>
        <body><p>Previous statutes, such as the Protection of Children Against Sexual Exploitation Act (1977), Child Protection Act (1984) or the Child Protection and Obscenity Enforcement Act (1988) applied only to actual children. Congress expanded the application of the CPPA because it found that the new photographic and computer imaging technologies could make it possible to produce visual depictions that would be indistinguishable from pictures of real children engaged in sexual conduct. </p>

<p>On January 27, 1997, the Free Speech Coalition, a trade association of businesses involved in the production and distribution of adult-oriented materials, challenged the constitutionality of the CPPA in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of California. They argued that "appears to be a minor" and "conveys the impression" clauses are too vague and overbroad to pass constitutional muster. On August 12, 1997, the court upheld the constitutionality of the CPPA, granting summary judgment to the government (<em>Free Speech Coalition v. Reno</em> (25 Media L. Rep. 2305 (1997)). The court ruled that the CPPA is a content-neutral law aiming to reduce harmful secondary effects of virtual child pornography including "the exploitation and degradation of children and the encouragement of pedophilia and molestation of children." The district judge also ruled that the wording of the challenged sections is not unconstitutionally vague. </p>

<p>On December 17, 1999, a three judge panel of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed that decision, ruling that the challenged clauses of the CPPA are indeed vague and overbroad (<em>Free Speech Coalition v. Reno</em>, 198 F.3d 1083 (1999)). The majority did not follow the "secondary effects" doctrine invoked by the government, because it deviates from traditional First Amendment jurisdiction in which speech cannot be restricted merely because it might cause some individuals to behave in a certain way. "Such a transformation, how speech impacts the listener or viewer, would turn First Amendment jurisprudence on its head," wrote U.S. District Judge Donald W. Molloy, who was sitting by designation. He relied on the majority opinion by Justice Byron White, in the 1982 Supreme Court case <em>New York v. Ferber</em> (458 US 747(1982)).</p>

<p>In <em>Ferber</em>, the high court held that New York could ban the production and dissemination of non-obscene child pornography to prevent harm to the children involved. But the Court also offered an alternative to pornographers by suggesting that a person who was over the statutory age but looked younger could be legally portrayed in the images, thus clearly stating that the ban only referred to real under-aged children. "This is exactly what the CPPA seeks to forbid. While <em>Ferber</em> holds that child pornography must involve real children, the CPPA expands this category to depictions of children," Molloy wrote.</p>

<p>The government appealed to the Supreme Court, which reaffirmed that for speech to be banned as child pornography, real children must have been involved. Seven Justices agreed that it is unconstitutional to ban materials that merely "convey the impression" that they contain pornographic depictions of real children when in reality adults are being depicted. </p>

<p>In the majority opinion, Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote that the CPPA was overbroad because it could prohibit speech of literary, artistic, political, or scientific value and would therefore not pass the test for obscenity statutes set out in <em>Miller v. California</em> (413 U.S. 15 (1973)). This test states that (1) the materials must depict or describe sexual conduct in a patently offensive way, (2) the conduct must be specifically described in the law, and (3) the work must, taken as a whole, lack serious value and must appeal to the prurient interest. The majority referred to movies such as "Traffic" and "American Beauty," as examples of materials with value that do not appeal to prurient interest but that could be forbidden under the CPPA, although they would not be considered obscene under the <em>Miller</em> test. </p>

<p>The majority also stated that the government could not rely on <em>Ferber </em>and <em>Osborne v. Ohio</em> (495 U.S. 103 (1990)) to justify the CPPA. In <em>Osborne</em> the Court had applied the same justification as had been used in <em>Ferber</em> to ban not only the production and dissemination, but also the possession of child pornography: the government interest to root out child pornography at all levels of the distribution chain. However, the majority ruled that <em>Osborne</em> anchored its holding "in the concerns for the participants, those who it [the majority in <em>Osborne</em>] called the 'victims of pornography.'" <em>Ferber</em>, Kennedy wrote, "was based upon how it [child pornography] was made, not on what it communicated," reaffirming the lower court's ruling that without actual children involved,  non-obscene speech depicting or dealing with the theme of teenage (under 18) sexuality cannot be placed outside the realm of protected speech. This ruling does not put obscenity that was previously banned within the scope of First Amendment protection. </p>

<p>After having established that the CPPA is inconsistent with <em>Miller</em> and cannot be supported by <em>Ferber </em>(or <em>Osborne</em>), the high court also addressed the justifications the government had offered for the CPPA. </p>

<blockquote> 
1. <em>Child pornography is often used as a technique to lure children   into sexual activity</em>. Citing, among others, <em>Reno v. ACLU</em>   (521 U.S. 844 (1997)), the Court argued that the government cannot ban   speech for adults merely because it might fall into the hands of minors. 
2. <em>Child pornography is used by pedophiles and child sexual abusers   to "whet their appetite." </em>The majority concluded that this is a   case where the government tries to control conduct by regulating thoughts,   which is one of the greatest threats to First Amendment freedoms. 
3. <em>Because computers can make it almost impossible to determine   whether or not real children were used in an image, it would become   very difficult for the government to meet its burden of proving that   real children were used in the production of a pornographic image.</em>   The majority ruled that the First Amendment would be turned upside down   if one were to forbid computer-generated images as well as images of   real children, merely because it is difficult to distinguish between   the two. 
4. <em>Because virtual child pornography helps to sustain the market   for production of visual depictions that involve real children, the   market for pornography involving real children can only be dried up   by also eliminating virtual pornography.</em> This argument relies on   the assumption that real and virtual images are indistinguishable and   are exchanged on the market. This assumption was rejected by the majority,   who stated that if this were the case, real images would be replaced   by virtual images, since nobody would risk producing real images if   virtual computer generated images would suffice. 
</blockquote>

<p>Justice Clarence Thomas concurred in a separate opinion. Justice Sandra Day O'Connor also wrote separately, concurring in part and dissenting in part. She agreed with the majority that the portion of CPPA prohibiting material that presents youthful-looking adults in the guise of children is unconstitutional, but she would have upheld the ban on virtual child pornography. Chief Justice William Rehnquist and Justice Antonin Scalia joined that part of her opinion. Rehnquist also wrote a separate dissent, joined in part by Scalia, which acknowledged that although the impermissible applications of the CPPA anticipated by the majority were possible, the statute could also be read to address only computer-generated images that are very similar to real children. "The aim of ensuring the enforceability of our Nation's child pornography laws is a compelling one," he concluded, rendering the statute constitutional. </p>

<p>Programs such as Photoshop have made it easy to take a picture or part of a picture (for example, one of a young celebrity's head) out of its original context and superimpose it onto other photos to make it appear as if that person is engaged in a sexual act. This practice is called "morphing" and, provided it involves minors, remains illegal, because it is outlawed by a section of the CPPA that was not challenged.<br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26206
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:30:15 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Reporters Subpoenaed, Detained: Reporter Held by State Department</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>Joel Mowbray, a reporter for the <em>National Review</em>, was held for half an hour at the conclusion of a briefing at the State Department in Washington, D.C. on July 12, 2002. Mowbray had written an article critical of the U.S. visa policy in Saudi Arabia, which he speculated may have allowed three of the September 11 terrorists to enter the country. According to a report in the <em>Washington Post</em>, Mowbray also testified before a House Government Reform Subcommittee in June 2002. Those authorities are currently investigating Saudi visa fraud. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/reporters_subpoenaed_detained_3.html</link>
         <guid>203444</guid>
        <body><p>Mowbray has published various articles in the <em>National Review</em> and on the magazine's Web site (see <a href="http://www.nationalreview.com">http://www.nationalreview.com</a>). He relied on a classified cable that was reportedly sent to the State Department by U.S. Ambassador Robert Jordan calling for an end to the Saudi visa program. The July 12 briefing concerned the visa policy, and Mowbray brought the cable with him in order to compare its contents to what the State Department claims the cable contained. According to a story posted by the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press (<a href="http://www.rcfp.org/news/2002/071usoffi.html">http://www.rcfp.org/news/2002/071usoffi.html</a>), Mowbray was confronted while trying to leave the briefing. </p>

<p>"It was surreal," Mowbray is quoted as saying by the Reporters Committee, "It started out rather benignly. But then they asked me how I got the cable and where I got it from, and I realized they were looking for my source." </p>

<p>Mowbray denied having the cable with him and he was not searched. He used his cellular phone to call his editors and an attorney, although initially a security guard told him that he was not being detained. But moments later when Mowbray tried to walk away, another guard stopped him and told him that "Now you are being detained." Fifteen minutes later, he was released without explanation. </p>

<p>When questioned about the incident, State Department spokesman Richard Boucher replied, "Every reporter in this room at one time or another has written a story purportedly based on classified documents. But nobody has ever said in here, on camera, on-the-record until last week, "I have it - I have a classified cable with me right now, right here,' and gotten up to leave the building. What the guards did was entirely appropriate." (See full story at Federation of American Scientist's Project on Government Secrecy Web site at <a href="http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/secrecy/2002/07/071902.html">http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/secrecy/2002/07/071902.html</a>) </p>

<p><em>National Review</em> editor Rich Lowry wrote to the State Department defending Mowbray's articles and saying that the cable was not secret, as the National Review and the <em>Washington Post </em>had both published articles about it. Mowbray, Lowry wrote, was not a security threat. Lowry's letter was published in the July 15 issue of the magazine. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:07:22 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Reporters Subpoenaed, Detained: Wally Wakefield Subpoena Update</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>In mid-June, 2002, a Minnesota Court of Appeals panel reversed a lower court ruling that held <em>Maplewood Review</em> reporter Wally Wakefield in contempt for not revealing his sources in a libel suit, releasing Wakefield from contempt charges and a $200 a day fine. (See Winter 2002 Bulletin, "Minnesota Shield Law Facing Test" and <em>Weinberger v. Maplewood Review et al</em>. (2002 Minn. App. LEXIS 711 (Minn. Ct. App. 2002)) Weinberger, a football coach for a local high school, had been fired from his job following accusations of misconduct. Wakefield had covered the story for the <em>Maplewood Review</em>, incorporating statements from unnamed school officials who alleged that Weinberger had intimidated the players. Weinberger sued the school district and four school officials for defamation. Wakefield himself was not sued, but in August 2000, he was subpoenaed to reveal the identities of the confidential sources. Wakefield refused. At a November 2001 hearing, he was found in contempt of court and was fined $200 a day. Wakefield appealed his case to the Minnesota Court of Appeals. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/reporters_subpoenaed_detained_2.html</link>
         <guid>203443</guid>
        <body><p>Presiding Judge Terri Stoneburner, joined by Judges Harten and Anderson, wrote that five interrelated factors had to be considered before a reporter could be compelled to reveal confidential sources in libel cases: 1) the relevance of the source's identity to the action; 2) the availability of the information from alternative sources; 3) whether a compelling interest in the information or the source exists; 4) whether the nature of the litigation is sufficiently compelling to warrant the disclosure of a confidential source, and 5) whether the defamatory statements were false and made with actual malice. </p>

<p>Stoneburner wrote that Weinberger had not proven that any of the statements made against him were made with actual malice. She further stated that Wakefield was not named in the defamation suit, and Weinberger himself admitted to the district court that he does not suspect either Wakefield or the <em>Maplewood Review</em> of creating falsely attributed statements. Because Wakefield could not speak to the intentions of those who furnished information to him, Weinberger sought to have them identified so they might be forced to reveal their intentions - and whether or not they had malicious intent - for themselves. </p>

<p>Stoneburner acknowledged that Wakefield's article had "great public interest and the public would be harmed by any chilling effect on the free flow of this type of information." She noted that Wakefield's affidavit stated that his sources had said they would not be willing to provide information to him if as their identities were revealed because they feared retaliation from Weinberger. "[T]he ability of the press to gather information about public officials is at' least as great as Weinberger's interest in the disclosure ordered in this case," Stoneburner wrote. ". . . [T]he chilling effect and burden on the media that will result from making a reporter a witness against sources to whom he promised confidentiality are more significant than Weinberger's interest in the disclosure and his inability to obtain the information he seeks from other sources." </p>

<p>Weinberger and his attorney are appealing the appeals court's decision to the Minnesota Supreme Court. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:06:13 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Reporters Subpoenaed, Detained: Attorneys for Lindh Subpoena CNN Reporter</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>On July 12, 2002, Federal District Judge T.S. Ellis III refused to quash a subpoena issued to Robert Young Pelton, the CNN reporter who interviewed American Taliban fighter John Walker Lindh. (See <em>U.S. v. Lindh</em>, 2002 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13233 (D. Va., July 12, 2002)) Four days later, the issue became moot when Lindh pled guilty to two felony charges. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/reporters_subpoenaed_detained_1.html</link>
         <guid>203441</guid>
        <body><p>Lindh's attorneys subpoenaed Pelton to testify at a hearing seeking to suppress videotape and testimony he gathered when interviewing Lindh following his capture in November 2001. They contend that Green Berets who were friends of Pelton helped the reporter gain access to Lindh, and that Pelton continued filming Lindh despite Lindh's requests that he stop. Additionally, Lindh's attorneys claim that their client was malnourished, wounded and in a weakened physical condition and therefore unable to make a clear decision about granting the interview. They assert that Pelton, who interviewed Lindh together with a U.S. Special Forces medic, acted as an agent of the government and that Lindh's Miranda rights were not read to him prior to his speaking with Pelton. </p>

<p>On July 5, Pelton moved to quash the subpoena on the ground that, as a journalist, he has a First Amendment right not to disclose information obtained while gathering news, and that he was not acting as a government agent. </p>

<p>Ellis applied a two-part analysis in his ruling: whether the subpoena satisfies the requirements of Rule 17, Federal Rule of Criminal Procedure, and whether the First Amendment journalist's privilege applies in this case. Ellis concluded that the subpoena was "properly issued" to Pelton and that Pelton's testimony would be "both material and favorable to the defense." </p>

<p>Ellis interpreted <em>Branzburg v. Hayes</em> (408 U.S. 665 (1972)) narrowly, finding that the U.S. Supreme Court "considered and expressly rejected the creation of a First Amendment journalist privilege in criminal cases. . . .[A] First Amendment journalist privilege is properly asserted in this circuit where the journalist produces some evidence of confidentiality or government harassment. Only where such evidence exists may district courts then proceed to strike a balance in the circumstances between the competing interests involved, namely 'freedom of the press and the obligation of all citizens to give relevant testimony with respect to criminal conduct.'" </p>

<p>Pelton admitted that there is no basis to claim confidentiality in this case, nor that he was the subject of government harassment. However, he argued that, if forced to testify at Lindh's trial, particularly under the suspicion of having been a government informant, it could endanger all correspondents. Ellis rejected this argument as a "novel claim," saying that there has never been a case where a journalist claimed First Amendment protection when acting as a war correspondent. The potential danger to Pelton is outweighed by Lindh's Sixth Amendment right to "prepare and present a full defence to the charges against him." </p>

<p>Although Ellis upheld that the subpoena, he granted Pelton leave to renew the motion to quash in the event that he was called as a witness to the suppression hearing. </p>

<p>Lindh agreed to plead guilty to the charges that he had provided services as a soldier to the Taliban, a felony. He also pled guilty to a separate charge of carrying explosives while in service to the Taliban. The government will drop the remaining counts against Lindh, including charges that he conspired to kill Americans and participated in acts of terrorism. Both sides agreed to a 20-year prison term and a fine of $500,000. Sentencing will be on October 4. </p>

<p>A documentary on the war, "House of War: Uprising at Mazar-e-Sharif" was scheduled to air on CNN August 6. The program reportedly would include interviews with Pelton describing his meeting with Lindh as a captured prisoner, according to the <em>Washington Times</em>. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:05:07 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Reporters Subpoenaed, Detained: Attorneys for Lindh Subpoena CNN Reporter</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>On July 12, 2002, Federal District Judge T.S. Ellis III refused to quash a subpoena issued to Robert Young Pelton, the CNN reporter who interviewed American Taliban fighter John Walker Lindh. (See <em>U.S. v. Lindh</em>, 2002 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 13233 (D. Va., July 12, 2002)) Four days later, the issue became moot when Lindh pled guilty to two felony charges. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/reporters_subpoenaed_detained.html</link>
         <guid>203440</guid>
        <body><p>Lindh's attorneys subpoenaed Pelton to testify at a hearing seeking to suppress videotape and testimony he gathered when interviewing Lindh following his capture in November 2001. They contend that Green Berets who were friends of Pelton helped the reporter gain access to Lindh, and that Pelton continued filming Lindh despite Lindh's requests that he stop. Additionally, Lindh's attorneys claim that their client was malnourished, wounded and in a weakened physical condition and therefore unable to make a clear decision about granting the interview. They assert that Pelton, who interviewed Lindh together with a U.S. Special Forces medic, acted as an agent of the government and that Lindh's Miranda rights were not read to him prior to his speaking with Pelton. </p>

<p>On July 5, Pelton moved to quash the subpoena on the ground that, as a journalist, he has a First Amendment right not to disclose information obtained while gathering news, and that he was not acting as a government agent. </p>

<p>Ellis applied a two-part analysis in his ruling: whether the subpoena satisfies the requirements of Rule 17, Federal Rule of Criminal Procedure, and whether the First Amendment journalist's privilege applies in this case. Ellis concluded that the subpoena was "properly issued" to Pelton and that Pelton's testimony would be "both material and favorable to the defense." </p>

<p>Ellis interpreted <em>Branzburg v. Hayes</em> (408 U.S. 665 (1972)) narrowly, finding that the U.S. Supreme Court "considered and expressly rejected the creation of a First Amendment journalist privilege in criminal cases. . . .[A] First Amendment journalist privilege is properly asserted in this circuit where the journalist produces some evidence of confidentiality or government harassment. Only where such evidence exists may district courts then proceed to strike a balance in the circumstances between the competing interests involved, namely 'freedom of the press and the obligation of all citizens to give relevant testimony with respect to criminal conduct.'" </p>

<p>Pelton admitted that there is no basis to claim confidentiality in this case, nor that he was the subject of government harassment. However, he argued that, if forced to testify at Lindh's trial, particularly under the suspicion of having been a government informant, it could endanger all correspondents. Ellis rejected this argument as a "novel claim," saying that there has never been a case where a journalist claimed First Amendment protection when acting as a war correspondent. The potential danger to Pelton is outweighed by Lindh's Sixth Amendment right to "prepare and present a full defence to the charges against him." </p>

<p>Although Ellis upheld that the subpoena, he granted Pelton leave to renew the motion to quash in the event that he was called as a witness to the suppression hearing. </p>

<p>Lindh agreed to plead guilty to the charges that he had provided services as a soldier to the Taliban, a felony. He also pled guilty to a separate charge of carrying explosives while in service to the Taliban. The government will drop the remaining counts against Lindh, including charges that he conspired to kill Americans and participated in acts of terrorism. Both sides agreed to a 20-year prison term and a fine of $500,000. Sentencing will be on October 4. </p>

<p>A documentary on the war, "House of War: Uprising at Mazar-e-Sharif" was scheduled to air on CNN August 6. The program reportedly would include interviews with Pelton describing his meeting with Lindh as a captured prisoner, according to the <em>Washington Times</em>. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:04:13 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Personal Freedoms at Risk: Homeland Security</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Kirsten Murphy, Silha Fellow</em></strong><br />
 <br />
 President Bush's proposal for a new cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security contains provisions for a broad FOIA exemption. Under the Bush plan, information voluntarily supplied to the government by private businesses would not be subject to disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/personal_freedoms_at_risk_home.html</link>
         <guid>203438</guid>
        <body><p>House Majority Leader Richard Armey (R-Texas) introduced HR-5005, the Homeland Security Act of 2002, on June 24, 2002. Section 204 of the bill states that information that exposes national "infrastructure vulnerabilities or other vulnerabilities to terrorism" will be exempt from the Freedom of Information Act. The bill is currently under review by 12 committees of the House of Representatives, and the FOIA exemption debate is one of the flash points over the legislation. The FOIA already contains numerous exemptions, including law enforcement and national security exemptions. </p>

<p>The Bush administration argues that the exemption will encourage businesses to share security information with the government. According to supporters of the bill, which include telecommunications and energy industry representatives, release of "critical infrastructure" data through FOIA creates risks for the private sector. </p>

<p>Although the House Commerce Committee Chairman Billy Tauzin (R-La) removed the original FOIA exemption language during the Committee mark-up on July 11, 2002, on the grounds that the exemption should be narrower, the House Select Committee on Homeland Security has the final say on the FOIA exemption. </p>

<p>Bill Smith, the Chief Technology Officer of BellSouth, has stated that the telecommunications industry is reluctant to share information with the government because of security concerns. Smith testified before the House Subcommittee on Oversight and Investigations on July 9, 2002 that BellSouth has "received numerous requests for sensitive information - such as lists of critical facilities - from federal, state and local authorities. From the perspective of a corporation such as BellSouth, these requests are troubling because if such a list were released publicly, whether through a FOIA request or through accidental disclosure, it could provide terrorists with a road map directing them to our most critical locations." </p>

<p>However, critics of the proposed exemption point out that the types of information which concern industry are already covered by existing FOIA exemptions. Exemption 1 of the FOIA covers software vulnerabilities of classified computer systems used by the government and Exemption 4 protects trade secrets and confidential information. David Sobel, the General Counsel for the Electronic Privacy Information Center, who also testified on July 9, stated that Exemption 4 covers all the "critical infrastructure" material. </p>

<p>Sobel urged the Subcommittee to reject the new exemption as unnecessary and potentially dangerous legislation. "If a company is willing to fudge its financial numbers to maintain its stock price, what assurance would we have that it was not hiding behind a "critical infrastructure" FOIA exemption in order to conceal gross negligence in its maintenance and operation of a chemical plant or a transportation system?" asked Sobel. </p>

<p>Government watchdog groups expressed concern over other aspects of the Bush proposal. They argued that the Bush plan limits the agency's accountability and openness by establishing advisory committees that may be closed to the press and public. The President's Homeland Security Advisory Council has already met in secret session on July 2, 2002. Many express concern that the administration's penchant for secrecy will shape the guidelines and culture of the new department, creating an executive Agency that will not have to answer to the public about its activities and competence. </p>

<p>The Department would also act without the benefit of an internal watchdog under the Bush plan, as the proposal hamstrings the ability of the departmental inspector general to conduct investigations of the department. The Cabinet secretary will have the power to halt Inspector General investigations or audits. </p>

<p>In addition, the legislation gives the secretary of Homeland Security discretion to determine whether department employees are covered by current whistleblower laws, possibly creating legal or employment repercussions for employees who report on agency mistakes or misconduct. </p>

<p>Two other pending bills proposed even broader protection of the private sector than H.R. 5005. Senator Robert Bennett (R-Utah) supported a bill, S. 1456, which would create more specific FOIA exemptions. Representative Thomas Davis (R-VA) has proposed that the Homeland Security bill protect businesses from anti-trust actions and liability suits (H.R. 2435). However, after weeks of negotiations with Senator Patrick Leahy (D-Vt) and Carl Levin (D-Mich), Senator Bennett agreed to several compromises to a Homeland Security Bill (S. 2452) that would significantly narrow the FOIA exemptions for the private sector. </p>

<p>The Senators' agreement allows records to be covered by the exemption, not simply information, and only records that have been submitted to the Department of Homeland Security; records submitted to other agencies are not covered by the exemption. Records given to other agencies, even if also submitted to the Department of Homeland Security, are not subject to the exemption. </p>

<p>The submitter of the record is required to certify its confidentiality and confidentiality is limited to records containing information about threats and vulnerabilities to the national infrastructure, as opposed to any information concerning "critical infrastructure." Furthermore, the compromise narrows the definition "furnish voluntarily, " to ensure that any company submissions to receive government grants, licenses or other government benefits are not covered by the exemption. </p>

<p>The Senators also agreed that the FOIA exemption will not preempt state or local sunshine laws, nor will private companies gain civil or antitrust immunity. Any portions of voluntarily submitted reports that are not classified under the exemption are subject to FOIA and any person who discloses classified information is not subject to criminal penalty. </p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:03:04 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Personal Freedoms at Risk: European Union and Web site Users</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Kirsten Murphy, Silha Fellow</em></strong></p>

<p> Europol, the police and intelligence arm of the European Union, has proposed a plan that will require member states' telephone operators and Internet Service Providers to retain records regarding telephone and Internet activity for a period of up to five years. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/personal_freedoms_at_risk_euro.html</link>
         <guid>203436</guid>
        <body><p>The plan gives new powers to police and intelligence agencies to monitor e-mail activity and telephone calls. The code was drafted at a meeting in the Europol Headquarters in The Hague in April 2001, when police, intelligence services and other European officials gathered in secret. On May 30, 2002, the European parliament approved revisions to the 1997 Telecommunications Data Protection Directive, adopting the basic proposals drawn up at the April Europol meeting. The approval in parliament followed on of the heels of the January 2002 Council of Ministers' adoption of a common position that member states could require retention of data for a limited time. </p>

<p>The move towards data retention reflects a dramatic shift in EU privacy law, which many attribute to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States. The revisions give each of the 15 EU member states the right to authorize data retention for law enforcement purposes for a limited period of time. Under the 1995 Data Protection Directive, personally identifiable data could only be kept for a short time for billing purposes, and then had to be destroyed.</p>

<p> Under the new code, companies running Internet sites will be required to record passwords and Web-page visits. Police and intelligence services will be able to ascertain senders and recipients of e-mails, dates and times, as well as the contents of messages. Financial data will also be kept, including credit card and bank details. </p>

<p>Telephone companies will also be required to retain text messages and details of calls made on mobile phones. Details of calls will include numbers dialed, address, birth date and bank details of the telephone subscriber. Police will also be able to track down the geographical location of anyone making calls using mobile phone call records. </p>

<p>Europol asserts that the retention of telecommunications data will assist police and intelligence services efforts to prevent such crimes as international terrorism, cyber crime, and drug running. In addition, the Commission has drawn a distinction between data retention and information turned over wholesale to police. A policy that ensures that data is saved for a limited period of time means that police and intelligence will not possess the information, but must request data from network operators before the operators are permitted by individual member state law to destroy the information. </p>

<p>Although the new law contains language requiring that law enforcement access to data be "appropriate, proportionate and limited in length," the plan has been denounced by privacy advocates in Europe and the United States as a highly intrusive form of surveillance. Civil libertarians express concern that the data archives will be used to conduct fishing trips to find information to incriminate individuals. Tony Bunyan, of the civil liberties group Statewatch, argues that if telecommunications data is retained "not only will data protection be fatally undermined but so too will be the very freedoms that distinguish democracies from authoritarian regimes." (See <a href="http://www.statewatch.org/news/2002/may/05surv.htm">www.statewatch.org/news/2002/may/05surv.htm</a> for full article.) </p>

<p>Europol is currently drawing up a manual of standards for member state police and intelligence on how to implement the code. </p>

<p>A copy of the agenda for the April meeting at Europol headquarters, entitled: "Expert Meeting on Cyber Crime: Data Retention," is available at <a href="http://www.statewatch.org/news/2002/may/europol.pdf%20">www.statewatch.org/news/2002/may/europol.pdf </a><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:01:56 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Philadelphia Inquirer Reporters Found in Contempt</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>Four reporters from the <em>Philadelphia Inquirer</em> were found in contempt and sentenced in June 2002 for violating a court order not to "contact or attempt to interview" any member of the jury of the New Jersey murder trial of Rabbi Fred Neulander, who was charged with hiring a hit man to kill his wife, Carol. The trial ended on November 13, 2001 in a mistrial. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/philadelphia_inquirer_reporter.html</link>
         <guid>203434</guid>
        <body><p>In July 2001, before the Neulander trial began, Camden County, N.J. trial Judge Linda G. Baxter issued an order forbidding the media to publish the names of the jurors, and barring them from contacting jurors, even after they would be discharged. She further prohibited jurors from speaking with journalists. The <em>Inquirer</em> asked Baxter on two occasions to lift her order. She refused to do so. The <em>Inquirer </em>went twice to New Jersey appellate division to appeal Baxter's order, but was unsuccessful. </p>

<p>When the jurors were discharged on November 13, the <em>Inquirer</em>, together with NBC news, again asked Baxter to lift the order. She again denied the request. <em>Inquirer</em> reporters nevertheless obtained interviews with members of the jury. On November 15, the <em>Inquirer</em> published a story about the Neulander mistrial, naming members of the jury and including information from interviews with them. Contempt proceedings were brought against the reporters in Superior Court in May. Judge Theodore Z. Davis found the four <em>Inquirer </em>reporters guilty of violating Baxter's order and held them in contempt on June 17. </p>

<p>Davis found that George Anastasia, Dwight Ott, and Emilie Lounsberry had contacted and spoken with members of the jury, and that Joseph A. Gambardello had published information that revealed the identity of members of the jury. Davis said that Baxter's order was clear and that the reporters were aware of it. The <em>Inquirer</em>'s executive editor, Walker Lundy, said that the newspaper would appeal the decision to the Supreme Court of New Jersey. (Before he was named editor of the <em>Inquirer</em> in November 2001, Lundy had edited of the <em>St Paul Pioneer Press</em> in Minnesota.) </p>

<p>On July 20, based on a ruling handed down by the New Jersey Supreme Court in April, Davis suspended the 180-day jail terms originally given to Anastasia, Lounsberry and Ott, provided they perform five to ten days of community service. They were also fined $1000 each, as was Gambardello. The maximum penalty for contempt in New Jersey is six months in jail and a $1000 fine. Another writer, Carol Saline of the <em>Philadelphia Magazine</em>, was also found in contempt for talking to a juror while the trial was in progress. She was given a $1000 fine and a 30-day suspended sentence.</p>

<p> New Jersey Supreme Court Justice Gary Stein wrote the majority opinion, joined by Justices James Coleman, Jaynee La Vecchia, Peter Verniero, and James Zazzali, which was issued in July (see <em>In re: Application of Philadelphia Newspapers, Inc.</em>, 2002 N.J. LEXIS 1074). Because jurors' names are part of the public record, Stein wrote, the ban on naming the jurors could not stand. However, jurors' deliberations "are conducted in secrecy to preserve the integrity of the jury process," and therefore the prohibition on contacting the jurors until after the retrial was constitutional. Particularly in the case of a mistrial, when a new jury will be selected and the case tried again, it is important that the deliberations of the first jury be kept secret so that the prosecution will not have an undue advantage in presenting the case, he wrote. </p>

<p>Justice Virginia Long, joined by Chief Justice Deborah T. Poritz, concurred in part, but added that the restriction placed on the jurors violated their First Amendment rights, particularly when the trial had been carried, gavel-to-gavel, on television and the Internet. "No aspect of this case has escaped public discourse, " Long wrote. "Thus, it is extremely unlikely that any comments made by former jurors would give even a crumb of new insight to a moderately competent prosecutorial team." </p>

<p>A retrial in the Neulander murder case has been scheduled for September 2002 in Monmouth County. The venue was changed because Neulander's attorneys believe that the publicity surrounding the case made a fair trial impossible in its present location. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 13:00:17 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Developments in Internet Law: Cybersquatting</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>Cybersquatting is defined in Black's Law Dictionary as "the act of reserving a domain name on the Internet, especially a name that would be associated with a company's trademark." In recent weeks, two men in different parts of the country have been ruled to be cybersquatters. One of them considers it a matter of freedom of speech; for the other, it is a matter of profit. New York resident John Barry has arguably been cybersquatting for profit. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/developments_in_internet_law_c.html</link>
         <guid>203432</guid>
        <body><p>Operating a company named "Domains for Sale," Barry has eight rulings against him: three with the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and five with the National Arbitration Forum. In <em>Nielsen Media Research, Inc. v. Domains for Sale</em>, Inc., filed with the WIPO, Barry reportedly wrote Nielsen Media Research, Inc. that <nielsenmediaresearch.com> could be purchased from him for $1000. But Nielsen Media Research, Inc. responded that Barry's fee was more than it would have cost them to simply register the domain name themselves. Other cases involve such companies as Walgreens, Sears, and the pharmaceutical company Searle. </p>

<p>William Purdy, Jr., of South St. Paul, Minn., has been targeting domain names similar to well-known brand names and newspapers, where he then posts anti-abortion information. He claimed he legally obtained the domain names and that the issue is one of free speech. He said he had specially targeted the <em>Washington Post </em>and the Minneapolis <em>Star Tribune</em> because of their pro-abortion stance. </p>

<p>According to an article posted on wired.com, Purdy was inspired by Barry's entrepreneurial spirit and modified Barry's methods to suit his goals. Purdy reportedly negotiated with Barry so that visitors to <a href="http://www.minneapolispublicschools.com">www.minneapolispublicschools.com</a> would be directed to an abortion site. The school system obtained ownership of the site on July 16, and now visitors are redirected to its official Web site at <a href="http://www.mpls.k12.mn.us">www.mpls.k12.mn.us</a>. </p>

<p>A July 23, 2002 ruling against Purdy was handed down by United States District Judge Ann D. Montgomery in Minnesota District Court. Besides prohibiting Purdy from using domain names similar to famous trademarks on the site, Montgomery also told Prudy he must notify domain registrars and instruct them to take action to stop his sites from functioning. She further ordered Purdy to transfer ownership of the domain names to the proper trademark holder. Montgomery gave Purdy five days in which to file a report with the court as well as with the plaintiffs in the case, telling them that he had complied. </p>

<p>This case was not the first time that Purdy had come before a judge for creating a Web site with a name confusingly similar to a well-known company. In 1993, after his involvement in a train accident while working for Burlington Northern Railroad, Purdy began using the service mark "BSNF" (standing for "Bringing Safety Now First"). He created a Web site promoting railroad safety. In 1993, Burlington Northern Railroad merged with Santa Fe Railway, thereby creating BNSF Corporation. In 1996, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office granted Purdy use of the service mark "BNSF," but two years later, a federal court in Texas ordered the patent office to cancel the registration. The Fifth Circuit affirmed the lower court's ruling, and Purdy sued in federal court to determine his rights to hold "BNSF." </p>

<p>A third cybersquatter, Thomas P.A. Fitch, who lives in Florida, runs a web site with a name similar to that of the <em>Wyoming Tribune-Eagle</em> which also takes visitors to an anti-abortion web site. According to a story in the <em>Wyoming Tribune-Eagle</em>, Fitch also obtained the domain from Barry. To date, no suit has been filed by the newspaper against either Fitch or Barry, although Scott Walker, vice president of marketing and operations at the newspaper, said they may try using WIPO to arbitrate a solution to the situation. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 12:59:06 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Developments in Internet Law: New York Rules on Republication</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Kirsten Murphy, Silha Fellow</em></strong></p>

<p>On July 2, 2002, the New York Court of Appeals, the state's highest court, unanimously decided that Internet publications are subject to the single publication rule, so that each subsequent viewing of an Internet site is not considered to be a republication. The decision, <em>Firth v. State</em>, 2002 N.Y. LEXIS 1901, upheld a Court of Claims decision to grant summary judgment to the State of New York, denying plaintiff George Firth's defamation claim. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/developments_in_internet_law_n.html</link>
         <guid>203430</guid>
        <body><p>The case began when George Firth, a law enforcement official with the New York Department of Environmental Conservation, was harshly criticized by the state Inspector General. On December 16, 1996, the Inspector General published on its Web site a report entitled "The Best Bang for Their Buck," in which Firth's management style and weapons procurements were criticized. Firth was suspended from his employment with the State and later resigned. </p>

<p>Firth sued for defamation in the New York Court of Claims against the State of New York on March 18, 1998, over a year after the initial publication of the report. He sought a total of $10 million dollars in damages. The Court concluded that the claim was barred by the one-year statute of limitations, rejecting Firth's argument that the ongoing availability of the report on the Inspector General's Web site constituted a new publication. </p>

<p>Judge Howard Levine, writing for the Court of Appeals, held that the lower court had correctly barred Firth's claim as untimely under the statute of limitations. Applying traditional defamation principles to the Internet, the court concluded that the single publication rule applied to the Inspector General Web site. The rule states that although a publication may continue to circulate and be accessible to the public, the date of publication is considered to be the date of initial publication, which is the date from which the statute of limitations begins to toll.</p>

<p> The court considered the policy implications of adopting Firth's multiple publications rule, where continued access to Web sites would constitute republication. These include harassment of web publishers and the burden on the judiciary. Adding to these considerations, the court said, are the unique advantages of the rapidly changing Internet as a communications tool. "A multiple publication rule would implicate an even greater potential for endless retriggering of the statute of limitations, multiplicity of suits and harassment of defendants. Inevitably, there would be a serious inhibitory effect on the open, pervasive dissemination of information and ideas over the Internet, which is, of course, its greatest beneficial promise." </p>

<p>The Court of Appeals also rejected Firth's claim that a modification of the Web site, which was not directly related to the alleged defamation material, constitutes republication. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 12:57:54 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Developments in Internet Law: House Passes Amendment to Child Pornography Protection Act</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Kirsten Murphy, Silha Fellow</em></strong></p>

<p>In a reaction to the U.S. Supreme Court's ruling on April 16, 2002 that it is unconstitutional under the First Amendment to ban the production, possession or distribution of computer-generated child pornography (<em>Ashcroft v. Free Speech Coalition</em>, 122 S.Ct. 1389 (2002); see also <a href="spring2002.htm#childporn">Spring 2002 Bulletin</a>, "Supreme Court Strikes Down Virtual Child Pornography Law"), the House passed HR 4623, the Child Obscenity and Pornography Prevention Act of 2002, on June 25. The bill amends the 1996 Child Pornography Protection Act (CPPA), 18 U.S.C. §2256.<br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/developments_in_internet_law_h.html</link>
         <guid>203429</guid>
        <body><p> Representative Lamar Smith (R-TX) who sponsored the bill, said that HR 4623 "reaffirms the ban on child pornography in a manner that can withstand constitutional review," according to a report in <em>Tech Law Journal</em>. </p>

<p>In drafting the bill, supporters of the bill drew on to Justice Thomas' concurring opinion in <em>Ashcroft v. FSC</em>. Thomas wrote, "[T]echnology may evolve to the point where it becomes impossible to enforce actual child pornography laws because the Government cannot prove that certain pornographic images are of real children." </p>

<p>Section 2256 of the CPPA contains definitions. Paragraph 8 specifically defines child pornography as "any visual depiction, including any photograph, film, video, picture or computer or computer-generated image or picture, whether made or produced by electronic, mechanical, or other means, of sexually explicit conduct . . . . " HR 4623 will amend clause (B), which currently states: "such visual depiction is, or appears to be, of a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct" to read instead "such visual depiction is a computer image or computer-generated image that is, or is nearly indistinguishable . . . from that of a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct," encompassing the capability of computers to reproduce realistic-looking images. </p>

<p>Attorney General John Ashcroft urged the Senate to vote on HR 4623 as soon as possible, saying that the bill "will strengthen the ability of law enforcement to protect children from abuse and exploitation." <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 12:56:39 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Developments in Internet Law: Internet Use Restricted in China</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>A "Declaration of Internet Users' Rights" was published by 18 Chinese dissidents and intellectuals in China on July 29, 2002, according to Agence France-Presse. The declaration calls for the Chinese people to have complete freedom in surfing the Internet. Additionally, the Declaration of Rights states that creators of Web pages must be restricted only with regard to "evident and real" slander, pornography or certain "violent attacks or behavior." <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/developments_in_internet_law_i.html</link>
         <guid>203427</guid>
        <body><p>Internet access in China is very tightly controlled, and most people are forced to use "Internet cafés" in order to surf the Web and maintain anonymity. According to Reuters, many of these cyber cafes are run illegally and ignore fire and safety regulations. </p>

<p>Such disregard led to the deaths of 25 people on June 16, when a fire broke out in an Internet café in the northeastern port city of Dalian. The staff of the Lanjisu Cyber Café had left for the night, locking the doors but allowing some customers to remain inside to surf the Internet. When the café caught fire, the customers, mostly students, were trapped. The mayor of Beijing subsequently ordered all of the city's 2,400 cafés to close. New cafés were not allowed to open unless they passed safety inspections. Agence France-Presse reported that on July 18, 30 of the city's cyber cafés had reopened. </p>

<p>Wang Yuesheng, who operates a legal Internet café, told Reuters that four government departments must approve a café's license before it can become operational. Of Beijing's 2,400 web cafés, only 200 are legal, according to the official Xinhua news agency. Cyber cafés are not permitted within 200 yards of factories or businesses, primary or secondary schools, or any government or Communist Party installation. Café owners are required to pay for and install equipment that will allow police to monitor Internet activity. Police search the computers for activity relating to Taiwan, Tibet, the officially banned Falun Gong spiritual movement, and pornography. </p>

<p>On July 15, the Associated Press reported that Internet portals in China have signed a voluntary pledge to limit user access to sites that do not conform with official Chinese guidelines. Signatories to the pledge include Yahoo!'s Chinese-language site, which agreed to refrain from "producing, posting or disseminating pernicious information that may jeopardize state security and disrupt social stability." Those who sign the pledge also agree not to spread "superstition and obscenity," and to block any foreign-based Web sites that contain "harmful information." Currently, most Web sites belonging to human rights groups and Western media are blocked. New regulations will take effect beginning August 1, 2002 that, according to the Beijing <em>Morning Post</em>, will "promote the healthy development of Internet publications."</p>

<p> In related news, satellite transmission of the British Broadcasting Corporation's programming into China was cut off on July 1, 2002. According to the Associated Press, Chinese officials said the shut-down would be temporary. It was not revealed what portion of the transmissions was offensive, although the BBC reported that the shutdown came after a broadcast on the fifth anniversary of the 1997 hand over of Hong Kong from Britain to China during which the Falun Gong movement had been mentioned. </p>

<p>All foreign channels have recently been required to broadcast through a state-owned satellite, which the Chinese government can switch off at will. However, there are reportedly other satellites continuing to broadcast the BBC into China. </p>

<p><a name="bunner"></a><strong>Silha Center Files Brief in Bunner Case</strong>The Silha Center has joined the American Civil Liberties Union and the American Civil Liberties Union of Northern California in an <em>amicus</em> brief in <em>DVD Copy Control Association, Inc. v. Bunner</em> (No. S102588), filed in the California Supreme Court on July 11, 2002. Silha Professor and Silha Center Director Jane E. Kirtley was co-author of the brief. </p>

<p>The case arose after several individuals posted DeCSS, a computer program that allows the decryption of DVDs, on the Internet. The DVD Copy Control Association claims that the publication unlawfully disclosed trade secrets, and obtained an injunction to stop the defendants from "posting or otherwise disclosing or distributing on their websites or elsewhere, the DeCSS program . . . or any other information derived from this proprietary information." The California Court of Appeal overturned the injunction, finding it to be an unconstitutional prior restraint (see <em>DVD Copy Control Association v. Bunner</em>, 113 Cal. Rptr.2d 338 (Cal. Ct. App. 2001)).</p>

<p> The primary issue raised on appeal is a narrow one: does the First Amendment permit an injunction prohibiting disclosure by third parties of lawfully obtained and widely disseminated information? It is similar to the question decided by the U.S. Supreme Court in <em>Bartnicki v. Vopper</em>, 532 U.S. 514 (2001), in which the high court ruled that journalists could not be sued for publishing the contents of an illegally-intercepted telephone conversation when the conversation concerned a matter of public interest and when the journalists had done nothing illegal to obtain the tape. (See <a href="summer2001.htm#bartnicki">Summer 2001 Bulletin</a>, " U.S. Supreme Court Rules In Historic Bartnicki Case"). </p>

<p>Another issue which may be considered by the court is whether computer software such as DeCSS is "speech," and, if so, whether its distribution can be enjoined. (See <a href="winter2002.htm#appeals">Winter 2002 Bulletin</a>, "Appeals Court Rules Ban on Hyperlinks Constitutional.") The date for oral argument has not yet been set. The text of the amicus brief can be found at: <a href="http://www.silha.umn.edu/amicusbrief.htm">http://www.silha.umn.edu/amicusbrief.htm</a><br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 12:55:23 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Developments in Internet Law: Minnesota Supreme Court Rules on Internet Libel Case</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Kirsten Murphy, Silha Fellow</em></strong></p>

<p>The Minnesota Supreme Court ruled in July 2002 that statements made by a Minnesota resident in an Internet chat room were not sufficiently directed toward readers in the state of Alabama to require Minnesota to confer "full faith and credit" on an Alabama district court decision finding that the statements were libelous (see <em>Griffis v. Luban</em>, 2002 Minn. LEXIS 461 (Minn. 2002). <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/developments_in_internet_law_m.html</link>
         <guid>203425</guid>
        <body><p>The Minnesota high court's decision that Alabama does not have jurisdiction over Minnesota resident Marianne Luban relied on a narrowed interpretation of the test used in the 1984 U.S. Supreme Court ruling in <em>Calder v. Jones</em> (465 U.S. 783 (1984)). In that case, a California plaintiff sued the <em>National Enquirer</em> over an allegedly libelous article written about the plaintiff. Although the defendant <em>National Enquirer</em> was based in the state of Florida, the Supreme Court determined that because the magazine had its largest circulation in California, and because the article was "expressly aimed" at California and concerned the California activities of a California resident, the judgment was enforceable in that state. </p>

<p>Katherine Griffis, an Alabama resident, sued Luban in Jefferson County, Ala. in September 1997. Griffis's claim alleged that Luban had defamed her and invaded her privacy when she published statements Luban made on the Internet newsgroup, sci.archaeology. </p>

<p>Luban and Griffis had participated in on-line discussions on the newsgroup site on the subject of ancient Egypt and Egyptology since 1996. In the latter part of 1996, Luban posted a message on the site challenging Griffis's academic credentials, accusing Griffis of obtaining her degree from a "box of Cracker Jacks," and calling Griffis a liar. </p>

<p>Luban did not appear in the Alabama court in December 1997. Griffis obtained a default judgment of $25,000. She filed the judgment in Ramsey County district court in May 1998. The Minnesota district court decided to give full faith and credit to the Alabama ruling and enforce the Alabama court judgment. </p>

<p>Luban appealed to the Minnesota Court of Appeals in 2001. The appellate court upheld the district court's decision to enforce the Alabama judgment, concluding that Luban's potentially defamatory statements were being read on the Internet in Alabama and that Luban knew what effect those statements would have in Alabama. (See <em>Griffis v. Luban</em>, 633 N.W.2d 548 (2001)). </p>

<p>The Minnesota Supreme Court overturned the lower courts and vacated the judgment, finding that the Alabama court did not have jurisdiction over Luban. In discussing the decision in <em>Calder v. Jones</em>, the court ruled that other courts have read the so-called "effects test" in that case too broadly, effectively allowing any state where an injured plaintiff resides to haul an out-of-state defendant into local court. </p>

<p>Chief Justice Kathleen Blatz, writing for the court, adopted the U.S. Court of Appeals (3rd Cir.) test for a narrower application of the "effects test," holding that mere residence in the forum state is not enough to enforce a judgment against an out-of-state defendant. Instead, the court wrote, the activity that caused the injury must be directed towards the forum state.</p>

<p> The pivotal question in the case was whether Luban had "expressly aimed the allegedly tortious conduct at the forum such that the forum was the focal point of the tortious activity," the court said. The case turned upon whether Luban's statements on the Internet were expressly aimed at the state of Alabama or at an Alabama audience other than Griffis herself. </p>

<p>The court concluded that the news group was organized around subjects of archaeology and Egyptology, not Alabama. No evidence was presented that any other person in Alabama ever read the statements, Blatz wrote. Luban's statements were made in a public forum, the Internet, which has no fixed state of publication or readership, and no specific ties to Alabama. "The fact that messages posted to the newsgroup could have been read in Alabama, just as they could have been read anywhere in the world, cannot suffice to establish Alabama as the focal point of the defendant's conduct," Blatz concluded. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 12:54:13 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Developments in Internet Law: The Internet and Public Libraries</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Kirsten Murphy, Silha Fellow</em></strong></p>

<p> On May 31, 2002, a federal court special panel in Philadelphia ruled that the Children's Internet Protection Act (CIPA) signed by President Clinton in 2000, is unconstitutional and violates the First Amendment. The Act, codified as Pub. L. No. 106-554, required public libraries to implement software that filters sexually explicit content. By July 1, 2002, any library refusing to implement the software would have risked the loss of federal funding. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/developments_in_internet_law_t.html</link>
         <guid>203421</guid>
        <body><p>The case, <em>American Library Association v. United States</em>, 2002 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 9537, began when the plaintiffs, a group of libraries, library associations and civil liberties groups, (collectively the American Library Association or ALA) brought suit in federal court, alleging that the Act violates the First Amendment. The ALA argued that the CIPA is facially unconstitutional because it induces libraries to violate the First Amendment rights of patrons and creates an unconstitutional condition where the receipt of federal money is tied to the relinquishment of a constitutional right. In the alternative, the ALA claimed that even if the CIPA was not found unconstitutional on those grounds, the law is an impermissible prior restraint on speech. </p>

<p>The government argued that the Act served the interest of protecting children from viewing harmful materials on the Internet. The filtering software is highly effective, claimed the government, and is not required to be flawless. In addition, the government contended, libraries already engage in filtering when they purchase books for their collections.</p>

<p>Third Circuit Court Judge Edward R. Becker delivered the opinion of the three-judge panel. In deciding that the CIPA violates the First Amendment, the court relied on a Supreme Court decision, <em>South Dakota v. Dole</em> (483 U.S. 203 (1987)). In <em>Dole</em>, the Court set forth four categories of constraints on Congress's spending power. The fourth category bars Congress from creating an unconstitutional condition - that is, withholding federal funds from those who refuse to give up a Constitutional right. The panel was faced with the issue of whether the CIPA required libraries to infringe on the First Amendment rights of patrons in order to receive federal funds. </p>

<p>The court found that in addition to creating an unconstitutional condition, the Act's library filtering requirement was overbroad because it covered protected as well as unprotected speech. In addition to blocking sexually explicit material, the filtering software blocks legitimate sites, which may contain information about topics such as breast cancer and homosexuality. The court also concluded that the filters are underinclusive and could allow access to some pornographic material. </p>

<p>Although the court expressed sympathy for the government's position and interest in protecting minors, it concluded that the current filtering software is simply too crude to pass scrutiny under the First Amendment. "It is currently impossible, given the Internet's size, rate of growth, rate of change, and architecture and given the state of automated classification systems, to develop a filter that neither under blocks nor over blocks a substantial amount of speech," Judge Becker wrote. </p>

<p>The court also found that the Act was not narrowly tailored to serve the government's interest in preventing minors from accessing obscene or pornographic web sites. "Where the government draws content-based restrictions on speech in order to advance a compelling government interest, the First Amendment demands the precision of a scalpel, not a sledgehammer. We believe that a public library's use of the technology protection measures mandated by CIPA is not narrowly tailored to further the governmental interests at stake." </p>

<p>Less restrictive alternatives to the filtering technology exist, such as providing parents with filters to use when their children are surfing the Internet on library computers, or creating a library policy on Internet use. Libraries could also position computer monitors to obscure screen content, the court said. </p>

<p>Under the terms of the Act, any appeal of the federal court's decision must be made directly to the Supreme Court, which is required to review the appeal. The Justice Department is said to be reviewing the case in consideration of an appeal. </p>

<p><em>American Library Association</em> is the third decision to overturn similar Congressional efforts to regulate Internet access. Both the 1996 Communications Decency Act and the1998 Child Online Protection Act were struck down by the judiciary. </p>

<p>The provisions of the Act that apply to Internet filters in public schools were not affected by the federal court's ruling. <br />
</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 12:52:52 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Freedom of Speech Stifled: Italy</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>Two popular Italian television programs whose anchors have been critical of Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi were removed from the fall 2002 lineup on state television RAI in late June. Michele Santaro and Enzo Baiagi were accused by Berlusconi of making "criminal use of public television," according to the London <em>Independent</em>. Executives at RAI attributed the cancellation to poor ratings, but members of Berlusconi's opposition believe that the prime minister is trying to silence any opinions critical of his policies. Berlusconi owns three national private television channels, including Mediaset, the largest in Italy. (See <a href="spring2002.htm#italy">Spring 2002 Bulletin</a>, "Italian Prime Minister's Media Holdings Running Risk of Becoming a Monopoly"). <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/freedom_of_speech_stifled_ital.html</link>
         <guid>203419</guid>
        <body><p>The <em>Independent</em> quoted Gloria Buffo, an opposition member, as saying, "RAI is being transformed from a company of public service into a business of private service working for the political interests of Berlusconi and for the economic interests of Berlusconi and Mediaset."</p></body>
         <category>
            25658|26201
         </category>
         <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 12:51:41 -0600</pubDate>
      </item>
      
      <item>
	
         <title>Freedom of Speech Stifled: Belarus</title>
         <description><p><strong><em>By Elaine Hargrove-Simon, Silha Fellow and Bulletin editor</em></strong></p>

<p>Two Belarussian journalists, Nikolai Markevich and Pavel Mozheiko, were convicted of libeling Belarussian President Alexander Lukashenko on June 24, 2002, according to the Associated Press. Both men had worked for the <em>Pahonia</em> (Pursuit) newspaper, which had been shut down on November 12, 2001 by order of the Supreme Court of Arbitration. <br />
</p></description>
         <link>http://blog.lib.umn.edu/cla/discoveries/2009/11/freedom_of_speech_stifled_bela.html</link>
         <guid>203418</guid>
        <body><p>The newspaper had published an article calling for voters not to support Lukashenko's election to office in September 2001. The newspaper had also included a pamphlet and a poem critical of Lukashenko and carried accusations that he had orchestrated the disappearances of those who opposed him. The articles were also posted to the newspaper's Web site. </p>